AVONDALE INDUSTRIES INC
10-Q, 1996-05-14
SHIP & BOAT BUILDING & REPAIRING
Previous: TRACOR INC /DE, 424B3, 1996-05-14
Next: CONTOUR MEDICAL INC, 10-Q, 1996-05-14



                                     FORM 10-Q
                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, D. C.  20549

                     Quarterly Report Under Section 13 or 15(d)
                       of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

        (Mark One)

        [  X  ]Quarterly  Report  Pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d) of the
            Securities Exchange Act of 1934

        For the quarterly period ended March 31, 1996

        [    ]Transition  Report  Pursuant  to  Section  13  or 15(d) of  the
            Securities Exchange Act of 1934

        For    the    transition    period    from    _______________________
        to________________________

        For Quarter Ended  March 31, 1996

        Commission File Number  0-16572

                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


            Louisiana                             39-1097012
        (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
        incorporation or organization)         Identification No.)


        P. O. Box 50280, New Orleans, Louisiana		  70150
        (Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code 504/436-2121

        Indicate  by  check  mark whether the registrant (1)  has  filed  all
        reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 during  the  preceding  12  months  (or for such
        shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such
        reports),  and  (2) has been subject to file such filing requirements
        for the past 90 days.  YES    X     NO        .

        Indicate the number  of  shares  outstanding  of each of the issuer's
        classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.

                      Class                      Outstanding  at March 31, 1996
        Common stock, par value $1.00 per share         14,464,175 shares
<PAGE>
                     AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                       INDEX


                                                                  Page No.

        Part I.Financial Information

            Item 1.Financial Statements

                Independent Accountants' Report

                Consolidated Balance Sheets -
                December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996

                Consolidated Statements of Operations -
                Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996

                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
                Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996

                Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

            Item 2.Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                     Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        Part II.Other Information

            Item 1.Legal Proceedings

            Item 2.Changes in Securities

            Item 3.Defaults Upon Senior Securities

            Item 4.Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

            Item 5.Other Information

            Item 6.Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

<PAGE>

        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT

        To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
          Avondale Industries, Inc.

        We  have reviewed the condensed consolidated financial statements  of
        Avondale   Industries,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries,  as  listed  in  the
        accompanying  index,  as  of  March  31, 1996 and for the three-month
        periods ended March 31, 1996 and 1995.   These  financial  statements
        are the responsibility of the Company's management.

        We  conducted our review in accordance with standards established  by
        the American  Institute of Certified Public Accountants.  A review of
        interim  financial   information  consists  principally  of  applying
        analytical procedures  to  financial  data and of making inquiries of
        persons  responsible  for financial and accounting  matters.   It  is
        substantially less in scope  than  an  audit  conducted in accordance
        with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is
        the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken
        as a whole.  Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

        Based  on our review, we are not aware of any material  modifications
        that  should   be  made  to  such  condensed  consolidated  financial
        statements for them  to  be  in  conformity  with  generally accepted
        accounting principles.

        We  have  previously  audited, in accordance with generally  accepted
        auditing  standards,  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Avondale
        Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries  as  of  December 31, 1995, and the
        related consolidated statements of operations,  shareholders' equity,
        and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in
        our  report  dated  January  19,  1996,  we expressed an  unqualified
        opinion on those consolidated financial statements.   In our opinion,
        the information set forth in the accompanying condensed  consolidated
        balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  1995 is fairly stated, in  all
        material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from
        which it has been derived.




        DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

        May 10, 1996
<PAGE>
                           PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        Item 1.Financial Statements
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         (In thousands, except share data)
                                    (UNAUDITED)


                                                 December 31,     March  31,
                                                    1995             1996
                                          						 -----------      ---------
        <S>                               					<C>		             <C>
       	ASSETS
        Current Assets:
          Cash and cash equivalents             $  38,524        $  64,366
          Restricted short-term investments           383              189
          Receivables (Note 2):
            Accounts receivable........            39,753           15,720
            Contracts in progress......        	   53,431           59,507
          Inventories:
            Goods held for sale........             7,409            6,312
            Materials and supplies.....             7,880            8,027
          Deferred tax assets .........            23,650           20,950
          Prepaid expenses and
	          other current assets .......             2,563            2,817
						                                            -------          -------	
            Total current assets.......           173,593          177,888
                                         			 			  -------	         -------
        Property, Plant and Equipment:

          Land.........................             9,161            9,161
          Construction in progress.....             4,665            7,299
          Buildings and improvements...            55,326           55,284
          Machinery and equipment......           182,547          183,018
                                          						  -------	         -------
          Total........................           251,699          254,762

          Less accumulated depreciation          (121,661)        (124,130)
                                          						  -------	         -------
          Property, plant and equipment - net     130,038          130,632

        Goodwill - net.................             8,637            8,496
        Funds held for construction....               185
        Other assets...................             4,274            4,402
                                   					          -------	         -------
            Total assets...............         $ 316,727        $ 321,418
				                                          		  =======          =======
        See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         (In thousands, except share data)
                                    (UNAUDITED)


                                                 December 31,     March  31,
                                                    1995             1996
                                          						 -----------      ---------
       	<S>					                                <C>		            <C>
        LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
        Current Liabilities:
          Current portion of long-term debt     $   5,062        $   7,062
          Accounts payable.............            65,517           62,858
          Accrued employee compensation            10,777           12,483
          Other........................            11,249           12,492
                                          						  -------	         -------
            Total current liabilities              92,605           94,895

        Long-term debt ................            60,593           58,205

        Other liabilities and deferred credits     12,471           12,524

          Total liabilities............           165,669          165,624
                                          						  -------      	   -------
        Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

        Shareholders' Equity:
          Common stock, $1.00 par value,
        	   authorized 30,000,000 shares;
	           issued - 15,927,191 shares
            in 1995 and 1996...........            15,927           15,927
          Additional paid-in capital...           373,911          373,911
          Accumulated deficit..........          (226,924)        (222,188)
			                                          			  -------	         -------
            Total......................           162,914          167,650

          Treasury stock (common: 1,463,016
       	    shares in 1995 and 1996) at cost     ( 11,856)        ( 11,856)
                                          						  -------	         -------
          Total shareholders' equity...           151,058          155,794
					                                          	  -------	         -------
          Total........................         $ 316,727        $ 321,418
					                                          	  =======	         =======

        See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                       (In thousands, except per share data)
                                    (UNAUDITED)


                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                  1995          1996
                                   					        --------      --------
	  			       
	         <S>                       				       <C>	          <C>
          Net sales....................        $ 133,575     $ 156,496

          Cost of sales................          120,171       139,210
                                          						 -------       -------

          Gross profit.................           13,404        17,286
						 	
          Selling, general and
	           administrative expenses....            7,663         9,033
 						                                          -------       -------

          Income from operations.......            5,741         8,253

          Interest expense.............          ( 1,279)      ( 1,386)

          Other - net..................              332           569
                                        					  	 -------       -------

          Income before income taxes...            4,794         7,436

          Income taxes ................          ( 1,750)      ( 2,700)
                                          						 -------       -------

          Net income...................        $   3,044     $   4,736
                                          						 =======       =======

          Net income per share of common stock $    0.21     $    0.33
                                   			         	 =======       =======

          Weighted average number of	
       	    shares outstanding.........           14,464        14,464
						                                           =======       =======

          See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996
                                   (In thousands)
                                    (UNAUDITED)


                                                         1995         1996
                                          						       --------	    --------	
	       <S>                               					       <C>	          <C>
        CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
          Net income.........................          $  3,044     $  4,736
          Adjustments to reconcile net income
	           to net cash provided by (used for)
	           operating activities:
            Depreciation and amortization....             2,418        2,676
            Deferred income taxes............             1,750        2,700
            Changes in operating assets
	           and liabilities:
              Receivables....................           (12,917)      17,957
              Inventories....................               157          950
              Prepaid expenses ..............             2,670      (   254)
              Accounts payable...............           ( 4,746)     ( 2,659)
              Accrued employee compensation..           ( 1,162)       1,706
              Other - net....................               563        1,403
					                                                 		-------	     -------
            Net Cash (Used for) Provided by
              Operating Activities...........            (8,223)      29,215
			                                               		 		 -------	     -------
        CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
          Capital expenditures...............            (6,251)      (3,179)
          Change in restricted short-term
             investments - net ..............           (16,212)         194
					    	                                              -------	     -------
          Net Cash Used for Investing Activities        (22,463)      (2,985)
						                                                  -------	     -------
        CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
          Payment of long-term borrowings....              (478)        (388)
          Proceeds from long-term borrowings.            17,780            -
						                                                  -------	     -------
          Net Cash Provided by  (Used for)
            Financing Activities.............            17,302         (388)
						                                                  -------	     -------
        Net (decrease) increase 
	         in cash and cash equivalents.......           (13,384)      25,842
        Cash and cash equivalents at
       	  beginning of period................            15,414       38,524
                                           						       -------	     -------
        Cash and cash equivalents
       	  at end of period...................           $ 2,030      $64,366
						                                                  =======      =======
        Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
        Cash paid during the period for:
        Interest.............................           $   574      $   176
						                                                  =======      =======
        Income taxes paid....................                -       $   960
						                                                  =======       =======

        See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

        1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

            The  accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements
            include the accounts of Avondale Industries, Inc. and its wholly-
            owned subsidiaries ("Avondale" or the "Company").  In the opinion
            of   the   management  of  the  Company,  all  adjustments  (such
            adjustments   consisting  only  of  a  normal  recurring  nature)
            necessary for a  fair  presentation  of the operating results for
            the interim periods presented have been  included  in the interim
            financial statements.   These interim financial statements should
            be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  December  31,  1995 audited
            financial statements and related notes filed on Form 10-K for the
            year ended December 31, 1995 (the "1995 Form 10-K").

            The financial statements required by Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X
            have been reviewed by independent public accountants as stated in
            their report included herein.

         2. RECEIVABLES

            The following information presents the elements of receivables at
            December 31, 1995 and  March 31, 1996 (in thousands):
<TABLE>

                                                      1995          1996
                                         						     -------	      -------	
      	     <S>                            				    <C>		         <C>	
            Long-term contracts:
                U.S. Government:
                  Amounts billed..............      $ 30,151     $  6,826
                  Unbilled costs and estimated
                     profits on contracts in
                     progress.................        41,119       52,976
						                                               -------	     -------	
                  Total.......................        71,270       59,802

                Commercial:
                  Amounts billed..............         4,364        3,059
                  Unbilled costs and estimated
                     profits on contracts in
                     progress.................        12,312        6,531
                                          						     -------	     -------

                Total from long-term contracts        87,946       69,392
            Trade and other current receivables        5,238        5,835
                                          						     -------	     -------
	           Total.............................      $ 93,184     $ 75,227
						                                               =======	     =======
</TABLE>
	           Unbilled  costs  and  estimated  profits on contracts in progress
            were not billable to customers at  the  balance sheet dates under
            terms of the respective contracts.  As discussed in Note 2 of the
            Company's  Annual  Report included in the 1995  Form  10-K,   the
            Company  settled in December,  1995  its  Request  for  Equitable
            Adjustment  ("Minehunter  REA")  filed  with  the  U.S.  Navy  in
            connection  with  the Company's contract to construct four MHC-51
            Coastal Minehunters.   As  a  result  of  this  settlement,   the
<PAGE>
            Company  in  December  1995  submitted  to the U.S. Navy invoices
            totalling $30.7 million, the payment of which was received by the
            Company by March 31, 1996.

         3. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

            In the first quarter of 1996 the Company  reached an agreement to
            extend  to May 1998 the terms of its revolving  credit  agreement
            with  various   financial   institutions.   There  have  been  no
            borrowings in 1996 under the revolving credit agreement.

         4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

            Litigation

            As discussed in further detail in Note 10 of the Company's Annual
            Report included in the 1995 Form 10-K, the Company was advised in
            1986 that it was a potentially  responsible  party  ("PRP")  with
            respect  to  an  oil reclamation site operated by an unaffiliated
            company in Walker,  Louisiana.   To date, the Company and certain
            of the other PRPs for the site have funded the cost of the site's
            remediation under a preliminary cost-sharing agreement.  At March
            31, 1996, clean-up costs totalled  $17.7  million,  of  which the
            Company has contributed $3.7 million.  Additional  work scheduled
            for the site includes the completion of studies in 1996,  and  if
            required by the results of these studies, subsequent remediation.
            Following completion of such remediation, it will be necessary to
            obtain  Environmental  Protection  Agency  approval  to close the
            site,   which   consent   may   require  subsequent  post-closure
            activities such as groundwater monitoring  and  site  maintenance
            for  many  years.  The Company is not able to estimate the  final
            costs for any such additional remedial work or post-closure costs
            that may be  required;  however,  the  Company  believes that its
            proportionate share of expenditures for any additional  work will
            not  have  a  material adverse effect on the Company's  financial
            statements.   In   addition,   the   Company  believes  that  its
            proportionate responsibility for the clean-up  costs  will not be
            materially changed.

            Since  July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been  filed
            against the Company and numerous other defendants alleging claims
            for personal  injury,  property  damage,  and "fear of cancer" in
            connection  with  the  reclamation  site  discussed   above.  The
            plaintiffs also sought substantial punitive damages. These  cases
            were  consolidated  and certified as a class action. In 1995, the
            Judge for the Federal  District Court for the Western District of
            Louisiana issued a ruling  from the bench approving the Company's
            settlement of the class action  lawsuit,  such settlement subject
            to appeal following the issuance of the final  written order.  In
            the first quarter of 1996, the Federal District  Court issued the
            written  order confirming its earlier bench ruling.   The  period
            for filing  appeals  expired  on  April  7, 1996 at which time no
            appeals  had been filed to the court approved  settlement.  Under
            the terms  of the court approved settlement the Company paid $4.0
            million cash into a settlement fund in the third quarter of 1995,
            using cash from  operations,  and issued a $2.0 million unsecured
            note to the plaintiff class. The  note  bears  interest at 8% per
            annum and is due on January 28, 1997. The Company  had previously
            recorded  an  accrual sufficient to provide for the $6.0  million
<PAGE>
            settlement and  has  sufficient  liquidity  to fund the note. The
            Company could also be responsible for payment  to  the plaintiffs
            of  up  to  an additional $6.0 million (plus interest at  8%  per
            annum) if the  plaintiffs  are unsuccessful in collecting certain
            claims  under  Avondale's  insurance   policies  that  have  been
            assigned to the plaintiff class under the  settlement  agreement.
            With respect to the potential contingent liability of the Company
            to pay additional sums under the settlement agreement, management
            believes  that  the  eventual resolution of this matter will  not
            have  a material adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  results  of
            operations, financial position or cash flows.

            Furthermore,  the  Company  has  initiated litigation against its
            insurer for a declaration of coverage  of  the liability, if any,
            that  may arise in connection with the remediation  of  the  site
            referred  to  above. The court has ruled that the insurer has the
            duty to defend  the Company, but has not yet ruled on whether the
            carrier has a duty  to  indemnify the Company if any liability is
            ultimately assessed against  it. After consultation with counsel,
            the Company is unable to predict  the  eventual  outcome  of this
            litigation or the degree to which such potential liability  would
            be indemnified by its insurance carrier.

            In  addition  to  the  above,  the  Company  is  also  named as a
            defendant  in numerous other lawsuits and proceedings arising  in
            the  ordinary   course   of   business,  some  of  which  involve
            substantial damage claims.

            The Company has established accruals  as  appropriate for certain
            of the matters discussed above.  While the  ultimate  outcome  of
            lawsuits  and proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted
            with certainty,  management  believes, based on current facts and
            circumstances and after review  with  counsel,  that the eventual
            resolution  of  these  matters will not  have a material  adverse
            effect on the Company's financial statements.

            Letters of Credit

            In the normal course of  its  business activities, the Company is
            required to provide letters of  credit  such  as  to  secure  the
            payment  of  workers'  compensation  and  insurance  obligations.
            Additionally, under certain contracts the Company may be required
            to  provide  letters  of  credit  to  secure  certain performance
            obligations of the Company thereunder.   Outstanding  letters  of
            credit   relating   to  these  business  activities  amounted  to
            approximately $5.7 million  at March 31, 1996; the Company issued
            an additional $5.0 million letter  of credit in early April 1996.
            Outstanding  letters of credit amounted  to  approximately  $24.5
            million at December 31, 1995.

        Item 2:  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                 and Results of Operations

        The following discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with the
        Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements for the periods
        ended  March  31,  1996  and  1995  and  Management's  Discussion and
        Analysis  of  Financial Condition and Results of Operations  included
        under Item 7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
        ended December 31, 1995 (the "1995 Form 10-K").
<PAGE>
        Overview

        The  Company's operating  results  for  the  first  quarter  of  1996
        continued  the  improvement  shown  in 1995.  Net sales for the first
        quarter of 1996 were 17% above the level  in  the  prior year's first
        quarter.  Income before income taxes was 55% higher  than  the  prior
        year period while net income increased 56% over the first quarter  of
        1995.

        The Company's backlog at March 31, 1996 was $1.3 billion exclusive of
        unexercised  options  aggregating  $485 million held by the U.S. Navy
        for additional ship orders.  Also not  included  in  the  backlog  at
        March  31, 1996 is a contract announced in the fourth quarter of 1995
        for the  construction  of  four  42,000  DWT  product  carriers.  The
        contract is subject to the receipt of a Title XI financing  guarantee
        from  the  U.S.  Maritime  Administration and to the satisfaction  of
        certain other conditions.    Shortly  after  the  end  of  the  first
        quarter  of  1996,  the  Company announced that at the request of the
        customer the delivery date  of the four product carriers was extended
        from 1998 to the year 2000.

        During  the first quarter of 1996,  the  Company  delivered  a  third
        Landing Ship  Dock  -  Cargo  Variant  ("LSD-CV")  and a MHC-51 Class
        Coastal Minehunter ("MHC") to the U.S. Navy.  Other planned U.S. Navy
        deliveries for the rest of 1996 include a double-hulled  T-AO  Oiler,
        representing  the last of 16 built by the Company, and the third  MHC
        in the contract  for  four  which  was  begun  in  1989.   Commercial
        deliveries  in  1996  are expected to include two of the four double-
        hulled product carrier forebodies the Company is retrofitting and the
        remainder of the series of 100 river hopper barges some of which were
        delivered in the fourth quarter of 1995.

        The Company continues to  pursue  the U.S. Navy's program for the LPD
        17, the Navy's new class of amphibious transport dock vessel, through
        its  previously  disclosed  alliance  formed  with  Bath  Iron  Works
        Corporation, Hughes Aircraft Company and Intergraph Corporation.  The
        first construction contract award in what  is   anticipated  to  be a
        multi-ship project is forecasted for the third quarter of 1996.    If
        the  alliance  is successful in securing the contract, Avondale would
        be the prime contractor  with  ships constructed in both the Avondale
        and Bath yards.  Hughes Aircraft  will  be  responsible for the total
        ship  system  integration  while  the  team  will utilize  Intergraph
        equipment for the design and manufacture of the  ship.   The alliance
        will  be further strengthened by the technical staff of the  Electric
        Boat Division of General Dynamics Corporation which recently acquired
        Bath Iron Works.

        In addition  to  the LPD-17, there are several other anticipated U.S.
        Navy programs that  may offer shipbuilding opportunities to Avondale.
        This  would  include the  possible  construction  of  two  additional
        Sealift vessels,  a  class  of  prepositioning  vessels  for the U.S.
        Marine Corps, up to 14 ADC(X) vessels  (a class of auxiliary  vessels
        designed  to  deliver fuel, ammunition and other supplies to the  U.S
        Navy fleet with  capabilities  similar  to  the T-AOs currently under
        construction at Avondale), and the SC-21, which  represents  the next
        generation  of  surface combatant vessels. With a substantial portion
        of Avondale's current  firm backlog scheduled for completion by 1998,
        it is important that Avondale  be  a  successful  bidder for all or a
        substantial  portion  of  the LPD-17 vessels or other  U.S.  Navy  or
<PAGE>
        commercial  work  if  it  is  to   maintain   its  current  level  of
        shipbuilding activity beyond 1998.

        As  previously  disclosed, certain of the Company's  operations  were
        closed in 1994 upon  the  completion  of  their respective contracts.
        Two  of these facilities are currently offered  for  sale  while  the
        Company  continues  to  seek  alternative  uses for these facilities.
        With respect to environmental matters, the Company  currently  is not
        aware   of   any   material  liabilities  to  be  incurred  for  site
        restoration, post closure,  monitoring  commitments,  or  other  exit
        costs that may occur or result from the sale, disposal or abandonment
        of any of these properties.

        Results of Operations

        The  Company recorded net income of $4.7 million, or $0.33 per share,
        for the  first quarter of 1996 compared to $3.0 million, or $0.21 per
        share, for  the first quarter of 1995, representing a 56% increase in
        net income over the first quarter of 1995.

        The Company's  operating  results  in  the  current  period primarily
        reflect operating profits recognized on the LSD-CV 52  and seven T-AO
        contracts.   The  Company  also  recorded  a  partial reversal  of  a
        previously recognized loss which was recorded in  prior  years on the
        contract to construct three LSD-CVs and a provision for a loss on the
        contract to construct river hopper barges representing costs incurred
        in connection with the Company's entry into this competitive  market.
        The  Company has experienced a higher than expected level of cost  at
        the inception  of  this  contract,  and,  as  a  result, recorded the
        foregoing provision.  Also contributing to the 1996 operating results
        were profits recorded by the Company's marine repair, wholesale steel
        and modular steel construction operations.
      
	Net  sales  for the first quarter of 1996 reflected  an  increase  of
        $22.9 million, or 17%, compared to the same period in the prior year.
        The increase  was  primarily  due  to  increased  net  sales revenues
        recorded  on the contracts to construct the Strategic Sealift  ships,
        the Coast Guard Icebreaker ship,  the forebodies for the four product
        carriers and  the  contract  to  construct  the  river hopper barges.
        These increases were partially offset by reduced net  sales  revenues
        recorded  on  the contracts to construct the LSD-CV 52, three LSD-CVs
        and the seven T-AOs, as these contracts are in the advanced stages of
        completion, and by reduced net sales revenues recorded on the paddle-
        wheeled gaming vessels (the last of which was delivered in the second
        quarter of 1995).

        Gross profit for the first quarter of 1996 increased $3.9 million, or
        29%, compared   to the same period in 1995 due primarily to increased
        profits recognized on the contract to construct the seven T-AOs and a
        partial reversal of a previously recognized loss on three LSD-CVs (as
        discussed above).
        
       	Selling, general  and administrative ("SG&A") expenses increased $1.4
        million, or 18%,  in  the first quarter of 1996 compared to the first
        quarter of 1995.  The increase  is  due  primarily  to indirect labor
        expenses incurred in association with the preparation  of  the LPD-17
        proposal  (discussed above). 
	
       	Interest expense increased $107,000, or 8%, for  the first quarter of
        1996 compared to the same period  in the prior  year.   The  increase
        was due primarily to interest costs associated with the $17.8 million
        Title  XI  financing  completed  in  February  1995,  interest  costs
       	associated  with  a  note  issued  in  1995  as  part of a litigation
       	settlement  and  less  interest  being  capitalized  on  assets under
	       construction  due  to  the completion of the yard-wide  modernization 
       	program.  These  increases  were  partially  offset by  a decrease in
	       interest  expense  associated  with  a  note  issued  in  1994 to the
	       Company's  former  corporate  parent,  the  terms  of  which required
<PAGE>
	       partial payment of the note in June 1995.

        The operating  results  for  the  first  quarter  of 1996 included an
        income tax provision of $2.7 million, or $0.19 per share, compared to
        an income tax provision of $1.8 million, or $0.12 per  share, for the
        same  period  in  the  prior  year.   The  current period income  tax
        provision essentially represents a non-cash  charge  due primarily to
        the  utilization  of  net  operating  loss  carry forwards previously
        recognized as a deferred tax asset in the financial statements.

        Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The  Company's  cash and cash equivalents totaled  $64.4  million  at
        March 31, 1996 as  compared  to  $38.5  million at December 31, 1995.
        Included in the cash balance at March 31,  1996 are amounts collected
        as a result of the settlement of the Company's  Request for Equitable
        Adjustment ("Minehunter REA") filed with the U.S. Navy related to the
        four MHCs currently under contract (as discussed in further detail in
        Note 2 of the Company's Annual Report included in  the  1995 Form 10-
        K).   The  Company's  sources  of cash thus far in 1996 consisted  of
        $29.2 million of funds provided  by operations (including the amounts
        collected  under  the  Minehunter  REA  discussed  above)  while  the
        Company's  primary  uses of cash in the  current  year  consisted  of
        capital expenditures  of  $3.2  million  and  payment  of  long  term
        borrowings of $388,000.

        In  the  first  quarter  of  1996,  the  terms of the Company's $42.5
        million revolving credit agreement were extended  to  May,  1998.  At
        March  31, 1996, there were approximately $5.7 million of letters  of
        credit issued  against  the  credit facility, with an additional $5.0
        million  letter  of  credit issued  in  early  April,  1996,  leaving
        approximately $31.8 million  of  liquidity  available to Avondale for
        operations  and  other  purposes.  Continuing access  to  the  credit
        facility is conditioned upon the Company remaining in compliance with
        the covenants of the agreement, including  the maintenance of certain
        financial ratios.  At March 31, 1996 the Company  was  in  compliance
        with the covenants contained therein.  The Company believes  that its
        capital resources will be sufficient to finance current and projected
        operations.
<PAGE>
                            PART II - OTHER INFORMATION



        Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

                     Not applicable.


        Item 2.  Changes in Securities

                     Not applicable.


        Item 3.  Defaults Upon Senior Securities

                     Not applicable.


        Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

                     Not applicable.


        Item 5.  Other Information

                     Not applicable.

        Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

                 (a) Exhibits

                      3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Company(1).

                      3.2 Bylaws of the Company(2).

                     10.3 Employee Benefit Plans

                          (c)  The  Company's  Amended  and Restated Employee
                               Stock Ownership Plan(3), as further amended by
                               Amendment No. 1 adopted April  5,  1995(4), as
                               further  amended  by  Amendment  No. 2 adopted
                               June  16,  1995(5)  and as further amended  by
                               Amendment No. 3 adopted  February 5, 1996; and
                               the   related   Amended  and  Restated   Trust
                               Agreement.

                          (j)  The Company's  401(k)  Plan  and related Trust
                               effective January 1, 1996.

                          (k)  The Company's Executive Retirement Trust.

                     10.4 Employment Agreements

                          (d)  Amended   and   Restated  Change  of   Control
                               Agreement  dated  January   19,  1996  by  and
                               between the Company and Albert L. Bossier, Jr.

                          (e)  Amended   and   Restated  Change  of   Control
<PAGE>
                               Agreement  dated  January   19,  1996  by  and
                               between the Company and Thomas M. Kitchen.

                          (f)  Amended   and   Restated  Change  of   Control
                               Agreement  dated  January   19,  1996  by  and
                               between the Company and Kenneth B. Dupont.

                          (g)  The Company's Severance Pay Plan  and  Summary
                               Plan Description adopted March 1, 1996.

                     15   Letter re: unaudited interim financial information.

                     27   Financial Data Schedule

                 (b) Reports on Form 8-K:

                          Not applicable.

        _______________

        (1)      Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company's  Quarterly
                 Report  on  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June  30,
                 1993.

        (2)      Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company's  Quarterly
                 Report  on  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September
                 30, 1995.

        (3)      Incorporated  by  reference from the Company's Annual Report
                 on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

        (4)      Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company's  Quarterly
                 Report on Form 10-Q  for  the fiscal quarter ended March 31,
                 1995.

        (5)      Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company's  Quarterly
                 Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter  ended  June 30,
                 1995.

<PAGE>
                                     SIGNATURES



        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,
        the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
        by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


        Date:  May 14, 1996         By:/s/  ALBERT L. BOSSIER, JR.
                                            Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                            Chairman, President &
                                              Chief Executive Officer





        Date:  May 14, 1996         By:/s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                            Thomas M. Kitchen
                                            Vice President &
                                              Chief Financial Officer













<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT INDEX

        Number                Description

         3.1    Articles of Incorporation of the Company(1).

         3.2    Bylaws of the Company(2).

        10.3    Employee Benefit Plans

                (c)  The   Company's  Amended  and  Restated  Employee  Stock
                     Ownership Plan(3), as further amended by Amendment No. 1
                     adopted   April   5,  1995(4),  as  further  amended  by
                     Amendment No. 2 adopted  June 16, 1995(5) and as further
                     amended by Amendment No. 3 adopted February 5, 1996; and
                     the related  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.

                (j)  The Company's 401(k) Plan  and  related  Trust effective
                     January 1, 1996.

                (k)  The Company's Executive Retirement Trust.

        10.4    Employment Agreements

                (d)  Amended  and Restated Change of Control Agreement  dated
                     January  19,   1996  by  and  between  the  Company  and
                     Albert L. Bossier, Jr.

                (e)  Amended and Restated  Change  of Control Agreement dated
                     January  19,  1996  by  and  between   the  Company  and
                     Thomas M. Kitchen.

                (f)  Amended  and Restated Change of Control Agreement  dated
                     January  19,   1996  by  and  between  the  Company  and
                     Kenneth B. Dupont.

                (g)  The  Company's  Severance  Pay  Plan  and  Summary  Plan
                     Description adopted March 1, 1996.

        15  Letter re: unaudited interim financial information.

        27  Financial Data Schedule

        _______________

        (1) Incorporated by reference  from the Company's Quarterly Report on
            Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1993.

        (2) Incorporated by reference from  the Company's Quarterly Report on
            Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1995.

        (3) Incorporated by reference from the  Company's  Annual  Report  on
            Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT INDEX

        (4) Incorporated  by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on
            Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995.

        (5) Incorporated by  reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on
            Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995.

<PAGE>

                                AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE
                                          TO
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


               WHEREAS,  Avondale Industries, Inc., a corporation organized
          and existing under  the  laws  of the State of Louisiana, adopted
          the Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee  Stock Ownership Plan (the
          "Plan") effective September 1, 1985; said  Plan  has been amended
          from  time to time; said Plan was amended and restated  effective
          January 1, 1989 and executed December 28, 1994;

               WHEREAS,  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  reserved the right to
          amend the Plan by resolution of the Board of Directors;

               WHEREAS, it is desirable to amend the Plan  to  separate the
          Plan  into an employee stock ownership plan portion and  a  stock
          bonus plan  portion;  to comply with the Family and Medical Leave
          Act of 1993; and to clarify the distribution provisions;

               NOW, THEREFORE, as  authorized  by Section 11.1, the Plan is
          hereby  amended,  effective  January  1,  1996,   unless   stated
          otherwise as follows:


                                          I.

               The second and third paragraphs of the Preamble to the  Plan
          are amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

                    The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to encourage
                    employees  to make and continue careers  with
                    Avondale Industries, Inc. and certain related
                    employers by  allowing  employees  to  obtain
                    beneficial  interests in the common stock  of
                    Avondale  Industries,  Inc.,  to  provide  an
                    effective means  for  employees to accumulate
                    funds for their own retirement, and to enable
                    employees  to share in the  appreciation  and
                    depreciation  of the common stock of Avondale
                    Industries, Inc. and other assets accumulated
                    by the Plan.  The  Plan shall be divided into
                    two  portions, the employee  stock  ownership
                    plan  portion   and   the  stock  bonus  plan
                    portion.  The employee  stock  ownership plan
                    portion  of  the Plan is designed  to  invest
                    primarily  in  common   stock   of   Avondale
                    Industries,  Inc.  and  the  stock bonus plan
                    portion of the Plan is designed  to invest in
                    a diversified portfolio.

<PAGE>
                    The  Plan and its related Trust are  intended
                    to qualify  as  a  stock bonus plan and as an
                    employee stock ownership plan and trust under
                    Sections 401(a), 501(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the
                    Internal Revenue Code  of  1986,  as amended.
                    The stock bonus plan portion of the Plan will
                    be  separately accounted for and administered
                    from   the   employee  stock  ownership  plan
                    portion of the  Plan.   The  stock bonus plan
                    portion  of the Plan will be subject  to  all
                    provisions  of  the  Plan  except Section 8.5
                    regarding Exempt Loans.


                                         II.

               The first paragraph of Article V,  Section  5.1, Participant
          Accounts, is amended and restated to read as follows:

                    The  Committee  shall  maintain (i) a Company
                    Stock Account and (ii) an  Investment Account
                    for  each  Participant.   The  Company  Stock
                    Account  will  constitute the employee  stock
                    ownership  plan portion  of  the  Plan.   One
                    subaccount of  the Company Stock Account will
                    consist solely of  shares  of  Company Stock.
                    Another  subaccount  of  the  Company   Stock
                    Account  will  consist  of  other investments
                    held  for liquidity and other  administrative
                    purposes.    The   Investment   Account  will
                    constitute  the  stock bonus plan portion  of
                    the  Plan.   Each  Participant's   Investment
                    Account   will  consist  of  investments   as
                    determined  by  the Committee.  The Committee
                    may   establish   a  subaccount   under   the
                    Investment Account  to  hold  Company  Stock.
                    The Committee may, in its discretion and from
                    time   to   time,   establish   one  or  more
                    investment  funds  for the non-Company  Stock
                    portion of any Account  or  invest such funds
                    in a single commingled investment portfolio.


                                         III.

               Article  V,  Section 5.2, is amended,  effective  August  5,
          1993, to add the following  sentence  at  the  end  of  the first
          paragraph:

                    A   Participant   on  paid  or  unpaid  leave
                    pursuant to the Family  and Medical Leave Act
                    of 1993 shall be deemed to be employed on the
                    date  which is the end of  the  last  payroll
                    period ending within the Plan Year.


                                         IV.

               Article VII,  Section 7.7(b) is amended to add the following
<PAGE>
          sentence at the end:

                    If the distribution  is  made  in  cash,  the
                    Participant  shall  receive  the value of his
                    Investment Account and the value  of the non-
                    Company  Stock  portion of his Company  Stock
                    Account determined as of the last trading day
                    of the month prior to the distribution.


                                          V.

               Section 8.2 of Article VIII, is amended and restated to read
          as follows:

                    8.2  Investment of  Trust  Fund.   The  Trust
                    Fund  shall be divided into an employee stock
                    ownership plan portion and a stock bonus plan
                    portion.  The Committee shall have discretion
                    from time  to time to determine which portion
                    of  the  Trust   Fund  is  allocated  to  the
                    employee  stock ownership  plan  portion  and
                    which portion  of the Trust Fund is allocated
                    to  the  stock  bonus   plan   portion.    In
                    addition, the Committee shall have discretion
                    to  instruct  the  Trustee  to sell shares of
                    Company Stock and, except to  the  extent the
                    Committee determines to hold proceeds  in the
                    employee  stock  ownership  plan  portion for
                    liquidity and other administrative  purposes,
                    to  direct that the proceeds of such sale  be
                    allocated  to the stock bonus plan portion of
                    the Plan.

                    The employee  stock ownership plan portion of
                    the Trust Fund shall be invested primarily in
                    Company Stock;  provided that the Trustee may
                    also invest the employee stock ownership plan
                    portion  of  the Trust  Fund  in  cash,  cash
                    equivalents, certificates  of  deposit, money
                    market     funds,    guaranteed    investment
                    contracts,  short   term  securities,  bonds,
                    stocks and other investments at the direction
                    of,  or  in accordance  with  the  investment
                    policy established  by,  the  Committee or an
                    authorized Investment Manager.

                    Neither  the  Employer nor the Committee  nor
                    the Trustee shall  have any responsibility or
                    duty   to  time  any  transaction   involving
                    Company  Stock  in order to anticipate market
                    conditions or changes  in  stock  value,  nor
                    shall  the  Employer,  the  Committee  or the
                    Trustee  have  any responsibility or duty  to
                    sell  shares of Company  Stock  held  in  the
                    employee  stock ownership plan portion of the
                    Trust   Fund   (or   otherwise   to   provide
                    investment  management for Company Stock held
                    in the employee  stock ownership plan portion
<PAGE>
                    of  the  Trust Fund)  in  order  to  maximize
                    return    or    minimize    loss.     Company
                    contributions  made  in  cash, and other cash
                    received  by  the  Trustee, may  be  used  to
                    acquire  Shares  from   shareholders  of  the
                    Company or directly from the Company.

                    The  stock bonus plan portion  of  the  Trust
                    Fund  shall  be  invested  in  a  diversified
                    portfolio    consisting    of    cash,   cash
                    equivalents,  certificates of deposit,  money
                    market    funds,    guaranteed     investment
                    contracts,   short-term   securities,  bonds,
                    stocks   and   other   investments   at   the
                    discretion  of,  or  in accordance  with  the
                    investment   policy   established   by,   the
                    Committee   or   an   authorized   Investment
                    Manager.  The Committee may at its discretion
                    and from time to time use  funds in the stock
                    bonus  plan portion of the Plan  to  purchase
                    shares of Company Stock.

                    The Committee  shall  have  the discretion at
                    any time and from time to time, to direct the
                    Trustee to transfer amounts from the employee
                    stock  ownership plan portion  of  the  Trust
                    Fund to  the  stock bonus plan portion of the
                    Trust Fund.

                    For purposes of the Avondale Industries, Inc.
                    Pension  Plan,  the   Trust   Fund  shall  be
                    considered one account.


                                         VI.

               Article  VIII,  the first sentence of  Section  8.5,  Exempt
          Loans, is amended and restated to read as follows:

                    The Committee  may direct the Trustee to have
                    the employee stock  ownership plan portion of
                    the Plan to enter into  one  or  more  Exempt
                    Loans  to  finance the acquisition of Company
                    Stock.


                                         VII.

               Article   IX,   Section    9.3,   Committee's   Duties   and
          Responsibilities, is amended to add  paragraphs  (o)- (w) to read
          as follows:

                    (o)  directing  the  Trustee  to sell Company
                         Stock and allocating the shares  sold as
                         among Post-1986 Company Stock and  other
                         Company Stock;

                    (p)  Allocating  the  proceeds  of  sales  of
                         Company  Stock  among the employee stock
                         ownership  plan portion  and  the  stock
<PAGE>
                         bonus plan portion of the Plan;

                    (q)  directing the Trustee to acquire Company
                         Stock  from  any   shareholder   or  the
                         Company;

                    (r)  determining     and     deciding     the
                         requirements,  for  liquidity  and other
                         administrative purposes, of the employee
                         stock ownership plan portion of the Plan
                         and Trust;

                    (s)  determining  and deciding the amount  of
                         Company Stock  and  other investments to
                         hold  in  the employee  stock  ownership
                         portion of the Plan and Trust;

                    (t)  determining  and  deciding the amount of
                         assets to hold in the  stock  bonus plan
                         portion   of  the  Plan  and  Trust  and
                         directing the  Trustee  to  invest  such
                         assets in a diversified portfolio;

                    (u)  determining  and  deciding the amount of
                         Company Stock to hold in the stock bonus
                         plan portion of the Plan and Trust;

                    (v)  appointing  and  removing  one  or  more
                         Investment Managers  in  accordance with
                         the provisions of the Trust;

                    (w)  establishing    investment   objectives,
                         guidelines and restrictions with respect
                         to  assets  of  the   Trust  other  than
                         Company Stock;


               EXECUTED in multiple originals in  Avondale, Louisiana, this
           5th day of February, 1996.
       	   ---
                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                           					 ---------------------
                                                 Thomas M. Kitchen, Secretary

          ATTEST

          /s/ B. L. HICKS, ASSISTANT SECRETARY
          ------------------------------------  
       	 (Corporate Seal)

<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT
  				    --------------

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF JEFFERSON

               BEFORE  ME,  the undersigned Notary Public, personally  came
          and appeared Thomas M.  Kitchen, who being by me sworn did depose
          and state that he signed  the foregoing Amendment Number Three to
          the Avondale Industries, Inc.  Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a
          free act and deed on behalf of Avondale  Industries, Inc. for the
          purposes therein set forth.


					     /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
			 	     ---------------------
          Thomas M. Kitchen




          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 5th DAY
                   		  	 ---
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.


	         /s/ A. BLOMKALNS
 	        ----------------
          NOTARY PUBLIC

<PAGE>






                      			      AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


                     (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1996)

<PAGE>
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


               Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  (the  "Company"), a corporation
          organized and existing under the laws of  the State of Louisiana,
          originally adopted the Avondale Industries,  Inc.  Employee Stock
          Ownership Trust (the "Trust") effective September 1,  1985, which
          Trust  has been amended from time to time.  The Trust as  amended
          and restated  effective  as of January 1, 1996 is entered into by
          and between the Company and  Blanche  S. Barlotta, R. Dean Church
          and Rodney J. Duhon, Jr. (collectively the Trustee).

               WHEREAS,  effective  as of September  1,  1985  the  Company
          established an employee stock  ownership plan called the Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan, which plan, has
          been  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  most recently  amended
          effective  January  1,  1989 is hereinafter referred  to  as  the
          "Plan";

               WHEREAS, the Plan was  established  by  Avondale Industries,
          Inc.  to  encourage Employees to make and continue  careers  with
          Avondale Industries,  Inc., and other Participating Companies, by
          allowing Participants to obtain beneficial interests in the stock
          of Avondale Industries, Inc., all as set forth in the Plan;

               WHEREAS, the Plan  provides for the establishment of a Trust
          to which contributions to  the Plan are to be made by the Company
          and Participating Companies,  and  under which such contributions
          are to be held by the Trustee and invested  as  set  forth in the
          Plan, all in accordance with the provisions of the Plan  and such
          Trust;

               WHEREAS,  the  Plan  and Trust are intended to qualify as  a
          stock bonus plan and trust  under  Section 401(a) of the Code and
          as  an  employee  stock  ownership plan  as  defined  in  Section
          4975(e)(7) of the Code, with  the  employee  stock ownership plan
          portion  being  designed  to  invest primarily in  stock  of  the
          Company and the stock bonus plan portion being designed to invest
          in a diversified portfolio, and  the  Trust  is  intended  to  be
          exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code;

               WHEREAS,    the    ESOP    Administrative   Committee   (the
          "Committee"), the members of which  are  "named  fiduciaries"  as
          defined  in  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
          as  amended  ("ERISA")   has   general   responsibility  for  the
          administration and interpretation of the Plan and shall establish
          investment standards and policies and communicate the same to the
          Trustee;

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the  mutual  covenants
          herein contained, the Company,  the  Trustee  and  the  Committee
          declare and agree as follows:

<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE I
                                Title and Definitions

               1.1  Title.   The  Trust  shall  be  known  as  the Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust

               1.2  Incorporation  of  Plan  Definitions.  Definitions  set
          forth in the Plan shall have the same  meaning  wherever  used in
          the Trust unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

               1.3  Named  Fiduciary.   The  Committee  shall  be the named
          fiduciary  of  the  Trust  for purposes of Section 402 of  ERISA,
          except that each Participant  shall  be  a  named  fiduciary with
          respect  to  the  exercise of voting and tender offer rights  for
          Company Stock held  as  part of the Trust Fund to the extent that
          such Participant exercises  such rights pursuant to Sections 10.4
          and 10.5 of the Plan and Article  XI of the Trust.  The Committee
          shall,  upon request of the Trustee,  furnish  the  Trustee  with
          whatever  information  is reasonably necessary for the Trustee to
          carry out their fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA.

               1.4  Custodian.  "Custodian"  shall mean the entity, if any,
          appointed from time to time by the Committee  to  hold,  but  not
          invest  or otherwise manage or control, some or all of the assets
          of the Trust.   The  terms and provisions of any agreement with a
          Custodian are hereby incorporated by reference.


                                      ARTICLE II
                                      Trust Fund

               2.1  Contributions to and Investment of the Trust Fund.  All
          Participating Company  contributions shall be paid to the Trustee
          from  time  to  time  in accordance  with  the  Plan.   All  such
          contributions  and all investments  thereof,  together  with  all
          accumulations,  accruals,   earnings   and  income  with  respect
          thereto, shall be held by the Trustee in  Trust  hereunder  or by
          one  or more Custodians or both by the Trustee and by one or more
          Custodians.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Trust  shall
          constitute   a  single  trust  for  purposes  of  investment  and
          administration.   All Trust assets shall be invested, reinvested,
          managed, administered  and  distributed  by the Trustees upon the
          written instructions of the Committee pursuant  to the provisions
          of the Plan and Trust.  Except as may otherwise be required under
          Sections  5.2  and 5.3, the Trustee shall not be responsible  for
          the administration  of  the  Plan, for maintaining any records of
          Participants' Accounts under the  Plan,  or  for  computation  or
          collection  of  Participating company contributions.  The Trustee
          shall hold, invest,  reinvest,  manage, administer and distribute
          the Trust Assets, solely as directed  by  the  Committee  and  as
          provided  herein,  for  the exclusive benefit of Participants and
          their Beneficiaries.

               2.2  Claims against  the  Trust Fund.  Subject to the claims
          procedure provided under the Plan  (or  the  grievance  procedure
          provided in any applicable collective bargaining agreement),  the
          Committee  shall have complete control and authority to determine
          the existence,  nonexistence, nature and amount of the rights and
          interests of all  persons  in  or to the Trust or under the Plan.
<PAGE>
          Except as otherwise required by  ERISA, the Trustee shall have no
          duty  to question or to examine any  determination  made  by  the
          Committee  or  direction given by the Committee to the Trustee in
          respect of such matters.


                                     ARTICLE III
                              Investment of Trust Assets

               3.1  General  Powers.   Upon the written instructions of the
          Committee, the Trustee shall invest  and  reinvest  the assets of
          the  employee  stock  ownership  plan  portion of the Trust  Fund
          primarily in Company Stock, except for other investments held:

                    a.   for   the   limited   purpose   of   making   Plan
                         distributions to Participants,

                    b.   pending the investment of contributions  or  other
                         cash receipts in Company Stock,

                    c.   pending use to repay an Exempt Loan, or

                    d.   for liquidity or other administrative purposes  of
                         the Plan.

          Upon  the  direction  of the Committee, the Trustee may cause the
          employee stock ownership portion of the Plan to enter into one or
          more Exempt Loans to finance the acquisition of Company Stock.

          Upon the written instructions  of  the  Committee  or one or more
          Investment Managers appointed by the Committee, the  stock  bonus
          plan portion of the Trust Fund shall be invested in a diversified
          portfolio.

               3.2  Other  Investments.   Upon  the written instructions of
          the  Committee,  the  Trustee may also invest  and  reinvest  the
          assets  of  the  Trust  Fund;  in  interest-bearing  accounts  or
          certificates  of  deposit offered  by  any  bank  (including  the
          Trustee or the Custodian)  or  savings and loan association; real
          estate,  stocks,  notes, debentures,  shares  or  obligations  of
          corporations  or of  unincorporated  associations  or  trusts  or
          investment companies;  any kind of investment fund (including any
          pooled  investment  fund  maintained   by   the  Trustee  or  the
          Custodian); or in such other property, real,  personal  or mixed,
          without  regard  to  whether such investment is an authorized  or
          appropriate investment  for trustees under any state laws; or the
          assets of the Trust may be  held  in cash for a reasonable period
          of time.

               3.3  Restricted  Securities.   In   the  event  the  Trustee
          invests  any  Trust  assets  in Company Stock,  and  the  Trustee
          thereafter disposes of such Company  Stock  or  any part thereof,
          under  circumstances  which require registration of  the  Company
          Stock under the Securities  Act  of  1933 or qualification of the
          securities under the Blue Sky laws of  any  state,  or both, then
          the  Company at its own expense, will take or cause to  be  taken
          any and  all  such  action  as may be necessary or appropriate to
          effect such registration or qualification, or both.

<PAGE>
               3.4  Liability of Trustee.   To the maximum extent permitted
          by  law,  the Trustee shall not be liable  for  the  acquisition,
          retention or  disposition  of  any assets of the Trust or for any
          loss to or diminution of such assets  unless  due  to  their  own
          willful misconduct or failure to act in good faith.

               3.5  Investment Manager.

                    a.   The  Committee  may appoint one or more investment
                         managers ("Investment  Managers")  which  shall be
                         (a)  registered under the Investment Advisors  Act
                         of 1940,  (b) a bank, or (c) an insurance company,
                         which shall  have  the power to manage, acquire or
                         dispose of any asset  of,  or all or such portions
                         of the Trust Fund as the Committee  shall  specify
                         in writing in such notice (the "Managed Account").
                         The  Committee  and  the  Investment Manager shall
                         execute a written Investment  Management Agreement
                         governing  the  terms of the Investment  Manager's
                         duties and responsibilities  pursuant to which the
                         Investment Manager shall acknowledge  that it is a
                         fiduciary with respect to the Plan and  the  Trust
                         and   in   which  the  Managed  Account  shall  be
                         described.   The Committee shall from time to time
                         direct the Trustee  in writing with respect to the
                         portion of the assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  which
                         shall  be  the Managed Account.  The Committee may
                         authorize an  Investment  Manager  to give written
                         instructions  to the Trustee with respect  to  the
                         acquisition, retention, management and disposition
                         of the Managed  Account,  and  the  Trustee  shall
                         follow  such  instructions  and  shall be under no
                         duty to review the Managed Account  so  held or to
                         make   any  recommendation  with  respect  to  the
                         investment or reinvestment thereof or to determine
                         whether any direction received from the Investment
                         Manager  is  proper  or  within  the terms of this
                         Trust  Agreement.   To  the  extent authorized  in
                         writing  by  the Committee, an Investment  Manager
                         shall have the power and authority to be exercised
                         in its sole discretion  at  any time and from time
                         to time to issue orders for the  purchase  or sale
                         of  securities  directly  to  a  broker.   Written
                         notification  of  the  issuance of each such order
                         shall be given promptly  to  the  Trustee  by  the
                         Investment Manager, and the execution of each such
                         order  shall  be  confirmed  to the Trustee by the
                         broker.  Such notification shall  be authority for
                         the Trustee to pay for securities purchased  or to
                         deliver  securities sold against payment therefor,
                         as  the  case   may   be.   The  Trustee  and  the
                         Investment  manager shall  agree  as  to  how  the
                         transactions shall be effected in accord with this
                         Article.  Upon  the  direction  of  the Investment
                         Manager,  the  Trustee  will  execute and  deliver
                         appropriate trading authorizations,  but  no  such
                         authorization  shall  be  deemed  to  increase the
                         liability  or responsibility of the Trustee  under
                         this Trust Agreement.   An  Investment  Manager so
<PAGE>
                         appointed shall furnish the Trustee with  the name
                         and  specimen signature of each individual who  is
                         authorized  to  act  on  behalf  of the Investment
                         Manager.  Except as modified in this  Article, the
                         Trustee's  powers and duties with respect  to  the
                         managed Account  shall  be  the same as its powers
                         and  duties with respect to other  assets  of  the
                         Trust   Fund.    The   fees  and  expenses  of  an
                         Investment Manager, except  to  the extent paid by
                         an Employer, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

                    b.   Upon  the  appointment  of  any  such   Investment
                         Manager, the Committee shall furnish the Trustee a
                         list of the assets in the Managed Account  of such
                         Investment Manager, whereupon the Trustee:

                         i.   shall establish and maintain an accurate  and
                              detailed  account  for  the  Managed Account,
                              showing     all     investments,    receipts,
                              disbursements and other transactions, and the
                              written account to be  filed  by  the Trustee
                              shall  include  a  separate account for  such
                              Managed Account;

                         ii.  shall comply with all  instructions  received
                              from   a  certified  representative  of  such
                              Investment Manager as to the purchase or sale
                              of securities  for  or  from  such Investment
                              Manager's Managed Account or the  delivery of
                              or  payment  for  securities  caused by  such
                              Investment   Manger   to  be  sold  from   or
                              purchased for such Managed Account; and

                         iii. shall furnish to the Committee  and  to  such
                              persons  as  the  Committee  shall designate,
                              such  periodic  statements  of  receipts  and
                              disbursements   regarding   such   Investment
                              Manager's Managed Account as may be requested
                              in writing by the Committee.

                    c.   The  Trustee, without obtaining prior approval  or
                         direction   from  an  Investment  Manager,  unless
                         otherwise  directed  by  the  Investment  Manager,
                         shall (1) invest Managed Assets cash balances held
                         by  it  from time  to  time  in  short  term  cash
                         equivalents having ready marketability, including,
                         but not limited  to, United States Treasury Bills,
                         commercial   paper  (including   such   forms   of
                         commercial paper  as  may be available through the
                         Trustee's Trust Department),  bankers' acceptances
                         and certificates of deposit and similar securities
                         and undivided interests or participations therein,
                         with a maturity not to exceed two  years  and  (2)
                         sell   such  short  term  investments  as  may  be
                         necessary  to  carry  out  the  instructions of an
                         Investment   Manager   regarding  more   permanent
                         investments and directed disbursements.

                    d.   In order to permit an Investment  Manager  to make
<PAGE>
                         timely   and   informed  decisions  regarding  the
                         management  of those  assets  of  the  Trust  Fund
                         subject to its  control  the Trustee shall forward
                         to each Investment Manager  for appropriate action
                         any  and  all proxies, proxy statements,  notices,
                         requests, advice  or other communications received
                         by the Trustee (or  its  nominee)  as  the  record
                         owner of such assets, except as from time to  time
                         the  Investment  Manager  and the Trustee shall in
                         writing otherwise agree.

                    e.   The Investment Manager shall  discharge its duties
                         in  accordance  with  such investment  objectives,
                         guidelines and restrictions  as  the Committee may
                         from time to time provide.


                                      ARTICLE IV
                                   Trustee's Powers

               4.1  Trustee's Powers.  The Trustee shall have the authority
          and power to:

                    a.   Contract  or  otherwise  enter  into  transactions
                         between themselves as Trustee and the Company, its
                         subsidiaries  and  affiliates, or any shareholders
                         of the Company upon  the  written  instructions of
                         the  Committee  for  the  acquisition or  sale  of
                         Company Stock, subject to paragraph (l) below;

                    b.   Sell,   transfer,  mortgage,  pledge,   lease   or
                         otherwise   dispose  of,  or  grant  options  with
                         respect to, any  Trust  assets,  including Company
                         Stock, at public or private sale;

                    c.   Borrow from any lender (including  the  Company or
                         any  shareholder  of the Company) pursuant  to  an
                         Exempt Loan (as defined in Section 4.2) to acquire
                         Company Stock as authorized  by the Trust upon the
                         written instructions of the Committee  by entering
                         into  lending agreements upon any terms (including
                         reasonable  interest and security for the loan) as
                         may be necessary or appropriate;

                    d.   Borrow money  from  any lender other than pursuant
                         to an Exempt Loan upon the written instructions of
                         the Committee, to the  extent  and upon such terms
                         and conditions as the Committee deems advisable or
                         proper to carry out the purposes  of the Trust and
                         as are permitted by the Regulations;

                    e.   Vote any stocks, bonds or other securities held in
                         the Trust, including Company Stock  which shall be
                         voted in accordance with Article XI of the Trust;

                    f.   Purchase   or  offer  to  purchase  any  security,
                         including Company  Stock,  from  any individual or
                         entity either on an established market or directly
                         from such individual or entity, without  regard to
                         any  prevailing  market  price  upon  the  written
<PAGE>
                         instruction of the Committee;

                    g.   Give  general  or  specific  proxies  or powers of
                         attorney with or without powers of substitution;

                    h.   Except as provided in Article XI, participate  in,
                         oppose,    or    consent    to,   reorganizations,
                         recapitalizations,    consolidations,     mergers,
                         liquidations and similar transactions with respect
                         to any corporation, company or association,  or to
                         the   sale  or  pledge  of  the  property  of  any
                         corporation,  company  or  association  any of the
                         securities of which may at any time be held in the
                         Trust  Fund,  and  to  do  any  act with reference
                         thereto,  including the exercise of  options,  the
                         making of agreements or subscriptions which may be
                         deemed  necessary   or   advisable  in  connection
                         therewith, and to hold and  retain  any securities
                         or   other  property  which  it  may  so  acquire;
                         provided,  however,  that the Trustee may exercise
                         this power and authority  only  to  the extent not
                         inconsistent with the provisions of the  Plan  and
                         Trust  and further provided that the Trustee shall
                         make demand  upon the Participating Companies, and
                         the  Participating   Companies   shall   pay   its
                         proportionate share of any expenses or assessments
                         in  connection  with the exercise of such power by
                         the Trustee;

                    i.   Deposit such Company  Stock or other securities in
                         any   voting  trust,  or  with   any   protective,
                         reorganization   or  like  committee,  or  with  a
                         trustee  or with depositories  designated  thereby
                         and  delegate  discretionary  power  to  any  such
                         committee  upon  the  written  instructions of the
                         Committee;   provided, however, that  the  Trustee
                         shall   make   demand   upon   the   Participating
                         Companies, and each  Participating  Company  shall
                         pay  its  proportionate  share of the expenses and
                         compensation  of  any  such  committee   and   any
                         assessments levied with respect to any property so
                         deposited;

                    j.   Exercise  any conversion privilege or subscription
                         right available  in  connection  with any property
                         held by the Trust upon the written instructions of
                         the Committee;

                    k.   Commence or defend suits or legal  proceedings and
                         to  represent  the  Trust  in all suits  or  legal
                         proceedings; to settle, compromise  or  submit  to
                         arbitration  any  claims,  debts or damages due or
                         owing  to  or from the Trust;  provided,  however,
                         that the Trustee  except  in  the  case of a suit,
                         legal  proceeding  or claim involving  solely  the
                         Trustee's  actions  or  omissions  to  act,  shall
                         obtain the written consent  of  the Company before
                         settling,  compromising or submitting  to  binding
                         arbitration any claim, suit or legal proceeding of
<PAGE>
                         any nature whatsoever arising under ERISA;

                    l.   Perform all acts which the Trustee deems necessary
                         or appropriate and exercise any and all powers and
                         authority  of   the   Trustee   under  the  Trust;
                         provided,  however,  that  the Trustee  shall  not
                         engage  in any "prohibited transaction,"  as  that
                         term  is  used   in   ERISA,   the   Code  or  the
                         Regulations;

                    m.   Exercise  any  of  the  powers  of an owner,  with
                         respect to such Company Stock and other securities
                         or other property comprising the  Trust,  pursuant
                         to  the written instructions of the Committee  and
                         to  the   extent  consistent  with  the  Plan  and
                         paragraphs (a), (d) and (g) of this Article IV;

                    n.   Form or incorporate and own or maintain any entity
                         including  but   not  limited  to  a  partnership,
                         corporation or trust;

                    o.   Transfer assets of  the  Trust Fund to a successor
                         trustee as provided for in Section 5.7;

                    p.   Make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any and all
                         notes, bonds, guarantees,  conveyances, contracts,
                         waivers, releases or other instruments  in writing
                         necessary or proper for the accomplishment  of any
                         of the foregoing powers; and

                    q.   Exercise,  generally,  any of the powers which  an
                         individual owner might exercise in connection with
                         property either real, personal  or  mixed  held by
                         the Trust Fund, and to do all other acts that  the
                         Trustee  may deem necessary or proper to carry out
                         any of the  powers set forth in this Article IV or
                         otherwise in the best interests of the Trust.

               4.2  Exempt Loans.

                    a.   An  Exempt  Loan  shall  be  made  only  from  the
                         employee stock ownership plan portion of the Trust
                         Fund and the terms of any Exempt Loan shall comply
                         with each of the following requirements:

                         i.   The terms  shall  be as favorable to the Plan
                              as the terms of a comparable  loan from arms-
                              length   negotiations   between   independent
                              parties;

                         ii.  The  interest  rate shall be no more  than  a
                              reasonable  interest   rate  considering  all
                              relevant  factors including  the  amount  and
                              duration of the Exempt Loan, the security and
                              guarantee involved,  the  credit  standing of
                              the Plan and the guarantor of the Exempt Loan
                              and   the   interest   rate   prevailing  for
                              comparable loans;

<PAGE>
                         iii. The  Exempt  Loan  shall be without  recourse
                              against the Plan;

                         iv.  The Exempt Loan must be for a specific term;

                         v.   The Exempt Loan may  not  be  payable  at the
                              demand  of  any person except in the case  of
                              default;

                         vi.  The only assets  of  the  Trust  that  may be
                              given  as  collateral  on the Exempt Loan are
                              Company Stock acquired with  the  proceeds of
                              the same Exempt Loan or Company Stock used as
                              collateral on a prior Exempt Loan and  repaid
                              with the proceeds of the same Exempt Loan;

                         vii. No  person  entitled  to  payment  under  the
                              Exempt Loan shall have any right to assets of
                              the  Trust  other  than  collateral given for
                              that Exempt Loan, contributions  made  to the
                              Plan  to  enable  it  to meet its obligations
                              under   that   Exempt   Loan   and   earnings
                              attributable  to  such  collateral  and  such
                              contributions;

                         viii.The  value  of  Trust assets  transferred  in
                              satisfaction of the Exempt Loan upon an event
                              of default shall not exceed the amount of the
                              default;

                         ix.  If the lender is  a "disqualified person" (as
                              such term is defined  in  Section  4975(e) of
                              the  Code),  Trust  assets may be transferred
                              upon default only upon  and  to the extent of
                              the failure of the Plan to meet  the  payment
                              schedule of the Exempt Loan;

                         x.   Upon  payment  of  any portion of the balance
                              due on the Exempt Loan, the assets pledged as
                              collateral for such portion shall be released
                              from encumbrance;

                         xi.  The Exempt Loan shall be repaid only from (i)
                              amounts  contributed   to  the  Plan  by  the
                              Employer  in the form of  cash  to  meet  its
                              obligations  under  the loan and from amounts
                              earned  on  Trust investments  and  (ii)  the
                              proceeds of an  Exempt  Loan,  and (iii) from
                              collateral   given   for  the  Exempt   Loan,
                              including earnings on  such  collateral, such
                              as   Dividends   on   Company  Stock.    Such
                              contributions and earnings shall be accounted
                              for separately in the books  of  accounts  of
                              the  Plan  maintained  by the Committee.  The
                              payments made with respect  to an Exempt Loan
                              by  the  Plan  during  a Plan Year  must  not
                              exceed an amount equal to  the  sum  of  such
                              contributions and earnings received during or
                              prior  to the year less any payments in prior
<PAGE>
                              years.

                    b.   Any Exempt Loan  must be primarily for the benefit
                         of Participants and their beneficiaries.

                    c.   Notwithstanding any  other  provision of the Plan,
                         all  proceeds  of an Exempt Loan  shall  be  used,
                         within a reasonable  time  after  receipt  by  the
                         Trust, for the following purposes:

                         i.   To acquire Company Stock;

                         ii.  To repay the same Exempt Loan; or

                         iii. To repay any previous Exempt Loan.


                                      ARTICLE V
                                     The Trustee

               5.1  Nominees.   The  Trustee  may  register any security or
          other property held by them hereunder in their own name or in the
          name of their nominees, including any Custodian  and  the nominee
          of  any  system  for the central handling of securities, with  or
          without the addition or words indicating that such securities are
          held in a fiduciary  capacity,  and to deposit or arrange for the
          deposit of any such securities with  such a system.  The Trustee,
          if permitted by ERISA, may hold any securities in bearer form and
          combine certificates representing investments  with  certificates
          of  the  same  issue  held  by  the  Trustee  in  other fiduciary
          capacities, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all
          times  show  that  all  such  investments are part of the  Trust.
          Notwithstanding the above, the  Trustee shall at all times remain
          responsible for the safe custody and disposition of the Trust.

               5.2  Records.  The Trustee shall  keep accurate and detailed
          accounts of all investments, receipts and disbursements and other
          transactions  hereunder,  and  all accounts,  books  and  records
          relating  thereto  shall  be open to  inspection  by  any  person
          designated by the Company at  all  reasonable times.  The Trustee
          shall maintain such records with respect  to  the Trust as may be
          reasonably required in the administration of the  Trust,  but the
          Trustee  shall  not be required to perform ministerial acts other
          than those set forth in the Trust.

               5.3  Reports.   Within 60 days after each Valuation Date, or
          the removal or resignation  of  the Trustee or the termination of
          the Plan or the Trust, and as of  any other date specified by the
          Board of Directors or the Committee,  the  Trustee  shall  file a
          report  with the Board of Directors.  This report shall show  all
          purchases, sales, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions
          effected  by  the Trustee during the year or period for which the
          report is filed, and shall contain an exact description, the cost
          as shown on the  Trustee's books, and the fair market value as of
          the end of such period,  of  every item held in the Trust and the
          amount and nature of every obligation  owed  by  the  Trust.  For
          purposes  of  this  Section  5.3,  the  Trustee  may  rely on any
          determination  by the Committee of the fair market value  of  any
          Trust assets, including  the  opinion  of one or more independent
<PAGE>
          investment advisors or appraisers relied  upon  by the Committee.
          Upon  the  expiration  of  90  days from the date of filing  such
          annual or other account, the Trustee  shall to the maximum extent
          permitted by ERISA be forever released  and  discharged  from all
          liability and accountability with respect to the propriety of its
          acts  and  transactions shown in such account except with respect
          to any such  acts or transactions as to which the Committee shall
          within  such  90-day   period   file  with  the  Trustee  written
          objections.

               5.4  Distributions.  The Trustee shall make distributions of
          a Participant's Vested Interest from  the  Trust  to  or  for the
          benefit of the person entitled thereto under the Plan and at such
          times and in such form as may be required or permitted under  the
          Plan.   Any undistributed part of a Participant's Vested Interest
          shall  be  retained  in  the  Trust  until  distribution.   Where
          distribution  is  required  to be made in Company Stock, or where
          the Committee directs such distribution,  the Trustee shall cause
          the  Company  to issue an appropriate stock certificate  for  the
          person entitled  thereto,  and  the  Trustee  shall  deliver such
          certificate  to such person; provided, however, that the  Trustee
          shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  relating  to
          repurchase of such  Company Stock by the Company.  Any portion of
          a Participant's Vested  Interest  to  be  distributed  in cash or
          property other than Company Stock shall be paid by the Trustee to
          the  Participant or Beneficiary entitled thereto.  Company  Stock
          distributed  by  the Trustee may include such legend restrictions
          on transferability as the Company may reasonably require in order
          to insure compliance with the Plan and with applicable Federal or
          state securities laws.

               5.5  Instructions.   All  communications  required hereunder
          from  the  Company or the Committee to the Trustee  shall  be  in
          writing signed by an officer of the Company or by a member of the
          Committee authorized  to sign on its behalf.  The Committee shall
          authorize one or more of  its  members  to sign on its behalf all
          communications required hereunder between  the  Committee and the
          Trustee.   At all times during which communications  between  the
          Committee and the Trustee are required hereunder, the Company and
          the Committee  shall  keep  the  Trustee advised of the names and
          specimen  signatures of all members  of  the  Committee  and  the
          individuals  authorized  to sign on behalf of the Committee.  The
          Trustee  shall  be  fully  protected   in  relying  on  any  such
          communication  and  any  letter,  notice,  certificate,   report,
          statement,   instrument  or  document  and  upon  any  telephone,
          telegraph, cable,  wireless,  radio  or  other  message  from any
          party,  if  believed to be genuine, and shall not be required  to
          verify  the  accuracy   or  validity  thereof  unless  they  have
          reasonable grounds to doubt  the  authenticity  of any signature.
          If  after request the Trustee does not receive instructions  from
          the Committee  on  any matter for which instructions are required
          hereunder, the Trustee shall act or refrain from acting as it may
          determine.

               5.6  Hiring of Agents and Related Expenses.  The Trustee and
          the Committee may employ  suitable  agents and counsel who may be
          counsel for the Company or an Affiliate.  The reasonable expenses
          incurred by the Trustee, any individual who is a trustee, and the
          Committee in the performance of their  duties  hereunder  and all
<PAGE>
          other  proper charges, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee,
          any individual  who is a trustee, or the Committee (including the
          Trustee's compensation) shall be paid out of the Trust unless the
          Company pays such  expenses directly.  However, no person serving
          as a Trustee or individual  serving  as a member of the Committee
          who already receives full-time pay from the Company shall receive
          compensation  from  this  Trust,  except  for   reimbursement  of
          expenses properly and actually incurred.

               5.7  Resignation  and Removal of Trustee.  The  Trustee,  or
          any individual who is a  trustee,  may  resign  at  any  time  by
          delivering  to  the Committee a written notice of resignation, to
          take effect at a  date  specified  therein,  which shall not take
          effect  in less than 60 days after the delivery  thereof,  unless
          such notice is be waived by the Committee.

                    The  Board  of Directors shall have the right to remove
          the Trustee, or any individual who is a trustee, at any time with
          or without cause, by delivering to the Trustee, or individual who
          is a trustee, a written  notice  of  removal, to take effect at a
          date specified therein, which shall not  take effect in less than
          60 days after the delivery thereof, unless  such notice is waived
          by the Trustee.

                    In the event the Trustee, or any individual  who  is  a
          trustee,  notifies  the  Committee of its intention to resign, or
          the Committee removes the  Trustee,  or  any  individual who is a
          trustee,  in  accordance  with the foregoing provisions  of  this
          Section 5.7, the Board of Directors  shall  appoint  a  successor
          trustee, which successor trustee shall accept such appointment by
          an  instrument  in  writing  delivered  to  the Committee and the
          Trustee.  The Trustee, or individual who is a  trustee, resigning
          or  removed  hereunder shall thereupon deliver to  the  successor
          trustee  all assets  of  the  Trust  held  by  such  Trustee,  or
          individual who is a trustee, together with such records as may be
          reasonably  required  to enable the successor trustee to properly
          administer the Trust, and  all  rights  and  privileges under the
          Plan  and  the  Trust  theretofore  vested  in  the  Trustee,  or
          individual who is a trustee, shall vest in the successor  trustee
          where  applicable,  and  thereupon  all  future liability of such
          Trustee,  or  individual  who  is  a  trustee,  shall  terminate;
          provided,  however,  that  the Trustee, or individual  who  is  a
          trustee, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents and
          written instruments which are  necessary  to  transfer and convey
          his right, title and interest in the Trust, and  all  rights  and
          privileges, to the successor trustee.

                    In  the  case  of  the  resignation  or  removal of the
          Trustee,  or  any  individual who is a trustee, said Trustee,  or
          individual who is a trustee, shall duly file with the Committee a
          written report as provided  in  Section  5.3 above for the period
          since  the  last  previous  annual  accounting,  and  if  written
          objections to such account are not filed  as  provided in Section
          5.3, the Trustee's liability and accountability  with  respect to
          the  propriety  of  their  acts  and  transactions  shown in such
          account shall be governed by the terms of this Trust.

               5.8  Hold Harmless.  The Company shall defend and  indemnify
          to  the  full  extent  permitted  by law (including ERISA), which
<PAGE>
          indemnification shall include, but  not be limited to, attorney's
          fees and any tax imposed as a result  of  a claim asserted by any
          person, persons or entity (including a governmental entity),  the
          Trustee, or any individual who is a trustee,  made  or threatened
          to  be  made  a  part to any action, suit or proceeding,  whether
          criminal, civil, administrative  or  investigative,  by reason of
          the fact that such entity or individual is or was a Trustee.  The
          Trustee,  or  individual  who is a trustee, shall be entitled  to
          collect on the Company's indemnity  under  this  Section 5.8 only
          from the Company and shall not be entitled to payment directly or
          indirectly from the Trust.

               5.9  Acceptance.  The Trustee hereby accepts  the  Trust and
          agrees  to  hold  the  Trust,  and  all  additions and accretions
          thereto,  except  to  the  extent  such  assets,   additions  and
          accretions are held by a Custodian, subject to all the  terms and
          conditions of the Trust, which shall be interpreted and construed
          under the laws of the State of Louisiana to the extent such  laws
          are  not  superseded  by laws of the United States.  In the event
          any provisions of the Trust  are  held illegal or invalid for any
          reason,  the  illegality  or  invalidity  shall  not  affect  the
          remaining provisions of the Trust,  but  shall be fully severable
          and the Trust shall be construed and enforced  as  if the illegal
          or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

               5.10 Third Parties.  A third party dealing with the Trustee,
          or any individual who is a trustee, shall not be required to make
          inquiry as to the authority of the Trustee, or any individual who
          is  a trustee, to take any action nor be under any obligation  to
          follow  the  proper application by the Trustee, or any individual
          who is a trustee, of the proceeds of sale of any property sold by
          the Trustee, or  any  individual  who is a trustee, or to inquire
          into the validity or propriety of any  act of the Trustee, or any
          individual who is a trustee, except as may  be  required  of such
          third party under ERISA.

               5.11 Tax  Returns.   In addition to any returns required  of
          the Trustee by law, the Trustee  shall  prepare and file such tax
          reports  and other returns as they may from  time  to  time  deem
          appropriate.

               5.12 Judicial  Accounting.  To the maximum extent consistent
          with ERISA, nothing contained  in  the Trust or in the Plan shall
          be construed as depriving the Trustee or the Company of the right
          to have a judicial settlement of the Trustee's accounts, and upon
          any  proceeding  for  a  judicial  settlement  of  the  Trustee's
          accounts or for instructions the only  necessary  parties thereto
          shall be the Trustee and the Committee.

               5.13 Legal  Proceeding.   Subject  to Section 5.12,  in  any
          action  or  proceeding  affecting the Trust  the  only  necessary
          parties shall be the Company  and  the  Trustee  and,  except  as
          otherwise required by ERISA, no other person shall be entitled to
          any  notice  or service of process.  Any judgment entered in such
          an action or proceeding  shall to the maximum extent permitted by
          ERISA be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming
          to have any interest in the Trust.


<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE VI
                             Relationship of Fiduciaries

               It is the intent of all fiduciaries under the Plan and Trust
          that each fiduciary be solely  responsible  for their own acts or
          omissions.  Except to the extent such an obligation is imposed by
          ERISA or the Code, no fiduciary shall have the  duty  to question
          whether  any  other  fiduciary is fulfilling the responsibilities
          imposed upon such other  fiduciary  by  the  Plan and Trust or by
          ERISA or by any regulations or rulings issued thereunder.  To the
          maximum  extent  permitted by law, no fiduciary  shall  have  any
          liability for a breach  of  fiduciary  responsibility of another.
          Except as provided in Article XIII, no fiduciary shall permit any
          part of the Trust to be diverted for purposes  other than for the
          exclusive   benefit  of  Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries.
          However, the  Committee  may,  by  written notice to the Trustee,
          direct that all or part of the assets of the Trust be transferred
          to a successor trustee under a trust  instrument which is for the
          exclusive benefit of such Participants  and  their beneficiaries,
          and which satisfies the applicable requirements for qualification
          and exemption from taxation under Sections 401(a)  and  501(a) of
          the  Code,  and  thereupon  the  assets  of the Trust or any part
          thereof, subject to any outstanding debts  of the Trust, shall be
          paid over, transferred or assigned to said successor trustee free
          from the Trust created hereunder.


                                     ARTICLE VII
                                     Termination

               7.1  Procedures Upon Termination.  The  Trust shall continue
          for such time as may be necessary to accomplish  the  purpose for
          which  it  was  created, but the Board of Directors may terminate
          the Trust at any  time  upon  30  days'  notice in writing to the
          Trustee,   subject  to  any  applicable  contribution   or   loan
          agreement.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Trustee  of  such  notice of
          termination  of  the  Trust,  the  Trustee shall, with reasonable
          promptness  after receipt of any such  notice,  arrange  for  the
          orderly distribution of the Trust property in accordance with the
          written instructions  of  the  Committee  which shall be given in
          conformity  with  the  provisions of the Plan  and  ERISA.   Such
          instructions  may,  but  need  not,  provide  for  the  continued
          payments from the Trust pursuant  to Section 5.4 of this Trust to
          provide the benefits under the Plan until the Trust is exhausted.
          The Committee shall remain in existence and all of the provisions
          of the Plan which in the opinion of  the  Committee are necessary
          for   the   execution   of   the  Plan  and  the  administration,
          distribution, transfer or other  disposition of the assets of the
          Trust shall remain in force.  The  Trust shall terminate when all
          such payments are made.

               7.2  Termination With Respect to Less Than All Participants.
          If the Plan is terminated with respect  to  a  group  of  persons
          under  the  Plan,  the  portion of the Trust attributable to such
          group  shall  be held and disposed  of  in  accordance  with  the
          written instructions  of  the  Committee  which shall be given in
          conformity with the provisions of the Plan and ERISA.


<PAGE>
                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                      Amendment

               8.1  Right to Amend.  The Board of Directors  may  any  time
          and  from  time  to time amend or modify, in whole or in part and
          without  the  consent   of   any  Participating  Company  or  any
          Participant or beneficiary, any  or all of the provisions of this
          Trust by an instrument in writing  delivered  to the Trustee.  No
          such  amendment  shall  be  made  which  affects  the  duties  or
          responsibilities of the Trustee without their consent  thereto in
          writing.

               8.2  Execution.  The Committee and the Trustee shall execute
          such  supplements  to,  or amendments of, this Trust as shall  be
          necessary to give effect to any such amendment or modification.

               8.3  Retroactivity.   Any  such amendment or modification of
          this  Trust may be retroactive if  necessary  or  appropriate  to
          qualify  or  maintain  the  Trust  as  a part of a plan and trust
          exempt  from Federal income taxation under  Sections  401(a)  and
          501(a) of  the  Code,  the  provisions  of  ERISA,  or  any other
          applicable  provisions of Federal or state law, as now in  effect
          or hereafter  amended  or  adopted,  and  any  Regulations issued
          thereunder.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                    Communications

               9.1  Company's  and Committee's Address.  Communications  to
          the Company or the Committee  shall be addressed to or in care of
          the  Company,  at 5100 River Road,  Avondale,  Louisiana   70094;
          provided, however,  that  upon  the  Company's or the Committee's
          written request, such communications shall  be sent to such other
          address as the Company or the Committee, as the  case may be, may
          specify.

               9.2  Trustee's Address.  Communications to the Trustee shall
          be  addressed  to them at Avondale Industries, Inc.,  5100  River
          Road, Avondale,  Louisiana   70094;  provided, however, that upon
          the written request of the Trustee, such  communications shall be
          sent  to  such  other  address or addresses as  the  Trustee  may
          specify.

               9.3  Binding  Upon  Receipt.    No  communication  shall  be
          binding on the Trustee, Company or Committee until it is received
          by such party.

               9.4  Communications in Writing.   Any  action of the Company
          or  the Committee pursuant to this Trust, including  all  orders,
          requests,  directions,  instructions, approvals and objections of
          the Company or the Committee  to the Trustee, shall be in writing
          signed on behalf of the Company  or  the  Committee  by  any duly
          authorized  officer  of  the  Company or member of the Committee,
          respectively.  The Trustee shall  be governed by such action and,
          to the maximum extent permitted by  ERISA,  be fully protected in
          relying thereon.


<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE X
                                    Non-Alienation

               Except  insofar as applicable law may otherwise  require  or
          pursuant to a  Qualified  Domestic Relations Order (as defined in
          Section  6.5  of  the Plan), no  economic  interest,  expectancy,
          benefit,  payment,  claim   or   right   of  any  Participant  or
          Beneficiary under the Plan and the Trust shall  be subject in any
          manner  to  any  claims  of  any  creditor of any Participant  or
          Beneficiary, nor to alienation by anticipation,  sale,  transfer,
          assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance
          of  any kind.  If any person attempts to take any action contrary
          to this  Article  X, such action shall be null and void and of no
          effect, and the Trustee shall disregard such action and shall not
          in any manner be bound  thereby  and shall suffer no liability on
          account of their disregard thereof.


                                      ARTICLE XI
                                    Voting Rights

               11.1 Pass Through of Voting Rights.   The Trustee shall vote
          all Company Stock held in the Trust as directed by the Committee,
          or,  in  accordance  with  the  following  provisions,   by   the
          Participants:

                    a.   If  the  Company  has a registration-type class of
                         securities (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the
                         Code or any successor  statute thereto), then with
                         respect  to  all corporate  matters,  all  Company
                         Stock allocated  to  the  Accounts of Participants
                         shall be voted in accordance  with  the directions
                         of such Participants as given to the Committee and
                         communicated  in  turn  by  the Committee  to  the
                         Trustee.  Each Participant shall  be  entitled  to
                         direct  the  voting  only  of  the  Company  Stock
                         allocated to his Company Stock Account.

                    b.   If  Company Stock is not a registration-type class
                         of securities  (as defined in Section 409(3)(4) of
                         the Code), each  Participant  shall be entitled to
                         direct Trustee as to the exercise of voting rights
                         attributable to Company Stock allocated  to her or
                         her Accounts concerning any corporate matter which
                         involves the voting of Company Stock with  respect
                         to  the  approval  or disapproval of any corporate
                         merger    or   consolidation,    recapitalization,
                         reclassification,  liquidation,  dissolution, sale
                         of  substantially  all the assets of  a  trade  or
                         business, or such similar  transactions  as may be
                         prescribed in Regulations.

               11.2 Instructions  on  Voting.  Prior to any meeting of  the
          stockholders of the Company,  the  Committee  shall determine the
          number  of shares of Company Stock (including fractional  shares)
          allocated  to  each  Participant  which  the Participant shall be
          entitled   to  vote.   Within  a  reasonable  time   before   any
          shareholder  meeting, the Committee shall provide the Participant
          with a form necessary  to indicate his vote as to any specific or
<PAGE>
          general  matter to be considered  by  the  stockholders  at  such
          meeting.    In   addition,   the   Committee  shall  provide  the
          Participants with all information distributed  to shareholders by
          the  Committee  for  the  exercise  of  such voting rights.   The
          Committee shall not make any recommendations regarding the manner
          of exercising any voting rights.  If a Participant shall fail, or
          refuse, to give the Committee timely and adequate instructions as
          to  how  to  vote  any  Company  Stock, the Committee  shall  not
          exercise its power to vote those shares  of  Company  Stock.  The
          Committee shall be entitled to hire an independent third party to
          tabulate  votes  in  order to ensure the confidentiality of  such
          vote.

               Each Participant  or,  in  the  event  of  the Participant's
          death, the Participant's Beneficiary is, for purposes  of  voting
          the  Company Stock allocated to his Company Stock Account, hereby
          designated  as  "named  fiduciary"  within the meaning of Section
          403(a)(1) of ERISA.

               11.3 Voting of Unallocated Company  Stock.   With respect to
          Company  Stock  not  allocated  to  Participants'  Accounts,  the
          Committee  shall  instruct the Trustee, in writing, how  to  vote
          such shares.

               11.4 Tender  Offers.    The   Trustee   shall   notify  each
          Participant  of a tender or exchange offer and utilize  its  best
          efforts to distribute  to  Participants  in  a  timely manner all
          information  distributed  to  shareholders  of  the  Company   in
          connection   with  any  such  tender  or  exchange  offer.   Each
          Participant shall  have  the  right from time to time to instruct
          the Trustee in writing as to the  manner  in  which to respond to
          any  tender  or  exchange  offer  with  respect to Company  Stock
          allocated to his Company Stock Account which  shall be pending or
          which  may  be made in the future for all Company  Stock  or  any
          portion thereof.   A  Participant's  instructions shall remain in
          force  until  superseded  in  writing  by the  Participant.   The
          Participant  shall  have  the  right to determine  confidentially
          whether shares allocated to a Participant's  account are tendered
          or  exchanged  and  the  Trustee  and  Committee shall  establish
          procedures to ensure such confidentiality.

                    Unless  and  until  a Participant's  Company  Stock  is
          tendered or exchanged, the individual  instructions  received  by
          the  Trustee from the Participant shall be held by the Trustee in
          strict  confidence  and  shall not be divulged or released to any
          person, including officers  of  the  Company;  provided, however,
          that  the  Trustee  shall advise the Company, at any  time,  upon
          request,  of  the  total   number   of   shares  not  subject  to
          instructions to tender or exchange.

                    With  respect  to (a) Company Stock  not  allocated  to
          Participants'  Accounts  or   (b) Company   Stock   allocated  to
          Participants' Accounts for which proper directions have  not been
          received  from  Participants,  such  stock  shall  be tendered or
          exchanged  by the Trustee in accordance with directions  received
          from the Committee.   The Committee shall instruct the Trustee in
          response to the tender offer in accordance with ERISA's fiduciary
          duties  to  act  as a prudent  person  would  act  in  a  similar
          situation and to act  solely in the interests of the Participants
<PAGE>
          and   their   Beneficiaries.    In   exercising   its   fiduciary
          responsibility,  the  Committee  shall  consider  (to  the extent
          permitted  by  Department  of  Labor  or Internal Revenue Service
          Regulations or announcements) not only  the potential increase in
          value if any of the Participants' Accounts  as  a  result  of the
          tender  or  exchange offer, but also the impact of any change  in
          the managerial  control  of  the  Company  on  the  status of the
          Participants  as  Employees  in the long-run, including  but  not
          limited to whether they will receive  larger  or smaller employee
          benefits than at present under the Plan.

               Each  Participant  or,  in  the  event  of the Participant's
          death,   the  Participant's  Beneficiary  is,  for  purposes   of
          responding  to  any  tender  or  exchange  offer  with respect to
          Company  Stock  allocated  to  his Company Stock Account,  hereby
          designated as "named fiduciary"  within  the  meaning  of Section
          403(a)(1) of ERISA.


                                     ARTICLE XII
                               Participating Companies

               12.1 Other Participating Companies.  With the consent of the
          Company, any entity designated a Participating Company under  the
          Plan  may  at  any  time  join  in  the Trust.  The Participating
          Company  shall  file  with the Company and  the  Trustee  a  duly
          executed instrument approved  by  the  Committee and the Trustee.
          Any such action shall become effective upon  the  delivery to the
          Trustee  of  such  instrument  duly executed by the Participating
          Company and the Company, and upon  receipt of such instrument the
          Trustee shall be deemed to accept such Participating Company as a
          party to this Trust without further  action by the Trustee.  Each
          such Participating Company may then contribute  under the Plan to
          the Trust.  The contributions which may be made by the Company or
          any other Participating Company, and the income therefrom,  shall
          be  held  by  the  Trustee  as  part  of  a  single Trust without
          allocation  to  the  Company  or any other Participating  Company
          until the Company shall notify  the  Trustee of the withdrawal of
          any Participating Company from the Plan  pursuant to Section 12.3
          herein.

               12.2 Committee Appointed Exclusive Agent.  Any Participating
          Company  which  joins in the Trust as provided  in  Section  12.1
          shall be deemed to thereby appoint the Board of Directors and the
          Committee its exclusive  agent  to  exercise on its behalf all of
          the powers and authority conferred upon  the  Board  of Directors
          and the Committee by the terms of the Trust including, but not by
          way of limitation, the power to amend the Trust and to  terminate
          the  Trust.   The  authority  of  the  Board of Directors and the
          Committee to act as such agent shall continue with respect to all
          funds contributed by each Participating  Company  and  the income
          therefrom  until  and unless the amount of such funds and  income
          has been distributed  by  the  Trustee as hereinafter provided in
          this Article XII.

               12.3 Withdrawal  of Participating  Company.   The  Committee
          shall notify the Trustee  in  writing  of  the  withdrawal of any
          Participating  Company from the Plan, and the Trustee  shall  not
          accept  any  further  contributions  under  the  Plan  from  such
<PAGE>
          Participating  Company  and shall set aside in a separate account
          such  part  of the Trust as  the  Committee  shall,  pursuant  to
          Section 12.4,  determine  to  be held for the benefit of eligible
          employees of the Participating Company and their beneficiaries as
          of the last day of the Plan Year  during which such Participating
          Company's withdraw from the Plan.

               12.4 Establishment of Segregated  Fund.  The Committee shall
          give written directions to the Trustee with  respect  to the part
          of the Trust segregated in a separate account pursuant to Section
          12.3.   Such directions shall specify the amount to be segregated
          and shall  be  in  accordance  with generally accepted accounting
          principles,  the  terms  of  the Plan  and  any  applicable  loan
          agreement, and, to the maximum  extent consistent with ERISA, the
          determination of the fair market value of the assets in the Trust
          in the manner provided in Section 5.3 shall be conclusive for the
          purpose  of  such segregation.  The  Trustee  shall  follow  such
          directions of  the  Committee which shall constitute a conclusive
          determination of the  amounts  which should be segregated for the
          benefit of the eligible employees  of  such Participating Company
          and their beneficiaries.

               12.5 Distribution  of  Segregated  Fund.   The  Trust  shall
          continue as to any Participating Company,  despite receipt by the
          Trustee  of  notice  of  withdrawal  from  the Plan  as  to  such
          Participating  Company,  for  such time as may  be  necessary  to
          effect such withdrawal.  Upon receipt  by  the  Trustee  from the
          Committee  of  notice  of  withdrawal  from  the  Plan as to such
          Participating   Company,   the  Trustee  shall,  with  reasonable
          promptness after receipt of  such  notice, arrange, in accordance
          with the written instructions of the  Committee  which  shall  be
          given  in  conformity  with the provisions of the Plan and ERISA,
          for the orderly distribution  of  the  Trust  properly segregated
          with respect to such Participating Company pursuant  to  Sections
          12.4 and 12.5.


                                     ARTICLE XIII
                                    Miscellaneous

               13.1 Exclusive  Benefit.  In no event shall any part of  the
          funds of the Plan be used  for  or diverted to any purposes other
          than  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of   Participants  and  their
          Beneficiaries  under the Plan except as permitted  under  Section
          403(c) of ERISA.  Upon the transfer by a Participating Company of
          any money to the  Trustee,  all  interest  of  the  Participating
          Company therein shall cease and terminate.

               13.2 Mistake of Fact.  Notwithstanding any other  provisions
          herein  contained,  if  any contribution is made by a mistake  of
          fact, such contribution shall upon the direction of the Committee
          be returned in conformity  with  Section 3.5 of the Plan, without
          liability to any person.

               13.3 Qualification  of  Plan.    Notwithstanding  any  other
          provisions herein contained, the Trust  is  entered  into  on the
          condition  that  the  Plan  and  the  Trust  are  by the IRS as a
          qualified and exempt plan and trust under the provisions  of  the
          Code  and  Regulations  so that contributions to the Trust may be
<PAGE>
          deducted for Federal income  tax  purposes,  within the limits of
          the Code and Regulations, and to be non-taxable  to  Participants
          when  contributed.   If  such  approval should be denied for  any
          reason (including failure to comply  with any conditions for such
          approval  imposed  by  the  IRS), contributions  made  after  the
          execution of the Trust and prior to such denial shall be returned
          to the Company, without any liability  to  any person, within one
          year  after the date of denial of such approval  and  any  assets
          received  by the Trust pursuant to a plan-to-plan transfer from a
          qualified defined  benefit  plan  maintained  by  the  Company or
          Company  Stock  purchased  with  such  assets  shall  be directly
          returned  to  the  qualified defined benefit plan, to the  extent
          permissible by law,  or  to  the  Company, without any liability,
          within  one year after denial of such  approval.   All  remaining
          assets in the Trust shall be returned to the Company.

               13.4 Deductibility  of  Contributions.   Notwithstanding any
          other provisions herein contained, all contributions  are  hereby
          expressly conditioned upon their deductibility under Section  404
          of the Code and Regulations, as amended from time to time, and if
          the  deduction  for any contribution is disallowed in whole or in
          part, then such contribution  (to  the  extent  the  deduction is
          disallowed)  shall  be  returned upon direction of the Committee,
          which shall be given in conformity  with the provisions of ERISA,
          without liability to any person.

               13.5 Expenses.   The  expenses  of  administering  the  Plan
          including  (i) the  fees  and expenses of  the  Trustee  for  the
          performance  of its duties under  the  Trust,  (ii) the  expenses
          incurred by the  members  of  the Committee in the performance of
          their  duties under the Plan (including  reasonable  compensation
          for services  rendered  in  respect of the Plan by legal counsel,
          certified public accountants,  appraisers  or  others employed by
          the   Committee),   and   (iii) all  other  proper  charges   and
          disbursements of the Company,  Trustee  or  the  members  of  the
          Committee  (including  settlements  of  claims  or  legal actions
          approved by counsel to the Plan) are to be paid out of  the Trust
          unless  the  Company  pays such expenses directly.  In estimating
          costs under the Plan, administrative costs may be anticipated.

               13.6 Titles for Convenience Only.  Titles to the Sections of
          the Trust are included for convenience only and shall not control
          the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Trust.

               13.7 Executed Counterparts.   The  Trust  may be executed in
          any number of counterparts, each of which shall  be  deemed to be
          the original although the others shall not be produced.
<PAGE>

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have  caused
          the Trust to be executed this 12th day of February, 1996.
                            				        ----

          WITNESSES:                         AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

       	  /s/ MICHAEL JOHNSON		                  By: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
	         -------------------                        ---------------------
          /s/ CATHERINE M. MUCKERMAN             Thomas M. Kitchen, Secretary
          --------------------------

                                             TRUSTEES OF THE AVONDALE
                                             INDUSTRIES, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK
                                             OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST

       	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		               /s/ BLANCHE S. BARLOTTA
       	  -----------------	     	          -----------------------
       	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          Blanche S. Barlotta, Trustee
	         ------------------------


      	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		                /s/ R. DEAN CHURCH
	        -----------------		                ------------------
      	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN           R. Dean Church, Trustee
	        ------------------------

     	   /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		                /s/ RODNEY J. DUHON, JR.
      	  -----------------		                ------------------------
 	       /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN           Rodney J. Duhon, Trustee
      	  ------------------------
<PAGE>

          WITNESSES:                         ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE OF THE
                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                             EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

     	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		                /s/ BLANCHE S. BARLOTTA
	       -----------------		                -----------------------
 	      /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN           Blanche S. Barlotta, Member
	       ------------------------


     	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE	          	     /s/ EUGENE E. BLANCHARD, JR.
     	  -----------------          		     ----------------------------
     	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          Eugene E. Blanchard, Member
        ------------------------

     	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		               /s/ R. DEAN CHURCH
     	  -----------------	         	      ------------------
     	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          R. Dean Church, Member
        ------------------------

     	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		               /s/ RODNEY J. DUHON, JR.
	       -----------------		               ------------------------
     	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          Rodney J. Duhon, Jr., Member
        ------------------------

     	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE	          	     /s/ ERNEST F. GRIFFIN, JR.
	       -----------------		               --------------------------
     	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          Ernest F. Griffin, Jr. Member
        ------------------------


                                         -1-

                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen,  who being by me sworn did depose
          and  state  that  he is the duly elected  Secretary  of  Avondale
          Industries, Inc. and  that  in  such  capacity  he  executed  the
          foregoing Amended and Restated Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee
          Stock  Ownership  Trust,  as  a  free  act  and deed on behalf of
          Avondale Industries, Inc. for the purposes therein set forth.

          WITNESSES:


          /s/ MICHAEL JOHNSON		                  /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
       	  -------------------                    ---------------------
          /s/ CATHERINE M. MUCKERMAN             Thomas M. Kitchen
          --------------------------
                                   

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 12th DAY
                     			 ---- 
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	         ----------------------
          NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE	
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE  ME, the undersigned Notary Public,  personally  came
          and appeared Blanche  S.  Barlotta,  who  being  by  me sworn did
          depose  and  state  that  she executed the foregoing Amended  and
          Restated Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust
          Agreement,  as  the undersigned's  free  act  and  deed  for  the
          purposes therein set forth.


          WITNESSES:

       	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		          /s/ BLANCHE S. BARLOTTA
	         -----------------		          -----------------------
 	        /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN     Blanche S. Barlotta
	         ------------------------

                      
          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 12th DAY
                     			 ---- 
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE	
<PAGE>

                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the  undersigned  Notary  Public, personally came
          and  appeared  Eugene E. Blanchard, who being  by  me  sworn  did
          depose and state  that  he  executed  the  foregoing  Amended and
          Restated Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust
          Agreement,  as  the  undersigned's  free  act  and  deed  for the
          purposes therein set forth.


          WITNESSES:

       	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		               /s/ EUGENE E. BLANCHARD, JR.
	         -----------------		               ----------------------------
       	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          Eugene E. Blanchard, Jr.
          ------------------------
                         
          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 12th DAY
                     			 ---- 
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	         ----------------------
               NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
       	  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE	
<PAGE>

                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared R. Dean Church, who being by me sworn did depose and
          state  that  he  executed  the  foregoing  Amended  and  Restated
          Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  Employee   Stock   Ownership   Trust
          Agreement,  as  the  undersigned's  free  act  and  deed  for the
          purposes therein set forth.


          WITNESSES:

       	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		                /s/ R. DEAN CHURCH
       	  -----------------		                ------------------
       	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN           R. Dean Church
          ------------------------


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 12th DAY
                     			 ---- 
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	         ----------------------
               NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
       	  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE	
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Rodney J. Duhon,  Jr.,  who  being  by  me sworn did
          depose  and  state  that  he  executed the foregoing Amended  and
          Restated Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust
          Agreement,  as  the undersigned's  free  act  and  deed  for  the
          purposes therein set forth.


          WITNESSES:

       	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		                /s/ RODNEY J. DUHON, JR.
	         -----------------		                ------------------------
       	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN           Rodney J. Duhon, Jr.
          ------------------------


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 12th DAY
                     			 ---- 
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	         ----------------------
               NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
       	  ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE	
<PAGE>

                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the  undersigned  Notary  Public, personally came
          and appeared Ernest F. Griffin, Jr., who being  by  me  sworn did
          depose  and  state  that  he  executed  the foregoing Amended and
          Restated Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust
          Agreement,  as  the  undersigned's  free act  and  deed  for  the
          purposes therein set forth.


          WITNESSES:

       	  /s/ KENNETH DRAKE		               /s/ ERNEST F. GRIFFIN, JR.
       	  -----------------		               --------------------------
       	  /s/ MARGUERITE A. NOONAN          Ernest F. Griffin, Jr.
          ------------------------


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 12th DAY
                     			 ---- 
          OF FEBRUARY, 1996.

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	         ----------------------
               NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
       	  LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE	






                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              401(k)

                           SAVINGS PLAN

                   (Effective January 1, 1996)






<PAGE>
                                            PREAMBLE


               Effective  January 1, 1996, Avondale Industries, Inc. hereby
          establishes a 401(k)  (the  "Plan") governed by the provisions of
          this Plan document and any amendments  hereto.   The Plan and its
          related  Trust  are intended to qualify as a profit-sharing  plan
          and a cash-or-deferred arrangement under Sections 401(a), 501(a),
          401(k) and 401(m)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986, as
          amended.   Any  ambiguity  shall be resolved by giving effect  to
          these intentions.

               The purpose of this Plan  is  to encourage Employees to save
          and invest systematically a portion of their current compensation
          in order that they may have an additional  source  of income upon
          their  retirement  or disability.  The benefits provided  by  the
          Plan are paid from the Trust Fund established by the Employer and
          are in addition to the benefits Employees are entitled to receive
          under any other programs  of  the  Employer and the United States
          Social Security Administration.

               The Plan and the Trust forming  a part hereof are maintained
          for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the  Participants   and   their
          Beneficiaries.
 
                                           ARTICLE I
                                          DEFINITIONS

               All  capitalized  terms  used  in  this  Plan shall have the
          meaning  set forth in this Article I, unless a different  meaning
          is plainly required by the context:

               2   Accounts  shall mean each of a Participant's Employee-
          Deferral  Account, Employer  Contribution  Account  and  Rollover
          Contribution Account (including subaccounts established from time
          to time under  each  such  Account) established and maintained to
          record the interest of a Participant  in  the  Trust Fund as more
          fully described in Sections 1.15, 1.18 and 1.35.

               2.1   Active Participant shall mean an Eligible Employee who
          is employed by a Participating Employer through  the last payroll
          period ending within the Plan Year.

               2.2   Affiliated  Company  means the Company and  all  other
          entities  required  to  be  aggregated  with  the  Company  under
          Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

               2.3   Beneficiary  shall   mean   the   person   or  persons
          designated  by  a  Participant  to  receive  the  amount, if any,
          payable  under  the  Plan in the event of a Participant's  death.
          Each Beneficiary designation  shall  be in the form prescribed by
          the Committee.

               If the Participant is married and  designates  someone other
          than  his legal spouse, his Beneficiary designation must  include
          the written  consent of his spouse at the time the designation is
<PAGE>
          made.   Such  written   consent   must  approve  the  Beneficiary
          designated and acknowledge the effect  of  such  designation  and
          must  be  notarized  by a notary public.  If it is established to
          the satisfaction of the  Committee  that  the  Participant has no
          spouse  or  that the spouse's consent cannot be obtained  because
          the  spouse  cannot   be   located,  or  because  of  such  other
          circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations issued pursuant
          to Section 417 of the Code,  such  written  consent  shall not be
          required.

               If no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time
          of the Participant's death, then, to the extent, if any, benefits
          are  payable  under the Plan after such death, Beneficiary  shall
          mean the Participant's legal spouse, if he is married at the time
          of his death, otherwise the Participant's estate.

               2.4   Board  of  Directors shall mean the Board of Directors
          of Avondale Industries, Inc.

               2.5   Code shall mean  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended from time to time.  Reference  to any Section of the Code
          shall include any successor provision thereto.

               2.6   Committee   shall   mean  the  401(k)   Administrative
          Committee designated by the Company  to  administer  the  Plan in
          accordance with Section 12.2 or a person or entity designated  by
          the 401(k) Administrative Committee.

               2.7   Company  shall  mean Avondale Industries, Inc. and any
          successor company that may continue the Plan.

               2.8   Compensation.  The  term  "Compensation"  as  modified
          below,  has  the  following  meaning  for each respective purpose
          under the Plan:
                     (a)Plan  Compensation.   For purposes  of  determining
          contributions to the Plan, Plan Compensation  means base pay plus
          overtime, bonuses and short-term Disability payments, if any, and
          shall exclude permanent Disability payments and  any  other extra
          compensation  in  any  form  paid to the Employee by the Employer
          during the Plan Year.  Plan Compensation  will include any amount
          which  is  contributed  by  the  Employer pursuant  to  a  salary
          reduction  agreement and which is not  includible  in  the  gross
          income of an Employee under Sections 125 or 402(e)(3).

                     (a)Section  415  Compensation.   For  the  purpose  of
          applying  the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, Section 415
          Compensation means the Participant's wages, within the meaning of
          Section  3401(a)   of   the   Code  and  all  other  payments  of
          compensation to the Participant by the Employer (in the course of
          the  Employer's trade or business)  for  which  the  Employer  is
          required  to  furnish  the  Participant a written statement under
          Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code.

                     (a)Total Compensation  means  Section 415 Compensation
          plus  all amounts contributed by an Employer  on  behalf  of  the
          Participant  pursuant  to  a salary reduction agreement which are
          not  includible in the gross  income  of  the  Participant  under
          Sections 125, 402(e)(3), and 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code.
<PAGE>
               The  amount  of a Participant's annual Compensation that can
          be taken into account  under  any  of Subparagraphs (a) - (c) for
          any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted from time to
          time  in  accordance with Section 401(a)(17)  of  the  Code.   In
          determining  the  Compensation  of  a Participant for purposes of
          this limitation, the rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) shall apply,
          except in applying these rules, "family"  will  include  only the
          Participant's   spouse   and   any   lineal  descendants  of  the
          Participant who have not attained age  19 before the close of the
          year.  If, as a result of the application  of  these  rules,  the
          adjusted  $150,000  limit  is  exceeded  then  the  limit will be
          prorated  among  the  affected individuals determined under  this
          section before this limit is applied.

               2.9   Disability of  a  Participant shall mean the total and
          permanent  incapacity  of  a  Participant   to   engage   in  any
          substantial  gainful  employment,  as determined by the Committee
          and  which  qualifies  him  for  commencement   of  benefits  for
          permanent and total disability under Federal Old Age and Survivor
          Insurance.

               2.10  Disability Retirement Date shall have  the meaning set
          forth in Section 9.2.

               2.11  Eligible Employee is defined at Section 2.1.

               2.12  Employee shall mean a person employed by  an Employer,
          excluding  any  employee  who  is included in a unit of employees
          covered  by a negotiated collective  bargaining  agreement  which
          does not provide  for  his  participation  in the Plan.  A leased
          employee, as described in Section 414(n)(2)  of  the  Code, shall
          not be considered an Employee; provided, however, that any leased
          employee  who  subsequently  becomes  an Employee shall have  his
          previous  service as a leased employee used  in  calculating  his
          Years of Service under the Plan.

               2.13  Employee-Deferral  or  Employee-Deferral  Contribution
          shall mean the amount contributed by the Employer on behalf  of a
          Participant in accordance with Article III.

               2.14  Employee-Deferral   Account  shall  mean  the  Account
          maintained  for a Participant to  record  the  Employee-Deferrals
          under Article  III,  and  any  contributions  under  Section 4.6,
          contributed by the Employer on such Participant's behalf.

               2.15  Employee-Deferral  Agreement shall mean the  agreement
          described in Article III.

               2.16  Employer shall mean a Participating Employer or a Non-
          Participating Employer.

               2.17  Employer   Contribution   means   any   (a)   Matching
          Contributions, (b) Employer  Discretionary  Contributions and (c)
          contributions required on account of a Top-Heavy Plan Year.

               2.18  Employer Contribution Account shall  mean  the account
          established  for  a  Participant  which  is  funded  by  Employer
          Contributions.

               2.19  Employer  Discretionary  Contribution  shall  mean   a
<PAGE>
          contribution  by  an  Employer  to the Trust Fund as described in
          Article V.

               2.20  Entry Date shall mean  February  1, 1996 and the first
          day of each month thereafter and any other date  during  the Plan
          Year specified by the Committee.

               2.21  ERISA   shall  mean  the  Employee  Retirement  Income
          Security Act of 1974,  as  amended from time to time.  References
          to any section of ERISA include any successor provision thereto.

               2.22  Highly Compensated  Employee  shall  mean  any  highly
          compensated  active  Employee  and  any highly compensated former
          Employee as described in this Section 1.23.

               A highly compensated active Employee  includes  any Employee
          who  performs  service  for the Employer during the determination
          year  and  who, during the  look-back  year:  (i) received  Total
          Compensation  from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted
          pursuant to section  415(d)  of  the  Code);  (ii) received Total
          Compensation from the Employer in excess of $50,000  (as adjusted
          pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code) and was a member  of  the
          top-paid  group  for  such  year;  or (iii) was an officer of the
          Employer and received Total Compensation during such year that is
          greater than 50 percent of the dollar  limitation in effect under
          section  415(b)(1)(A) of the Code.  The term  Highly  Compensated
          Employee also  includes:  (i) Employees who are both described in
          the  preceding sentence  if  the  term  "determination  year"  is
          substituted for the term "look-back year" and the Employee is one
          of the  100  Employees  who  received the most Total Compensation
          from   the   Employer   during   the  determination   year;   and
          (ii) Employees who are 5 percent owners  at  any  time during the
          look-back year or determination year.

               If no officer has satisfied the compensation requirement  of
          (iii) above during either a determination year or look-back year,
          the  highest  paid  officer  for  such year shall be treated as a
          Highly Compensated Employee.

               For purposes of this Section 1.23,  the  determination  year
          shall  be the Plan Year.  The look-back year shall be the twelve-
          month period immediately preceding the determination year.

               A Highly  Compensated  former Employee includes any Employee
          who separated from service (or  was  deemed  to  have  separated)
          prior  to  the  determination  year, performs no service for  the
          Employer  during  the  determination   year,  and  was  a  highly
          compensated active Employee for either the separation year or any
          determination  year  ending  on  or  after  the  Employee's  55th
          birthday.

               If an Employee is, during a determination  year or look-back
          year, a family member of either a five percent (5%)  owner who is
          an active or former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who
          is  one of the ten (10) most Highly Compensated Employees  ranked
          on the  basis  of  Total Compensation paid by the Employer during
          such year, then the family member and the five percent (5%) owner
          or top-ten Highly Compensated  Employee  shall be aggregated.  In
          such case, the family member and five percent  (5%) owner or top-
<PAGE>
          ten (10) Highly Compensated Employee shall be treated as a single
          Employee   receiving  compensation  and  Plan  contributions   or
          benefits equal  to the sum of such compensation and contributions
          or benefits of the  family  member and five percent (5%) owner or
          top-ten  Highly  Compensated  Employee.   For  purposes  of  this
          Section  1.23,  family  member  includes   the   spouse,   lineal
          ascendants and descendants of the Employee or former Employee and
          the spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

               The  determination  of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
          including  the determinations  of  the  number  and  identity  of
          Employees in  the  top-paid  group,  the  top  one  hundred (100)
          Employees,  and number of Employees treated as officers  and  the
          compensation  that is considered, will be made in accordance with
          Section 414(q) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

               2.23  Hour of Service shall mean:

                     (a)Each  hour  for  which  an  Employee is directly or
          indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a  Participating
          Employer  or  Non-Participating  Employer for the performance  of
          duties, including periods of vacation and holidays;

                     (b)Each hour for which  an  Employee  is  directly  or
          indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a  Participating
          Employer  or Non-Participating Employer (including payments  made
          or due from  a  trust  fund or insurer to which the Participating
          Employer  or  Non-Participating   Employer  contributes  or  pays
          premiums) on account of a period of  time  during which no duties
          are   performed   (irrespective   of   whether   the   employment
          relationship  has  terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
          incapacity (including  disability),  layoff,  jury duty, military
          duty, or leave of absence, provided that:

                          (i)no  more  than 501 Hours of Service  shall  be
          credited under this paragraph  (b)  to  an Employee on account of
          any single continuous period during which  the  Employee performs
          no duties; and

                          (ii)Hours of Service shall not be  credited under
          this  paragraph  (b)  to  an  Employee for a payment which solely
          reimburses the Employee for medically-related  expenses  incurred
          by  the  Employee or which is made or due under a plan maintained
          solely for  the  purpose  of  complying  with applicable worker's
          compensation, unemployment compensation or  disability  insurance
          laws;

                     (c)Each  hour  not already included under this Section
          1.24  above for which back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
          damages,  is  either  awarded  or  agreed  to  by  such Employer,
          provided  that  crediting of Hours of Service under this  Section
          1.24 with respect to periods described in this Section 1.24 above
          shall be subject to the limitation therein set forth; and

                     (d)Solely  for purposes of determining whether a Break
          in Service, as defined  in  Section  1.29,  for participation and
          vesting  purposes  has occurred in a computation  period,  if  an
          Employee is away from  work  on  a  Parental  Absence,  he  shall
          receive  credit  for  the  Hours of Service which would otherwise
<PAGE>
          have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in
          any case in which such hours  cannot  be  determined,  8 Hours of
          Service  per  day of such absence.  The Hours of Service credited
          under  this  Section   1.24(d)   shall  be  credited  (1) in  the
          computation period in which the absence  begins  if the crediting
          is  necessary  to prevent a Break in Service in that  period,  or
          (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.

               To the extent not credited above, Hours of Service will also
          be credited based  on the customary work week of the Employee for
          periods of military  duty  (as  required  by  applicable law) and
          approved leaves of absence.

               The  number  of Hours of Service to be credited  under  this
          Section 1.24 above  on  account  of  a  period  during  which  an
          Employee performs no duties, and the Plan Years to which Hours of
          Service  shall be credited under this Section 1.24 above shall be
          determined   by   the   Committee  in  accordance  with  Sections
          2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of  the Regulations of the U.S. Department
          of Labor.

               2.24  Matching Contribution  shall mean a contribution by an
          Employer to the Trust Fund as described in Article IV.

               2.25  Non-Highly Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee
          who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

               2.26  Non-Participating Employer  shall  mean  an Affiliated
          Company which is not a Participating Employer.

               2.27  Normal  Retirement  Date  shall  have the meaning  set
          forth   in  Section  9.1.   Normal  Retirement  Age   means   the
          Participant's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

               2.28  One-Year  Break-in-Service  or  Break in Service shall
          mean  a twelve-month consecutive period following  an  Employee's
          Service  Termination  Date,  as  defined  in Section 1.36, during
          which the Employee fails to be credited with an Hour of Service.
               2.29  Parental Absence shall mean an Employee's absence from
          work for any of the following reasons:  (i) the  pregnancy of the
          Employee,  (ii) the  birth  of  the  Employee's child,  (iii) the
          adoption of a child by the Employee, or (iv) the need to care for
          the Employee's child immediately following its birth or adoption;
          provided, however, that the Committee,  in  its  sole discretion,
          may require evidence that any absence is on account  of  a reason
          enumerated  herein  and  evidence  as  to  the  duration  of such
          absence.

               2.30  Participant  shall mean (i) any Eligible Employee  for
          whom Employee-Deferral Contributions  have  been made or (ii) any
          former Eligible Employee on whose behalf an Account  continues to
          be  maintained  in the Plan pursuant to Article II.  An  Eligible
          Employee remains  a  Participant  as  long  as  he has an Account
          balance, as provided in Section 2.2.

               2.31  Participating   Employer   shall  mean  the   Company,
          Avondale Services Corporation, and any  Affiliated  Company  that
          adopts  this  Plan  pursuant  to  authorization  by  the Board of
          Directors of the Company and the board of directors of the newly-
<PAGE>
          adopting entity.

               By authorizing the adoption of this Plan, the governing body
          of any Participating Employer expressly recognizes and  delegates
          to  the  Company and its Board of Directors the right to exercise
          on  the behalf  of  the  Participating  Employer  all  power  and
          authority  conferred  by  the Plan to the Company or its Board of
          Directors.

               2.32  Plan shall mean  the  Avondale Industries, Inc. 401(k)
          Savings Plan, as set forth in this  document  and as amended from
          time to time.

               2.33  Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

               2.34  Rollover Contribution Account shall  mean  the Account
          maintained  for a Participant to record his rollover contribution
          made pursuant to Section 3.8.

               2.35  Service Termination Date shall mean the earlier of the
          following:

                     (a)the  date  on  which  by  reason  of  an Employee's
          resignation,  discharge, retirement or death the Employee  is  no
          longer employed by any Employer; or

                     (b)the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  on which an
          Employee  is laid off, starts an authorized leave of absence,  or
          is absent from  work  for  any  other  reason  (other  than those
          instances  covered  under  paragraphs  (a)  and  (c)),  including
          holidays,  paid vacations, sick leaves and absence on account  of
          disability.

               2.36  Trust  or Trust Agreement shall mean the agreement and
          any  and all amendments  and  supplements  thereto  entered  into
          between  the  Company and the Trustee.  The Trust Agreement shall
          be deemed to be  part  of  this  Plan  as  if  all  the terms and
          provisions were fully set forth herein.

               2.37  Trustee shall mean the person or persons appointed  by
          the Board of Directors to be Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

               2.38  Trust  Fund  shall mean all assets held by the Trustee
          in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

               2.39  Valuation Date shall mean the last day of each quarter
          during the Plan Year or any  other  date or dates during the Plan
          Year specified by the Committee upon  which  the  assets  of  the
          Trust  Fund  are valued as described in Article VIII.  The Annual
          Valuation Date shall mean the last day of the Plan Year.

               2.40  Vested   Interest   shall   mean   the  portion  of  a
          Participant's    Accounts    which   has   become   vested    and
          nonforfeitable, under Section 6.3.

               2.41  Year  of  Service  shall   mean   a   12-month  period
          commencing on the first day on which an Employee is credited with
          an  Hour  of  Service (or commencing on such Employee's  date  of
          rehire in the case  of  an Employee who has not previously become
<PAGE>
          an  Eligible  Employee  and   who   has  incurred  five  or  more
          consecutive One Year Breaks in Service)  or  anniversary  thereof
          during which he is continuously employed by an Employer, provided
          that:

                     (a)An  Employee  shall  be  credited  with one Year of
          Service for each 12 complete months of employment, whether or not
          consecutive.

                     (b)An Employee shall cease accruing Years  of  Service
          on  his  Service  Termination  Date; except that if such Employee
          performs an Hour of Service within the 12-month period commencing
          on his Service Termination Date,  his  period of absence shall be
          treated as employment.

                     (c)Years of Service shall include  any  one or more of
          the following:

                          (i)any  period of absence because of  service  in
          the military forces of the  United  States, provided the Employee
          returns to work within 90 days after  first becoming eligible for
          discharge from active duty;

                          (ii) any period of layoff not in excess of one
          year in duration;

                          (iii) any period while the Employee is  on  an
          approved  leave  of  absence with or without pay  (including  any
          leave of absence for maternity or paternity reasons);

                          (iv) any  other period of  absence approved by an
          Employer including paid holidays, paid vacations and sick leaves;

                          (v) any other  period  of  absence  provided  the
          Employee  returns  to work with an Employer within  the  one-year
          period after his Service Termination Date;

                          (vi) to the extent  not otherwise credited above,
          the  first  12  months  of  a Parental Absence  if  the  Employee
          provides  the  Committee  with any  evidence  it  may  reasonably
          require to determine that the  absence  is  on  account  of  such
          Parental Absence.
               Except as otherwise specifically provided under this Section
          1.42,  a  partial Year of Service shall be determined by dividing
          the number  of days of employment, whether or not consecutive, by
          the number of  days  in  the  calendar year. All of an Employee's
          Years of Service with the Employer  shall  be  taken into account
          for  purposes  of satisfying the Plan's eligibility  requirements
          and  for calculating  a  Participant's  Vested  Interest  in  his
          Employer Contribution Account.


                                           ARTICLE II
                                         PARTICIPATION

               2.1   Commencement  of  Participation.   Each Employee shall
          become an Eligible Employee as of the first Entry  Date  on which
          he  is  employed  by a Participating Employer and which coincides
          with or immediately  follows  the  date as of which such Employee
<PAGE>
          has  both  (a)  attained  age 21 and (b) completed  one  Year  of
          Service.

               2.2   Termination of Participation.  An Eligible Employee or
          Participant who (i) has a Service Termination Date (ii) becomes a
          member of a group of employees covered by a negotiated collective
          bargaining agreement which  does not provide for participation in
          the  Plan or (iii) becomes an  Employee  of  a  Non-Participating
          Employer  shall  no  longer  be  an  Eligible  Employee but shall
          continue as a Participant in the Plan entitled to  share  in  the
          earnings  and losses of the Trust Fund and to exercise the rights
          of a Participant  hereunder  until  his  Vested Interest has been
          distributed and the non-vested portion of  his  Accounts, if any,
          has been forfeited pursuant to Section 6.4.

               The participation of any Participant shall end  when  (i) no
          further benefits are payable to him or his Beneficiary under  the
          Plan and (ii) no further amounts are credited to his Accounts.

               2.3   Participation Following Reemployment.

               If  an  Employee  has  a  Service  Termination  Date  but is
          reemployed before a One Year Break in Service occurs, he shall be
          treated as if his employment was not broken.

               If  an  Employee who had not had a Year of Service incurs  a
          One Year Break in Service and is later reemployed by an Employer,
          he shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining
          eligibility to participate in the Plan.

               If an Eligible  Employee  experiences  a  One-Year  Break in
          Service  and is later reemployed by a Participating Employer,  he
          shall automatically  become  an  Eligible  Employee again and the
          Committee  shall  allow  him to elect to make Employee-Deferrals,
          pursuant to Section 3.1.


                                          ARTICLE III
                                       EMPLOYEE-DEFERRALS

               3.1   Employee-Deferrals.   An  Eligible  Employee may enter
          into  an  Employee-Deferral Agreement with his Employer  on  such
          form or forms as the Committee shall prescribe or through a voice
          response system  after  such Participant has entered his personal
          identification number.  In  the  Employee-Deferral  Agreement the
          Eligible  Employee shall agree to accept a deferral of  his  Plan
          Compensation  expressed as a whole percentage no less than 1% and
          no more than 13%.   The  Employee-Deferral Agreement shall remain
          in effect until changed or  discontinued  as  provided in Section
          3.3.  An Employee's election under this Section  3.1  can be made
          when the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee effective  on  the
          next  calendar month following the date on which such election is
          received by the Committee.

               No Employee-Deferral may be paid to the Plan by the Employer
          on behalf  of  a Participant after he ceases to be an Employee or
          during any period  when  such  Participant  is not receiving Plan
          Compensation from the Employer.

<PAGE>
               3.2   Delivery  of  Employee-Deferral  Contributions.    The
          Employee-Deferral   made   by  the  Employer  on  behalf  of  any
          Participant shall be transmitted  to  the Trustee by the Employer
          as soon as practicable after the close  of  the calendar month in
          which the Employee-Deferral occurs; provided,  however,  that  no
          Employee-Deferral  for  any  portion  of  a  Plan  Year  shall be
          delivered  to  the Trustee later than 90 days after the close  of
          the month in which  the  amount  was  deducted from Participant's
          Plan Compensation.

               3.3   Changes in and Discontinuance  of  Employee-Deferrals.
          A  Participant  may  change  the  rate  of Employee-Deferrals  or
          discontinue Employee-Deferrals paid by his  Employer  to the Plan
          on  his  behalf  effective as of the next payroll period provided
          the Participant has  given  the  Committee advance notice of such
          change in such form and within such  time  period  preceding  the
          effective date of the change as the Committee may prescribe.

               3.4   Dollar  Limitation.  In no event shall a Participant's
          Employee-Deferral Contributions  for a Participant's taxable year
          exceed  $9,500,  or  such larger amount  as  allowed  under  Code
          Section 402(g) to reflect increases in the cost of living.

               3.5   Return of Excess Deferral Amounts.  If a Participant's
          Employee-Deferral Contributions  under the Plan should exceed the
          dollar limitation under Section 3.4  for  a Plan Year, the excess
          amount  and  the  earnings  thereon shall be distributed  to  the
          Participant no later than the  April 15  following  the  calendar
          year  of  the  excess  deferral.   If  a Participant notifies the
          Committee in writing no later than March 1 following the calendar
          year of the excess deferral that he was  also  a participant in a
          plan of an unrelated employer governed by the Code Section 402(g)
          dollar  limitation  described  in  Section  3.4, that  the  total
          deferrals   under  the  plans  exceeded  the  dollar   limitation
          described in  Section  3.4, and that he has allocated some or all
          of the excess deferrals  to  this Plan, then the excess allocated
          to this Plan (and the earnings  thereon)  shall be distributed to
          the Participant no later than the following April 15.

               Any returned excess deferrals must include  income  or  loss
          for  the  calendar  year of the excess deferral, and must include
          income or loss for the  "gap period" between the end of that year
          and the date of distribution.   The gain or loss allocable to the
          Excess Deferral Amount for the preceding  calendar  year shall be
          determined  by  any reasonable method, provided that such  method
          does not violate  Section  401(a)(4) of the Code, is consistently
          applied,  and  is  used for allocating  income  to  Participants'
          Accounts.

               Any   Matching  Contributions   attributable   to   returned
          Employee-Deferrals  shall  be forfeited unless they can be deemed
          to match previously unmatched  Employee-Deferrals  as provided in
          Section  4.1.   The  amount of excess deferrals to be distributed
          shall be reduced by Excess  Contributions  previously distributed
          for the taxable year ending in the same Plan Year, as provided in
          Section 3.7.

               3.6   Non-Discrimination Rules

<PAGE>
                     (a)Definition.  The term "Actual  Deferral Percentage"
          (hereinafter "ADP") as used in this Section 3.6  shall  mean, for
          each  specified group of Eligible Employees for a Plan Year,  the
          average  of  the  ratios (calculated separately for each Eligible
          Employee in such group)  of  (1) the amount of Employee-Deferrals
          actually delivered to the Trustee  for  the Eligible Employee for
          the Plan Year to (2) the Eligible Employee's  Total  Compensation
          for the portion of such Plan Year (during which) the Employee was
          an Eligible Employee.  The ADP shall be calculated separately for
          the  group  consisting  of  Highly Compensated Employees and  the
          group consisting of Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

                     (b)An Eligible Employee  who  fails  to make Employee-
          Deferrals shall be included in the testing with a ratio of zero.

                     (c)The Tests.  In each Plan Year the Plan must satisfy
          one of the following tests:

                          (i)The ADP for Eligible Employees  who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed  the ADP
          for  Eligible  Employees who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                          (ii)The ADP for Eligible Employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for  the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP
          for Eligible Employees who are  Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided  that  the ADP
          for Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees  does
          not  exceed  the  ADP  for  Eligible Employees who are Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

                     (d)Special Rules in Connection with ADP Testing:

                          (i)The ADP for  any  Eligible  Employee  who is a
          Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible
          to have Employee-Deferrals allocated to his accounts under two or
          more  arrangements  described  in  Code  Section 401(k), that are
          maintained by one or more Employers, shall  be  determined  as if
          such  contributions  were made under a single arrangement.  If  a
          Highly Compensated Employee  participates  in two or more cash or
          deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or
          deferred  arrangements ending with or within  the  same  calendar
          year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

                          (ii)In the  event  that  this  Plan satisfies the
          requirements of Code Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4),  or  410(b) only
          if  aggregated  with  one or more other plans, or if one or  more
          other plans satisfy the  requirements  of such Code Sections only
          if  aggregated with this Plan, then this  Section  3.6  shall  be
          applied  by determining the ADP of Employees as if all such plans
          were a single plan.

                          (iii)For purposes of  determining  the  ADP of an
          Eligible Employee who is a five (5%) owner or one of the ten (10)
          most  highly-paid  Highly  Compensated  Employees,  the Employee-
          Deferrals and Total Compensation of such Eligible Employee  shall
          include  the  Employee-Deferrals  and  Total Compensation for the
          Plan  Year  of  members  of  the Eligible Employee's  Family  (as
          defined at Section 1.9).  Family  members  with  respect  to such
<PAGE>
          Highly  Compensated  Employees  shall  be disregarded as separate
          Employees in determining the ADP both for  Eligible Employees who
          are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and for  Eligible  Employees
          who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                          (iv)For purposes  of  determining  the  ADP test,
          Employee-Deferrals shall be taken into account only if:   paid to
          the  Trust  before  the  last day of the twelve (12) month period
          immediately following the  Plan  Year  to which the contributions
          relate; and which relate to Total Compensation  which  would have
          been received by the Eligible Employee in the Plan Year  (but for
          the  deferral  election)  or  which  is  attributable to services
          performed by the Eligible Employee in the  Plan  Year  and  would
          have  been  received  by  the  Eligible Employee within 2 1/2 months
          after the close of the Plan Year (but for the deferral election).

                          (v)The determination  and  treatment  of  the ADP
          amounts  of  any  Eligible  Employee  shall  satisfy  such  other
          requirements  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of the
          Treasury.

                          (vi)In the  event  that  the  ADP  of  the Highly
          Compensated  Employees  for  the  Plan Year determined as a  date
          prior to the last day of the Plan Year  indicates  that  the Plan
          for the year will not otherwise comply with either ADP test,  the
          Committee  has the authority to reduce the Employee-Deferral rate
          for the remainder  of  the  Plan Year for all or a portion of the
          Highly Compensated Employees  in  an equitable manner to increase
          the likelihood that one of the ADP tests will be satisfied.

               3.7   Return of Excess Contributions

                     (a)Definition.   "Excess  Contributions"  shall  mean,
          with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
                          (i)The  aggregate  amount  of  Employee-Deferrals
          actually  taken into account  in  computing  the  ADP  of  Highly
          Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                          (ii)The maximum amount of such Deferrals permitted
          by the ADP  test (determined by reducing Deferrals made on behalf
          of Highly Compensated  Employees  in order of the ADPs, beginning
          with the highest of such percentages).

                     (b)Determination of Income  or  Loss.   The  income or
          loss allocable to Excess Contributions shall be determined  using
          any reasonable method, provided that such method does not violate
          Section  401(a)(4)  of  the Code, is consistently applied, and is
          used for allocating income  to  Participants' Accounts.  Earnings
          must include income or loss for the  "gap period" between the end
          of the taxable year and the date of distribution.

                     (c)Distribution      of      Excess     Contributions.
          Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this   Plan,   Excess
          Contributions,  plus  any  income  and  minus  any loss allocable
          thereto, shall be distributed no later than the  last  day of the
          Plan   Year   to  Participants  to  whose  accounts  such  Excess
          Contributions were  allocated  for the preceding Plan Year.  Such
          distributions shall be made to Highly  Compensated  Employees  on
          the  basis of the respective portions of the Excess Contributions
<PAGE>
          attributable   to  each  of  such  Employees.   With  respect  to
          Participants who  are  subject  to  the family member aggregation
          rules of Code Section 414(q)(6), the  ADP  of  such  Participants
          shall  be  reduced  in  accordance  with  the  "leveling"  method
          described in the regulations and the Excess Contributions of such
          Participants  shall be allocated in the manner prescribed by  the
          regulations.  Excess  Contributions  shall  be  treated as Annual
          Additions under the Plan.  The amount of Excess Contributions  to
          be  distributed  shall  be reduced by excess deferrals previously
          distributed for the same  year  pursuant  to  Section 3.5 and any
          Matching  Contributions  with respect to such distributed  Excess
          Contributions (and the earnings thereon) shall be forfeited.

               3.8   Rollover Contributions.  A Participant who has entered
          into an Employee-Deferral  Agreement  may  contribute to the Plan
          any   amount   distributed  from  the  Participant's   individual
          retirement account,  individual  retirement annuity, or qualified
          plan which qualifies under either  of  Code  Sections  402(c)  or
          408(d)(3)(A)(ii),  which is transferred within the required time,
          and which meets all  other  requirements of law for a rollover to
          the Plan.  The Employer, the  Committee,  and  the  Trustee shall
          rely  upon  the  Participant's  written  certification  that  the
          transfer   is   a   permitted  rollover  meeting  all  the  above
          requirements.  Such a  contribution  shall  be held in a separate
          Rollover  Contribution  Account  for  the  Participant.   If  the
          Committee should learn that the rollover did  not  meet  all  the
          aforesaid  requirements,  the value of the Participant's Rollover
          Contribution Account as of  the  preceding Valuation Date (or the
          date of the rollover, if later) shall be returned to him.


                                           ARTICLE IV
                                     MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

               4.1   Matching Contributions.   The Board of Directors shall
          annually determine the amount of a Matching Contribution, if any,
          to be contributed for the Plan Year.   The  Matching Contribution
          shall   be   allocated   based  on  the  ratio  of  each   Active
          Participant's Employee-Deferrals  for  the Plan Year to the total
          of  Employee-Deferrals made by all Active  Participants  for  the
          year.   For  purposes  of  this allocation, Participant Employee-
          Deferrals in excess of 6% of each Participant's Plan Compensation
          shall be disregarded.

               4.2   Forfeitures.  Forfeitures  shall  be  allocated in the
          same manner as Matching Contributions under Section 4.1.

               4.3   Delivery  of  Contributions.   An Employer's  Matching
          Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee  at  such time as
          the  Employer  determines, but in no event shall any contribution
          for a Plan Year  be  made  later  than  the  deadline,  including
          extensions,  for the filing of the Company's tax return for  that
          year.

               4.4   Adjustments    if    Employee-Deferral   Contributions
          Adjusted.  If under Section 3.5 or  Section  3.7  a Participant's
          Employee-Deferral  Contributions are returned to him,  and  as  a
          result the net Employee-Deferral  Contributions for the Plan Year
          are  a smaller percentage of Plan Compensation  than  the  amount
<PAGE>
          taken  into  account in making Matching Contributions, the amount
          of the Matching  Contributions shall be reduced accordingly.  The
          reduction  in  the  Matching   Contribution   (and  any  earnings
          attributable to the reduction) shall be treated  as  a Forfeiture
          under the provisions of Section 4.2.

               4.5   Discrimination Test - Matching Contributions.

                     (a)Definitions:

                          (i)"Average  Contribution  Percentage"  or  "ACP"
          shall  mean  the  average of the Contribution Percentages of  the
          Eligible Employees in a group.

                          (ii)"Contribution Percentage" shall mean the ratio
          (expressed   as  a  percentage)   of   an   Eligible   Employee's
          Contribution Percentage  Amounts to the Eligible Employee's Total
          Compensation for the portion  of  the  Plan  Year in which he was
          eligible to make Employee-Deferrals.

                          (iii)"Contribution Percentage Amounts" shall mean
          the  Matching  Contributions  under  the  Plan  on  behalf of the
          Eligible Employee for the Plan Year.  The Employer may  elect  to
          use  Employee-Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so
          long as  the  ADP  test  is met before the Employee-Deferrals are
          used  in  the ACP test and continues  to  be  met  following  the
          exclusion of  those  Employee-Deferrals that are used to meet the
          ACP test.

                     (b)The Tests.  In each Plan Year the Plan must satisfy
          one of the following tests:

                          (i)The  ACP for Eligible Employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for  the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP
          for Eligible Employees who are  Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                          (ii)The ACP for Eligible Employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed  the ACP
          for  Eligible  Employees who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan  Year  multiplied by two (2), provided that the
          ACP for Eligible Employees  who  are Highly Compensated Employees
          does not exceed the ACP for Eligible Employees who are Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

                     (c)Special Rules:

                          (i)(A)"Aggregate Limit" shall mean the greater of
          (A) or (B) below:

                                      (1)The sum of

                                         a)one  hundred twenty-five percent
          (125%) of the greater of the ADP or the  ACP  of  the  Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees in the same Plan Year, plus

                                         b)Two  (2) percentage points  plus
          the lesser of such ADP or ACP of Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          in the same Plan Year, provided, however,  that in no event shall
<PAGE>
          this amount exceed two hundred percent (200%)  of  the  lesser of
          the ADP or the ACP of Non-Highly Compensated Employees, and

                                      (2)The sum of

                                         a)one hundred twenty-five  percent
          (125%)  of  the  lesser  of  the ADP or the ACP of the Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees in the same Plan Year, plus

                                         b)Two  (2)  percentage points plus
          the  greater  of  the  ADP  or the ACP of Non-Highly  Compensated
          Employees in the same Plan Year,  provided,  however,  that in no
          event shall this amount exceed two hundred percent (200%)  of the
          greater   of  the  ADP  or  the  ACP  of  Non-Highly  Compensated
          Employees.
                                (B)Multiple Use:  If the sum of the ADP and
          ACP of the  Highly  Compensated  Employees  exceeds the Aggregate
          Limit, then the ACP of the Highly Compensated  Employees  will be
          reduced (beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee whose ACP
          is  the  highest)  so  that  the  limit  is not exceeded.  If the
          Employer  elects  to  reduce  the  ACP of the Highly  Compensated
          Employee, the required reduction shall  be  treated  as an Excess
          Aggregate  Contribution described below.  If the Employer  elects
          to reduce the  ADP  of  the  Highly  Compensated  Employees,  the
          required  reduction shall be treated as an Excess Contribution as
          described in  Section  3.7.   The  ADP  and  ACP  of  the  Highly
          Compensated   Employees  are  determined  after  any  corrections
          required to meet  the  ADP  and ACP tests.  Multiple use does not
          occur if both the ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees
          does not exceed 1.25 multiplied  by  the  ADP and ACP of the Non-
          Highly Compensated Employees.

                          (ii)For purposes of this section, the Contribution
          Percentage for any Eligible Employee who is  a Highly Compensated
          Employee  and  who  is  eligible to have Contribution  Percentage
          Amounts allocated to his  account  under  two  (2)  or more plans
          described  in  Code Section 401(a), or arrangements described  in
          Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by one or more Employers,
          shall  be  determined  as  if  the  total  of  such  Contribution
          Percentage Amounts  was  made  under  each  plan.   If  a  Highly
          Compensated  Employee  participates  in  two  (2) or more cash or
          deferred  arrangements under Code Section 401(k)  ("CODA"),  that
          have different  plan  years,  all CODAs ending with or within the
          same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

                          (iii)In the event that this  Plan  satisfies  the
          requirements of Code Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if
          aggregated  with one or more other plans, or if one or more other
          plans satisfy  the  requirements  of  such  Code Sections only if
          aggregated with this Plan, then this section  shall be applied by
          determining the Contribution Percentages of Eligible Employees as
          if all such plans were a single plan.

                          (iv)For purposes of determining the  Contribution
          Percentage  of  an  Eligible Employee who is a five percent  (5%)
          owner or one of the ten  (10) most highly-paid Highly Compensated
          Employees,  the  Contribution   Percentage   Amounts   and  Total
          Compensation   of   such  Eligible  Employee  shall  include  the
          Contribution Percentage  Amounts  and  Total Compensation for the
<PAGE>
          Plan  Year of Family members.  Family members,  with  respect  to
          Highly  Compensated  Employees,  shall be disregarded as separate
          Employees  in determining the Contribution  Percentage  both  for
          Eligible Employees  who  are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and
          for Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                          (v)For  purposes   of   determining  the  Average
          Contributions  Percentage  test, Employer Matching  Contributions
          will be considered made for  a  Plan Year only if (i) paid to the
          trust  no  later than the end of the  twelve  (12)  month  period
          beginning on  the  day  after the close of the Plan Year and (ii)
          made on account of the Employee's  Employee-Deferral for the Plan
          Year.

                     (d)Excess Aggregate Contributions.   If the Plan fails
          to  satisfy  the  ACP  Test, Excess Aggregate Contributions  (the
          excess of the aggregate amount of Matching Contributions actually
          made on behalf of Highly  Compensated  Employees  for  such  Plan
          Year,  over  the  maximum  amount of such contributions permitted
          under the limitations of Section  401(m)(2)(A)  of  the Code) and
          income or loss allocable thereto for the Plan Year in  which  the
          ACP Test is failed, shall be treated as follows:

                     (i)Disposition of Excess Aggregate Contributions.
          Notwithstanding   any   other  provision  of  this  Plan,  Excess
          Aggregate Contributions,  plus  any  income  and  minus  any loss
          allocable  thereto, shall be distributed, no later than the  last
          day  of each  Plan  Year,  to  Highly  Compensated  Employees  or
          forfeited,  where  otherwise  appropriate,  from  the accounts of
          Participants  in  which such Excess Aggregate Contributions  were
          allocated  for  the  preceding   Plan   Year.   Excess  Aggregate
          Contributions shall be allocated to Participants  who are subject
          to the family member aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6),
          the ACP of such Participants shall be reduced in accordance  with
          the "leveling" method described in the regulations and the Excess
          Contributions  of  such  Participants  shall  be allocated in the
          manner prescribed by the regulations.

                          (ii)Determination of  Income  or  Loss.    Excess
          Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or  loss
          attributable  thereto  in  the year in which the contribution was
          made.   The  income  or  loss  allocable   to   Excess  Aggregate
          Contributions  shall  be determined using any reasonable  method,
          provided that such method  does  not violate Section 401(a)(4) of
          the Code, is consistently applied,  and  is  used  for allocating
          income to Participants' Accounts.

                          (iii)Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions.
          Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be distributed on a pro-rata
          basis from the Participant's Employer Contribution Account  (and,
          if applicable, the Participant's Employee-Deferral Account).

               4.6   Qualified     Matching     Contributions,    Qualified
          Nonelective  Contributions.   The  Company   may,   in  its  sole
          discretion, use the following contributions to enable the Plan to
          satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Section  3.6 and/or
          Section 4.5:

                     (a)Qualified   Matching  Contributions.   A  Qualified
<PAGE>
          Matching Contribution may be  made  by the Employers with respect
          to  Employee-Deferrals  made on behalf  of  the  Employee.   Such
          Qualified Matching Contributions  shall  be  nonforfeitable  when
          made   and   shall   be  subject  to  the  same  restrictions  on
          distribution that apply to Employee-Deferrals.

                     (b)Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions.  A Qualified
          Nonelective Contribution may be made by the Employer on the basis
          of either a specified dollar amount or  a specified percentage of
          Plan  Compensation.   Such  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions
          shall  be  nonforfeitable  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same
          restrictions on distribution that apply to Employee-Deferrals.

                     (c)The use of contributions described  above  shall be
          as  provided  in  regulations  under  Section  401(k) and Section
          401(m) of the Code.


                                           ARTICLE V
                              EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS

               5.1   Employer Discretionary Contributions.   The  Board  of
          Directors   shall  annually  determine  the  amount  of  Employer
          Discretionary  Contributions,  if  any, to be contributed for the
          Plan Year.  The Company may contribute  all or part of the entire
          amount due on behalf of one or more Participating  Employers  and
          charge   the   amount  thereof  to  the  Participating  Employers
          responsible therefor.

               In no event  shall the contribution, when added to the other
          contributions under the Plan, exceed the maximum amount which may
          be claimed as a deduction  by  the Company for federal income tax
          purposes under Code Section 404(a)(3).

               The contribution, if any, shall  be delivered in one or more
          installments to the Trustee no later than the due date (including
          extensions) of the Company's federal income  tax  return  for its
          fiscal  year  ending  with  or during the Plan Year for which the
          contribution is made.

               5.2   Allocation  of Employer  Discretionary  Contributions.
          As  of each Annual Valuation  Date,  the  Employer  Discretionary
          Contribution,   if  any,  shall  be  allocated  to  the  Employer
          Contribution  Accounts   of   all   Active  Participants  in  the
          proportion that each such Active Participant's  Plan Compensation
          bears  to  the Plan Compensation for all Active Participants  for
          such year.

               5.3   Top-Heavy  Contributions.   As  of the end of any Plan
          Year  in  which  the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy,  the  Employer   shall
          contribute   to   the   Employer  Contribution  Account  of  each
          Participant who is a Non-Key  Employee  the amount required under
          Article XV.

                                           ARTICLE VI
                                            VESTING

               6.1   Employee-Deferral   Account.   The   interest   of   a
          Participant  in  his Employee-Deferral  Account  shall  be  fully
<PAGE>
          vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

               6.2   Rollover  Contribution  Account.   The  interest  of a
          Participant  in  his Rollover Contribution Account shall be fully
          vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

               6.3   Employer  Contribution  Account.   The  interest  of a
          Participant  in  his Employer Contribution Account shall be fully
          vested and nonforfeitable  upon such Participant's death prior to
          termination of employment, attainment  of  the  Normal Retirement
          Age while still employed, or termination of employment  by reason
          of Disability.  When a Participant's employment is terminated for
          any other reason, the vested and nonforfeitable interest  of such
          Participant  shall be determined in accordance with the following
          schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                    Years	              	  Vested %
                    of Service
                                              
                    Less than 5 years          0
                    5 years or more          100

               6.4   Forfeitures.

                     (a)For purposes of this Section 6.4, if a
          Participant's account is 0% vested upon his Service Termination
          Date, he shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his
          account balance (and therefore a forfeiture results) as of the
          end of the Plan Year in which the Service Termination Date
          occurred.

                     (b)The forfeitures shall be applied in accordance with
          Section 4.2.

                     (c)A Participant can have a forfeiture restored after
          reemployment, but only under the circumstances described in
          Section 6.6.

               6.5   Reemployment Before Break in Service.  If an Employee
          has a Service Termination Date and is reemployed before a One-
          Year Break in Service occurs, he will be treated for vesting
          purposes as if the termination had not occurred.

               6.6   Reemployment After Break in Service.  The following
          special rules apply if an Employee has a One-Year Break in
          Service and is later reemployed by an Employer.

                     (a)His Years of Service prior to the Break in Service
          shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the
          vested portion of such Participant's Employer Contribution
          Account funded after reemployment (i) if any portion of the
          Participant's Employer Contribution Account is vested at the time
          of the Break in Service, or (ii) if he incurs fewer than five
          consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.

                     (b)His Years of Service which accrue after the Break
          in Service shall be taken into account for purposes of
          determining the vested portion of such Participant's Employer
<PAGE>
          Contribution Account funded prior to the Break in Service,
          provided such Participant is reemployed by the Employer before he
          receives a distribution or incurs five (5) consecutive one-year
          Breaks in Service.

                     (c)(i)If a Participant has a Service Termination Date
          and receives a distribution of the balance of his Employer
          Contribution Account, he will be credited with the full value of
          his forfeited account balance, determined as of the date of the
          distribution, provided the Participant repays the amount of the
          distribution before the earlier of (1) five (5) years after the
          first day on which an Employee is subsequently reemployed by the
          Employer, or (2) the close of the first period of five (5)
          consecutive Breaks in Service.  Any Participant who terminates
          employment with zero vesting shall be credited with the full
          value of his Employer Contribution Account determined as of the
          date of the deemed distribution under Paragraph 6.4(a) if the
          Participant is reemployed before he incurs five (5) consecutive
          One-Year Breaks in Service.

                          (ii)If any credit is required under this Paragraph
          (c), the credit shall be made at the close of the Plan Year in
          which occurs the later of the reemployment or the repayment.  The
          credit shall be satisfied first from Forfeitures, second from
          Employer Discretionary Contributions.


                                          ARTICLE VII
                                          ALLOCATIONS

               7.1   Allocation of Contributions.  Contributions to the
          Plan shall be allocated in the following manner:

                     (a)Employee-Deferral Contributions shall be allocated
          to the Employee-Deferral Account of each Participant in
          accordance with the provisions of Article III.

                     (b)Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be
          allocated to the Employer Contribution Account of each
          Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article V.

                     (c)Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the
          Employer Contribution Account of each Participant in accordance
          with the provisions of Article IV.

          	     (d)Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified
          Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the Employee-
          Deferral Account of each Participant in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 4.6.

               7.2   Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VII, the
          term Accounts shall mean a Participant's Employee-Deferral
          Account and Employer Contribution Account.
               The term Annual Addition shall mean, for any Limitation
          Year, the sum of (a) Matching Contributions, (b) Employee-
          Deferral Contributions, (c) Employer Discretionary Contributions,
          Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-elective
          Contributions and (d) forfeitures.

<PAGE>
               The term Defined Benefit Plan Fraction shall mean, for any
          year, a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the projected
          annual benefit of the Participant under any defined benefit plan
          maintained by the Employer (determined as of the close of the
          Plan Year), and (b) the denominator of which is the lesser of
          (i) the product of 1.25 multiplied by the maximum dollar
          limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for such
          year, or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the amount which
          may be taken into account under Code Section 415(b)(1)(B) for
          such year.

               The term Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall mean, for
          any year, a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the sum of the
          Annual Additions to the Participant's Accounts as of the close of
          the Plan Year, and (b) the denominator of which is the sum of the
          lesser of the following amounts determined for such year and each
          prior year of service with a Employer:  (i) the product of 1.25
          multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
          415(c)(1)(A) for such year (determined without regard to Code
          Section 415(c)(6)), or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the
          amount which may be taken into account under Code Section
          415(c)(1)(B) for such year.

               The term Employer includes the group of Employers, if any,
          which constitute a controlled group of corporations, trades or
          businesses under common control (within the meaning of Code
          Sections 1563(a) or 414(b) as modified by 415(h) and 414(c)), or
          an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Sections
          414(m) and 318) with an Employer.  All such Employers shall be
          treated as a single Employer for purposes of applying the Code
          Section 415 limitations.

               The term Limitation Year shall mean the Plan Year or any
          other twelve-month period designated by the Board of Directors.

               7.3   Annual Additions.  No contribution or forfeiture shall
          be allocated to the Accounts of an Employee for a Limitation Year
          in excess of an amount which, when expressed as an Annual
          Addition to such Employee's Accounts, is equal to the lesser of
          (a) $30,000 or such larger amount equal to 1/4 of the defined
          benefit dollar limitation as adjusted for cost-of-living
          increases pursuant to Code Sections 415(c)(1), 415(d)(1) and
          415(d)(3), or (b) twenty-five percent of such Employee's Section
          415 Compensation for such limitation.

               7.4   Limitation for Other Defined Contribution Plans.  In
          the event that the Annual Addition which would otherwise be made
          to an Employee's accounts under all defined contribution plans
          maintained by the Employer for any Limitation Year exceeds the
          limitations set forth in this Article VII, the excess Annual
          Addition shall be attributed first to the Plan, and the Employer
          shall treat such excess as follows:

                     (a)First, the Employee-Deferral Contributions in
          excess of six percent of Plan Compensation shall be returned to
          the Employee to the extent necessary.

                     (b)Second, the portion of the excess consisting of
<PAGE>
          Matching Contributions shall be allocated and reallocated to the
          Employer Contribution Accounts of other Participants in
          accordance with Section 4.1 to the extent such allocations would
          not cause Annual Additions to each Participant's Accounts to
          exceed the limitations of this Section 7.4

                     (c)Third, the portion of the excess consisting of
          Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated and
          reallocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of other
          Participants in accordance with Section 5.2 to the extent such
          allocations would not cause Annual Additions to each
          Participant's Accounts to exceed the limitation of this Section
          7.4.

                     (d)If treated in accordance with subparagraphs (a)
          through (c) above, the excess amounts shall not be deemed Annual
          Additions in that limitation year if the excess amounts are a
          result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in
          estimating a Participant's annual Plan Compensation, a reasonable
          error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the
          meaning of Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to
          any individual under the limits of Section 415 or under other
          limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner finds
          justify the availability of the rules set forth in this
          subparagraph.

                     (e)To the extent excess Annual Additions exist after
          the distributions described in subparagraphs (a) through (c),
          such excess amounts shall be allocated to a Section 415 Suspense
          Account.  All amounts in the Section 415 Suspense Account must be
          used to reduce Matching Contributions, contributions required on
          account of a Top-Heavy Plan Year, or Employer Discretionary
          Contributions in succeeding Limitation Years.  In the event of
          termination of the Plan, the balance of the Section 415 Suspense
          Account shall revert to the Company to the extent it may not then
          be allocated to any Participants' Accounts.

               7.5   Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan. If an Employee is
          also a Participant in one or more defined benefit plans
          maintained by the Employer (or an Employee was a Participant in
          any defined benefit plan previously maintained by an Employer),
          the sum of such Employee's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and
          Defined Contribution Plan Fraction (as determined pursuant to
          Code Section 415(e)) for any Limitation Year may not exceed 1.0.

               In the event that the sum of an Employee's Defined
          Contribution Plan and Defined Benefit Plan Fractions would
          otherwise exceed 1.0 for any Limitation Year, the benefit accrual
          which would otherwise be made under all applicable defined
          benefit plans for such Employee shall be considered not to have
          accrued, to the extent necessary, so that the sum of such
          fractions does not exceed 1.0.  If after all such adjustments the
          sum of the fractions would still exceed 1.0, then the annual
          addition which would otherwise be made with respect to such
          Employee shall be reduced in this Plan pursuant to Section 7.4
          and finally under any applicable defined contribution plan to the
          extent necessary so that the sum does not exceed 1.0.

<PAGE>
                                          ARTICLE VIII
                                           TRUST FUND

               8.1   Plan Assets.  Avondale Industries, Inc. and the
          Trustee have entered into a Trust Agreement, which agreement
          provides for the establishment of a single Trust for the purpose
          of holding and administering all amounts contributed to Accounts
          under the Plan.  All contributions, and the earnings on such
          amounts, shall be delivered to the Trustee and held and
          administered pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the Trust
          Agreement.

               8.2   Separate Accounts.  A separate Employee-Deferral
          Account and Employer Contribution Account and Rollover
          Contribution Account shall be maintained by the Trustee or a
          recordkeeping agent appointed by the Plan Administrator for each
          Participant.

               8.3   Valuation.  The fair market value of the assets
          comprising the Trust shall be determined as of each Valuation
          Date, in accordance with generally-accepted valuation methods and
          accounting practices.

               As of each Valuation Date, the value of each Account shall
          be adjusted to reflect the effect on each sub-account of any
          change in the value of each Investment Fund since the preceding
          Valuation Date, as well as the effect of any deposits,
          withdrawals, distributions, or other transactions occurring since
          the last Valuation Date.  The Committee shall provide to each
          Participant, Beneficiary and alternate payee as of the end of
          each calendar quarter a statement of the value of each Account in
          which such person has an interest.

               8.4   Investment Funds.

                     (a)The Committee shall determine what investment funds
          to offer under the Plan and may, from time to time, change the
          investment funds offered hereunder.  As of the Effective Date of
          this Plan, the investment funds are Merrill Lynch Retirement
          Preservation Trust, Merrill Lynch Capital Fund, Merrill Lynch
          Corporate Bond Fund Investment Grade, AIM Constellation Fund, AIM
          Value Fund, and Templeton Growth Fund.

                     (b)As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall
          perform a valuation of each Investment Fund in order to determine
          the value of each Investment Fund and to reconcile the Investment
          Funds from the prior Valuation Date.  Such valuation shall
          recognize any appreciation or depreciation in the fair market
          value of all securities or other property held by each respective
          Investment Fund, any cash and accrued earnings and shall take
          into account any accrued expenses and proper charges against the
          Investment Fund as of such Valuation Date.

               8.5   Investment of Contributions.

                     (a)A Participant may direct that his Employee-Deferral
          Contributions, Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions,
          if any, be allocated to one or more of the Investment Funds then
          available, in multiples of one percent (1%), by providing voice
          consent after such Participant has accessed a voice response
<PAGE>
          system by entering his personal identification number in
          accordance with limitations reasonably determined by the
          Committee, or in writing on a form acceptable to the Committee.
          The total of all such allocations shall equal one hundred percent
          of the Participant's interest in his Accounts.  The Committee
          will provide, upon Participant's request, a written confirmation
          of his written investment instructions.

                     (b)If no investment direction exists the Participant's
          affected interest shall automatically be invested in a short term
          income fund until adequate instructions are received through a
          voice response system or in writing on an acceptable form;
          provided that such investment will not result in violation of
          ERISA.

                     (c)Each Participant must consent to the allocation of
          his contributions among the Investment Funds.  Such direction
          shall continue in effect until such time as the Participant
          consents to a different allocation.  The investment of future
          contributions may be changed daily, provided such change is
          received by the Committee within such time period preceding the
          effective date as shall be prescribed by the Committee.

               8.6   Transfer of Amounts Among Investment Funds

                     (a)A Participant may elect to transfer amounts from
          one Investment Fund to another in increments of one percent (1%).
          Any such change shall be by providing voice consent after the
          Participant has accessed a voice response system by entering his
          personal identification number, or in writing on a form
          acceptable to the Committee.  Such election shall be effective on
          the business day transacted if requested via the voice response
          system before 3 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or as soon as
          administratively feasible if requested on a written form.
          Transfers out of an investment fund can be processed in terms of
          dollars, shares, or percentages.  Dollar and percent transfers
          will be converted into shares, traded based on the previous
          night's price, and processed based on the current night's price.

                     (b)In the event an acceptable form is not received by
          the Committee for all or any portion of a Participant's Accounts,
          the current investment direction shall continue in effect until
          adequate instructions are received through a voice response
          system or in writing on an acceptable form.

                     (c)The timing and frequency of transfers among
          investment options may be further restricted if such restrictions
          are required by the institution handling or providing the
          investment fund.

               8.7   Liability for Investment Decisions.  This Plan is
          intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of
          ERISA, and Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations Section
          2550.404c-1.  Fiduciaries of the Plan may be relieved of
          liability for any losses which are the direct and necessary
          result of investment instructions given by each Participant or
          Beneficiary.  Neither the Employer, the Trustee nor the Committee
          shall be responsible for any loss which may result from a
          Participant's exercise of control over the investment of his
          Accounts.

<PAGE>
               Each Participant shall have exclusive responsibility for and
          control over the investment of amounts allocated to his Accounts.
          Neither the Employers, the Trustee nor the Committee shall have
          any duty, responsibility or right to question a Participant's
          investment directions or to advise a Participant with respect to
          the investment of his accounts.

               The Committee will  be obligated to follow the Participant's
          investment directions except when the instructions:

                     (a)are not in accordance with this Plan document and
          instruments governing this Plan insofar as such documents and
          instruments are consistent with the provisions of Title I of
          ERISA;

                     (b)would result in a prohibited transaction described
          in ERISA section 406 or Code section 4975 that is not otherwise
          exempted by statute or regulation;

                     (c)would generate income that would be taxable to this
          Plan;

                     (d)would cause a fiduciary to maintain the indicia of
          ownership  of any assets of the Plan outside the jurisdiction of
          the district courts of the United States other than as permitted
          by section 404(b) of ERISA and related regulations;

                     (e)would jeopardize the Plan's tax qualified status
          under the Code; or

                     (f)could result in a loss in excess of the Account
          balance.

               8.8   Accounting Procedures.  The Committee shall establish
          such equitable accounting procedures as may be required to make
          (a) allocations, (b) valuations, and (c) adjustments to Partici-
          pants' accounts in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
          The Plan Administrator may modify its accounting procedures, from
          time to time, for the purpose of achieving equitable and non-
          discriminatory allocations.


                                           ARTICLE IX
                                            BENEFITS

               9.1   Normal Retirement Date.  The Normal Retirement Date
          shall be the later of (a) the Participant's Normal Retirement Age
          or (b) the first day of the month coincident with or next
          following a Participant's fourth anniversary of commencement of
          participation in the Plan.  Any Participant who remains an
          Employee beyond Normal Retirement Date, or becomes a Participant
          after such date, shall participate in the contributions and
          benefits of the Plan in the same manner as any other Participant.

               9.2   Disability Retirement Date.  Any Participant who has
          incurred a Disability, as determined by the Committee, may retire
          on a Disability Retirement Date by making written application to
          the Committee specifying a Disability Retirement Date which is
          the first day of a month not more than 90 days following the date
<PAGE>
          of the filing of the application.  Former Employees shall not be
          eligible for Disability Retirement unless the Disability was
          determined to have occurred during the course of such former
          Employee's employment with the Employer.  Subject to Section 12.6
          the determination of the Committee as to whether a Participant
          has a Disability and the date of such Disability shall be final,
          binding and conclusive.

               9.3   Nonalienation of Benefits.  Except with respect to
          federal income tax withholding and federal tax levies, benefits
          payable under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
          anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
          encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind,
          either voluntary or involuntary, including any such liability
          which is for alimony or other payments for the support of a
          spouse or former spouse or for any other relative of the
          Employee, prior to actually being received by the person entitled
          to the benefit under the terms of the Plan; and any attempt to
          anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber,
          charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable
          hereunder, shall be void.  The Trust Fund shall not in any manner
          be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities,
          engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits
          hereunder.

               Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall direct the
          Trustee to comply with a qualified domestic relations order
          described in Section 9.4.

               9.4   Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  All rights and
          benefits, including election rights, provided to Participants
          pursuant to this Plan, are subject to the rights afforded to any
          "alternate payee" pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations
          order," as those terms are defined below.

               Payment to an "alternate payee" pursuant to a "qualified
          domestic relations order" shall be made at such time as
          determined pursuant to the qualified domestic relations order,
          based on the value of the alternate payee's interest in the
          account as of the Valuation Date preceding the date the payment
          is made.  No payment to an alternate payee can be made later than
          when the Participant's benefit is paid to him as a result of his
          termination of employment.  If the Participant has a loan as an
          investment of his account, such Participant will continue to be
          responsible for the entire loan.  The Plan Administrator is
          authorized to establish any additional rules necessary to
          determine the rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic
          relations orders.

               Pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(p) of the Code, a
          "qualified domestic relations order" shall mean a judgment,
          decree or order (including approval of a property settlement
          agreement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law
          (including a community property law) that relates to the
          provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property
          rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a
          Participant ("alternate payee") and which:

<PAGE>
                     (a)creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate
          payee's right to, or assigns to an alternate payee the right to,
          receive all or a portion of the benefits payable to a Participant
          under this Plan; and

                     (b)specifies (i) the name and last known mailing
          address (if any) of the Participant and each alternate payee
          covered by the order, (ii) the amount or percentage of the
          Participant's benefits under the Plan to be paid to each such
          alternate payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage
          is to be determined and, (iii) the number of payments or the
          period to which the order applies; and

                     (c)does not require this Plan to:

                          (i)provide any type or form of benefit, or any
          option, not otherwise provided hereunder;

                          (ii)pay any benefits to any alternate payee prior
          to the earlier of:

                                (A)the earliest date benefits are payable
          hereunder to a Participant, or

                                (B)the later of the date the Participant
          attains age 50 or the earliest date on which the Participant
          could obtain a distribution under the Plan if the Participant
          terminated employment;

                          (iii)pay any benefits which are not vested under
          the Plan;

                          (iv)provide increased benefits; or

                          (v)pay benefits to an alternate payee which are
          required to be paid to another alternate payee under a prior
          qualified domestic relations order.

               Upon receipt of any judgment, decree or order (including
          approval of a property settlement agreement) relating to the
          provision of payment by the Plan to an alternate payee pursuant
          to a state domestic relations law, the Committee shall promptly
          notify the affected Participant and any person identified in the
          document as an alternate payee of the receipt of such judgment,
          decree order and shall notify the affected Participant and any
          such designated alternate payee of the Committee's procedure for
          determining whether or not the judgment, decree or order is a
          qualified domestic relations order.

               The Committee shall establish procedures to determine the
          status of a judgment, decree or order as a qualified domestic
          relations order and to administer Plan distributions in
          accordance with any such qualified domestic relations order. Such
          procedures shall be in writing, shall include provisions
          specifying the notification requirements enumerated in the
          preceding paragraph, shall permit an alternate payee to designate
          a representative for receipt of communications from the
          Committee, and shall include such other provisions as the
<PAGE>
          Committee shall determine, including such provisions required
          under Treasury Regulations.

               In the event that the Committee is informed in writing of a
          claim by a person (a "Claimant") that may result in the rendering
          of a qualified domestic relations order with respect to a
          Participant's Accounts in the Plan, the Committee is authorized
          to suspend any payments from those Accounts until receipt of a
          judgment, decree or order setting forth the rights of Claimant as
          an alternate payee, or upon receipt of an order or written
          release by the Claimant evidencing that the Claimant has no
          further claim to the Participant's interest in the Plan.

               If the judgment, decree or order is determined to be a
          qualified domestic relations order within the 18-month period
          following the receipt by the Committee of the qualified domestic
          relations order, then payment of the amount shall be paid to the
          appropriate alternate payee at the time and in the form specified
          in such order.  If such a determination is not made within the
          18-month period, the amount shall be returned to the
          Participant's Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid at the
          time and in the manner provided under the Plan as if no order,
          judgment or decree had been received by the Committee.


                                           ARTICLE X
                                      PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

               10.1   Time of Payment.  A Participant shall be eligible to
          receive a distribution of his Vested Interest when he has had a
          Service Termination Date.

               Such a Participant shall be entitled to receive his Vested
          Interest at any time, provided that payment cannot be made sooner
          than 30 days following his Service Termination Date and no later
          than the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Age or his
          Service Termination Date.  A distribution is based upon the value
          of the Participant's Vested Interest as of the Valuation Date
          coincident with or immediately preceding the date of
          distribution.

               The foregoing notwithstanding:

                     (a)If the value of a Participant's Vested Interest is
          less than $3,500, the Vested Interest will be distributed as soon
          as administratively practicable following the Service Termination
          Date;

                     (b)If the value of a Participant's Vested Interest is
          greater than $3,500, the Participant must consent to the
          distribution;

                     (c)Notwithstanding (b) above, if an Employee is
          employed on the March 31 following the year in which he attains
          age 70 1/2, the payment of his Vested Interest shall be made no
          later than that date.

               In no event shall a distribution occur while a Participant
<PAGE>
          remains in the employ of an Employer, except in the event of a
          withdrawal by reason of Financial Hardship or after age 59 1/2, as
          described in Sections 11.1 and 11.2, below.

               The distribution rules that apply to an "alternate payee"
          pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" are stated in
          Section 9.4 herein.

               10.2   Death Benefit.  If a Participant dies with a balance
          in his Accounts, the interest of such Participant shall be
          distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary in a single-sum
          payment as soon as administratively practicable after 90 days
          from the Participant's death.

               10.3   Form of Distribution.  Distributions shall be made in
          a single-sum payment.

               10.4   Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits.

                     (a)Unless the Participant elects otherwise in writing,
          the payment of his Vested Interest shall commence no later than
          the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which
          the last of the following occurs:

                          (i)the Participant achieves Normal Retirement
          Age, or

                          (ii)the Participant terminates his service with
          the Employer, whichever is the latest.

                     (b)If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to furnish
          information reasonably requested by the Committee which is
          necessary to determine whether such Participant or Beneficiary
          has satisfied all requirements for payment of benefits, the
          Committee shall delay payment of benefits until the requested
          information is furnished and shall make reasonable efforts to
          obtain such information.

               10.5   Direct Rollover Rules.  Notwithstanding any provision
          of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
          Distributee's election under this Article, the Distributee may
          elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
          to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid
          directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
          Distributee in a Direct Rollover.  Definitions are as follows:

                     (a)The term Eligible Rollover Distribution means any
          distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit
          of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution
          does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of
          substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
          annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
          Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
          the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or
          for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
          the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9)
          of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not
          includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
          exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
          employer securities).
<PAGE>
                     (b)An Eligible Retirement Plan includes an individual
          retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an
          individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the
          Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or
          a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that
          accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.
          However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
          surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual
          retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                     (c)The term Distributee includes an employee or former
          employee.  In addition, the employee's or former employee's
          surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse
          or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
          domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
          Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse
          or former spouse.

                     (d)The term Direct Rollover means a payment by the
          plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
          Distributee.

               10.6   Notice.  The notice required by section 1.411(a)-11(c)
          of the Income Tax Regulations must be provided to a Participant
          no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the date of
          distribution.  The notice explains a Participant's right to defer
          receipt of the distribution if his Vested Interest exceeds
          $3,500.  A Participant will also receive an explanation of his
          distribution options no less than 30 days and no more than 90
          days before the date of distribution.  The  distribution may
          commence no less than 30 days after the notice required under
          section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
          provided that:

                     (a)the Committee clearly informs the Participant that
          the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
          receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
          to elect a distribution, and

                     (b)the Participant, after receiving the notice,
          affirmatively elects a distribution.


                                           ARTICLE XI
                               IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION AND LOANS

               11.1   Distribution after Attaining Age 59 1/2.  A
          Participant who is still an Employee and has attained age 59 1/2
          shall be entitled to make withdrawal(s) from his Employee-
          Deferral Account, Rollover Account and the vested portion of the
          Participant's Employer Contribution Account by notifying the
          Committee.

               11.2   Financial Hardship.  Prior to a Participant's
          termination of employment or age 59 1/2 he may apply to the
          Committee for a withdrawal of funds held in his Rollover
          Contribution Account and Employee-Deferral Account on account of
          a Financial Hardship.  The total of such withdrawals from a
          Participant's Employee-Deferral Account shall not exceed the
<PAGE>
          total of his Employee-Deferral Contributions.  The withdrawal
          shall be made only under the following conditions:

                     (a)The withdrawal may be made only to meet one of the
          following needs:

                          (i)Medical expenses described in Code Section
          213(d), incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or
          any dependent (as defined in Code Section 152) of the
          Participant;

                          (ii)Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
          principal residence for the Participant;

                          (iii)Payment for all or a portion of the next
          twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the
          Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents;

                          (iv)To prevent the eviction of the Participant
          from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of
          the Participant's principal residence; or

                          (v)Any other need permitted under Code Section
          401(k) and the regulations issued thereunder and authorized by
          the Committee.

                     (b)The Participant provides to the Committee a letter
          containing the following:

                          (i)A statement of the amount needed and the
          purpose for which it is needed;

                          (ii)A representation that the expense will not be
          paid for by insurance or other source specific to the expense,
          that the Participant and his spouse (and the Participant's minor
          child, if the expense is for the child's benefit) have no assets
          he can liquidate to pay for the expense without creating a new
          hardship, and that ceasing Employee Deferrals will not suffice to
          satisfy the needs;

                          (iii)A representation that the Participant has not
          been able to borrow from commercial sources on reasonable
          commercial terms in an amount sufficient to satisfy the need; and

                          (iv)A promise that the funds will be used only for
          the specified purpose.

                     (c)The withdrawal cannot exceed the amount necessary
          to satisfy the need described at paragraph (a), plus any amounts
          necessary to pay federal or state income taxes or penalties
          reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution.

                     (d)The Participant has obtained all distributions,
          other than hardship distributions, and all non-taxable loans
          currently available under all "plans" (as contemplated by U.S.
          Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)), maintained by
          the Employer.

                     (e)The Participant shall not be allowed to make
<PAGE>
          Employee-Deferral Contributions until the Entry Date next
          following the 12-month anniversary of the withdrawal.

                     (f)The Participant's limit on Employee-Deferral
          Contributions in the year immediately following the year of the
          withdrawal shall be the limit under Section 3.4 for that year,
          less the amount of the Participant's Employee-Deferral
          Contributions made in the year of the hardship withdrawal.
               11.3   Loans to Participant.  A Participant who is an
          Employee may make a loan from the Plan, subject to the following
          rules and limitations:

                     (a)The total amount of a Participant's loan when added
          to the outstanding balance of all the Participant's prior loans
          from the Plan during the one year period ending the day before
          the loan is made shall not exceed $50,000, nor shall the total
          amount of the loan when added to the outstanding balance of the
          Participant's loans under the Plan exceed one-half the
          Participant's Vested Interest under the Plan.  Amounts set aside
          for an alternate payee shall not be included.  The Plan
          Administrator can establish uniform nondiscriminatory policies
          further limiting the amount or frequency of Employee loans.

                     (b)Each loan shall be deemed an investment of the
          account of the Participant receiving the loan.  Loan
          disbursements shall be pro rated across all funds.

                     (c)Each loan shall bear a reasonable rate of interest
          as determined by the Trustee.

                     (d)A Participant can have no more than two (2) loans
          outstanding at anytime if a Participant makes a final payment on
          one of two outstanding loans, a new loan can be obtained after a
          30-day delay following that final payment.

                     (e)Each loan may not be less than $1,000.

                     (f)The Plan Administrator shall provide each loan
          applicant with a clear statement of the charges with respect to
          each loan transaction.  Such statement shall include the dollar
          amount and annual interest rate or the finance charge.

                     (g)The term of a loan shall be determined by the
          Participant but shall not be less than 12 months or exceed five
          years.

                     (h)A loan made pursuant to this Article XI shall be
          repaid in accordance with a schedule established by the Committee
          which schedule shall call for payments of interest and amortized
          payments of principal over the term of the loan.

                     (i)Each loan shall be evidenced by the Participant's
          promissory note for the amount of the loan, including interest,
          payable to the order of the Trust, and each loan shall be secured
          by collateral.  The collateral shall consist of the assignment of
          the Participant's right, title and interest in the Participant's
          Vested Interest in the Trust.

                     (j)During paid employment each loan shall be repaid by
<PAGE>
          withholding from the Participant's pay.  Upon termination of
          employment, the Participant has 90 days to pay the loan in full.
          If the Participant terminates employment and receives an
          immediate lump sum distribution, any promissory note held by the
          Plan for his account shall be distributed to him.  While on an
          unpaid leave, the Participant shall pay to the Trustee all
          amounts due on the repayment frequency on which the loan is
          amortized.  Payments must be made by certified or bank check.
          Except as provided in this Paragraph, the failure to make timely
          payment of any one payment causes the full amount of the note to
          become due, and if permitted by law the note shall be distributed
          to the Participant.

                     (k)Repayments shall be credited to the Participant's
          accounts out of which the loan was made, and allocated among the
          Investment Funds pursuant to the Participant's most recent
          allocation election.


                                          ARTICLE XII
                                         ADMINISTRATION

               12.1   Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall have
          the following duties and responsibilities in connection with the
          administration of the Plan:

                     (a)making decisions with respect to contributions to
          the Plan;

                     (b)making decisions with respect to amending or
          terminating the Plan;

                     (c)making decisions with respect to the selection,
          retention and removal of the Trustee and the members of the
          Committee;

                     (d)periodically reviewing the performance of the
          Trustee and the members of the Committee; and

                     (e)performing such additional duties as are imposed by
          law.

               The Board of Directors will have all powers and authority
          necessary or appropriate to carry out its duties and
          responsibilities with respect to the administration of the Plan.
          The Board of Directors may by written resolution allocate its
          duties and responsibilities to one or more of its members or
          delegate such duties and responsibilities to any other persons,
          provided, however, that any such allocation or delegation shall
          be terminable upon such notice as the Board of Directors deems
          reasonable and prudent under the circumstances.

               12.2   401(k) Administrative Committee.  The 401(k)
          Administrative Committee (the "Committee") shall administer the
          Plan and is designated as the "administrator" within the meaning
          of Section 3(16) of ERISA.  The Committee shall have not less
          than three nor more than five members, who shall be appointed by
<PAGE>
          the Board of Directors and who may be removed by the Board of
          Directors at any time with or without cause.  A Committee member
          may resign at any time by filing his written resignation with the
          Board of Directors.

               All members of the Committee are designated as agents of the
          Plan for the service of legal process.

               The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of each
          Committee member's appointment, and the Trustee may assume such
          appointment continues in effect until written notice to the
          contrary is given by the Company.
               12.3   Committee's Duties and Responsibilities.  The
          Committee shall have the following duties and responsibilities in
          connection with the administration of the Plan:

                     (a)interpreting and construing the provisions of the
          Plan;

                     (b)determining all questions of eligibility to
          participate, eligibility for benefits, the allocation of
          contributions, and the status and rights of Participants,
          Beneficiaries and alternate payees;

                     (c)complying with the reporting and disclosure
          requirements established by ERISA;

                     (d)determining and deciding any dispute arising under
          the Plan and administering the Plan's claims procedures;

                     (e)directing the Trustee concerning all payments to be
          made out of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the
          Plan;

                     (f)establishing procedures for withholding of federal
          income tax from distributions;

                     (g)establishing procedures to prevent the Plan from
          engaging in transactions described in Section 406 of ERISA and
          transactions described in Section 4975(c) of the Code;

                     (h)establishing equitable accounting methods and
          designating additional Valuation Dates;

                     (i)communicating with Participants, Beneficiaries and
          alternate payee;

                     (j)reviewing the investment performance of the
          Trustee;

                     (k)reviewing the performance of any advisors appointed
          by the Committee;

                     (l)selecting and reviewing selected investment funds;

                     (m)making recommendations to the Board of Directors
          with respect to the amendment or termination of the Plan; and

                     (n)keeping minutes to record its proceedings, acts and
          decisions pertaining to the administration of the Plan.
<PAGE>
               12.4   Committee's Powers.  The Committee will have all
          powers and authority necessary or appropriate to carry out its
          duties and responsibilities with respect to the operation and
          administration of the Plan.  It shall interpret and apply all
          provisions of the Plan and may supply any omission or reconcile
          any inconsistency or ambiguity in such manner as it deems
          advisable, including the adoption of interpretative memoranda.
          All determinations and any actions of the Committee will be
          conclusive and binding upon all persons, except as otherwise
          provided herein or by law; provided, however, that the Committee
          may revoke or modify a determination or action previously made in
          error.  The Committee shall exercise all powers and authority
          given to it in a nondiscriminatory manner, and will apply uniform
          administrative rules of general application in order to assure
          similar treatment to persons in similar circumstances.

               The Committee may delegate to any such agent or any sub-
          committee or member of the Committee its authority to perform any
          duty or responsibility specified in Section 12.3, including those
          matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that such
          delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at the
          discretion of the Committee.  Any member of the Committee, any
          sub-committee or agent to whom the Committee delegates any
          authority, and any other person or group of persons, may serve in
          more than one fiduciary capacity (including service as both
          Committee member and Trustee) with respect to the Plan.

               Any action or decision concurred in by a majority of the
          Committee members, either at a meeting or in writing without a
          meeting, will constitute an action or decision of the Committee.
          The Committee may adopt and amend such rules for the conduct of
          its business and administration of the Plan as it deems
          advisable.

               12.5   Chairman of the Committee.  The Committee shall elect
          any Committee member to serve as Chairman, and may remove him at
          any time.  The Chairman, or a majority of the Committee members
          then in office, will have the authority to execute all
          instruments or memoranda necessary or appropriate to carry out
          the actions and decisions of the Committee; and any person may
          rely upon any instrument or memoranda so executed as evidence of
          the Committee's action or decision indicated thereby.

               12.6   Claims Review Procedure.  If a Participant
          (Beneficiary or alternate payee) believes a benefit or
          distribution is due under the Plan, he may request the
          distribution of such benefit, in writing, on forms acceptable to
          the Committee.  At such time, the Participant (or Beneficiary)
          will be given the information and materials necessary to complete
          any request for the distribution of a benefit.

               If the request for distribution is disputed or denied, the
          following action shall be taken:

                     (a)First, the Participant (or Beneficiary) will be
          notified, in writing, of the dispute or denial as soon as
          possible (but no later than 90 days) after receipt of the request
          for a distribution. The notice will set forth the specific
          reasons for the denial, including any relevant provisions of the
<PAGE>
          Plan.  The notice will also explain the claims review procedure
          of the Plan.

                     (b)Second, the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be
          entitled to a full review of his request for a distribution.  A
          Participant (or Beneficiary) desiring a review of the dispute or
          denial must request such a review, in writing, no later than 60
          days after notification of the dispute or denial is received.
          During the review, the Participant (or Beneficiary) may be
          represented and will have the right to inspect all documents
          pertaining to the dispute or denial. Any such review may include
          a hearing for the Participant or his designated representative.

                     (c)The Committee shall render its decision within 60
          days after receipt of the request for the review.  In the event
          special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee
          shall notify the Participant (or Beneficiary), and the decision
          will be rendered no later than 120 days after the receipt of the
          request.  The decision of the Committee shall be in writing.  The
          decision shall include specific reasons for the action taken and
          specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision
          is based.

               12.7   Information from Participants, Beneficiaries and
          Alternate Payees.  Each Participant, Beneficiary and alternate
          payee shall be required to furnish to the Committee, in the form
          prescribed by it, such personal data, affidavits, authorization
          to obtain information, and other information as the Committee may
          deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan.

               12.8   Actions.  Any action taken by the Plan Administrator
          or Committee on matters within its discretion shall be final and
          binding on the parties and on all Participants, Beneficiaries or
          other persons claiming any right or benefit under the Plan, in
          the Trust, or in the administration of the Plan.

               All decisions of the Plan Administrator or Committee shall
          be uniform and made in a nondiscriminatory manner.

               12.9   Bond.  The Company shall purchase a bond for the Plan
          Administrator or Committee and any other fiduciaries of the Plan
          in accordance with the requirements of the Code and ERISA.

               12.10  Indemnification.  The Company shall defend and
          indemnify to the full extent permitted by law (including ERISA),
          which indemnification shall include, but not be limited to,
          attorney's fees and any tax imposed as a result of a claim
          asserted by any person, persons or entity (including a
          governmental entity), any individual serving as a member of the
          Committee made or threatened to be made a part to any action,
          suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or
          investigative, by reason of the fact that such individual is or
          was a member of the Committee.


                                          ARTICLE XIII
                                     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

               13.1  Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions.  Subject to
<PAGE>
          the provisions of Section 13.3, the Board of Directors reserves
          the right to amend the Plan or Trust or suspend contributions to
          the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and for any reason
          without the consent of any Participating Employer, Participant,
          Beneficiary, or alternate payee.  Each amendment of the Plan
          shall be in writing, executed by order of the Board of Directors
          and shall be effective on the date specified therein.  Notice of
          any amendment, modification or suspension of contributions to the
          Plan shall be given by the Board of Directors to the Committee,
          the Trustee, and to all Participating Employers.

               13.2  Amendment by Committee.  Notwithstanding Section 13.1
          the Committee may adopt any amendment which may be necessary or
          appropriate to facilitate the administration, management and
          interpretation of the Plan or to conform the Plan thereto, or to
          qualify or maintain the Plan and Trust as a plan and trust
          meeting the requirements of Sections 401(a), 501(a), 401(k) and
          401(m) of the Code or any other applicable section of law and the
          Regulations issued thereunder, provided said amendment does not
          have any material effect on the currently estimated cost to the
          Employer maintaining the Plan.  Such amendment shall be in
          writing, executed by a majority of the Committee members and
          shall be effective on the date specified therein.  Notice of any
          amendment by the Committee shall be given to the Board of
          Directors, the Trustee and to all Participating Employers within
          a reasonable time.

               13.3   Restriction on Amendment.  No amendment under Sections
          13.1 or 13.2 shall:

                     (a)authorize or permit any part of the Plan assets
          (other than such part as is required to pay taxes, if any, and
          administrative expenses as provided in Section 16.16) to be used
          for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit
          of the Participants and that Beneficiaries and alternate payees
          under the Plan prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities of
          the Plan; and

                     (b)deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable right
          to benefits accrued as of the date of such amendment.  If the
          vesting schedule of the Plan is amended in such a way that an
          Employee might in any Plan Year have less vesting credit under
          the new schedule than under the schedule prior to the amendment,
          each Employee with at least three Years of Service may elect to
          have his nonforfeitable percentage computed without regard to
          such amendment.  The period during which such election may be
          made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and
          shall end on the later of (i) sixty days after the amendment is
          adopted, (ii) sixty days after the amendment becomes effective,
          or (iii) sixty days after the Employee or Participant is provided
          with written notice of the amendment.

               13.4   Retroactivity.  Any amendment or modification of any
          provisions of the Plan may be made retroactively if necessary or
          appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan or the Trust as a
          plan and trust meeting the requirements of Section 401(a),
          501(a), 401(k), or 401(m) of the Code or any other applicable
          section of law (including ERISA) and the Regulations issued
          thereunder.
<PAGE>
               13.5   Merger.  The Plan may be merged or consolidated with,
          or its assets and liabilities may be transferred to any other
          plan only if the benefits which would be received by a
          Participant in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately
          after such transfer, merger or consolidation are at least equal
          to the benefit such Participant would have received if the Plan
          had terminated immediately prior to the transfer, merger or
          consolidation.


                                          ARTICLE XIV
                                    TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

               14.1  Events Constituting Termination.  It is expressly
          declared to be the desire and intention of each Participating
          Employer to continue the Plan in existence for an indefinite
          period of time.  However, circumstances not now anticipated or
          foreseeable may arise in the future, as a result of which a
          Participating Employer may deem it impractical or unwise to
          continue the Plan established hereunder, and each Participating
          Employer therefore reserves the right to terminate the Plan at
          any time insofar as it affects its Employees.  Any Participating
          Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by action of
          its board of directors.  Such termination shall be evidenced by
          an instrument of termination executed by an officer of the
          Participating Employer pursuant to authorization by its board of
          directors and shall be delivered to the Board of Directors, the
          Committee and to each other Participating Employer.  To the
          maximum extent permitted by ERISA, the termination of the Plan as
          to any Participating Employer shall not in any way affect any
          other Participating Employer's participation in the Plan.

               With respect to any Participating Employer which has adopted
          the Plan, its adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency by any
          court of competent jurisdiction, its making of a general
          assignment for the benefit of creditors, its dissolution, merger,
          consolidation, other reorganization or discontinuance of
          business, unless coverage for its Employees under the Plan is
          continued by a successor company, or its complete discontinuance
          of contributions, shall operate to terminate the Plan with
          respect to such Participating Employer.

               The Committee may require any Participating Employer to
          withdraw from the Plan for failure of the Participating Employer
          to make proper contributions or to comply with any other
          provision of the Plan.

               14.2   Partial Termination.  Upon the withdrawal of one or
          more Participating Employers or upon the termination of active
          participation of a group of Employees, the Committee shall
          determine, upon the advice of counsel to the Plan and under
          applicable law, whether a partial termination has occurred with
          respect to a group of Participants.

               14.3   Disposition of Accounts After a Termination.  Upon
          termination or partial termination of the Plan or upon complete
          discontinuance of contributions, the Accounts of all affected
          Participants shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  Upon
          the termination or partial termination or upon complete
<PAGE>
          discontinuance of contributions, the Committee shall continue to
          administer the Plan, the Trustee shall continue to administer the
          Trust Fund, and all payments to Participants shall continue in
          accordance with the provisions of Article X; provided, however,
          that in the event of a partial termination the Committee may
          direct the Trustee to segregate the assets attributable to the
          Accounts of the affected Participants and apply such segregated
          assets for the benefit of such Participants.

               After a Plan termination, the assets of the Plan shall be
          distributed to the Participants (and others for whose benefits
          accounts are then maintained) at such time as the Committee
          determines.  No distribution shall be made of Employee-Deferral
          Account balances as a result of a termination of the Plan unless
          the Plan is terminated without the establishment or maintenance
          of another defined contribution plan, as provided in Code
          Sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(II) and 401(k)(10)(A)(i).

               Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, upon or after the
          termination of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have the
          power to terminate the Trust.

               14.4   Internal Revenue Service Approval for Distribution.
          In the event that the Committee applies to the Internal Revenue
          Service for a determination that the termination of the Plan does
          not disqualify it, no person shall have any right or claim to any
          assets of the Trust Fund before the Internal Revenue Service
          shall determine that the Plan is qualified through the proposed
          distribution of assets under this Article XIV.

                                           ARTICLE XV
                                 STAND-BY TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

               15.1   Top Heavy Plan.  The Plan will be considered a Top
          Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to be a Top
          Heavy Plan as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
          Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan, the provisions
          of this Article XV shall apply and supersede all other provisions
          in the Plan with respect to a Plan Year for which the Plan is a
          Top Heavy Plan.

               15.2   Definitions.  For purposes of this Article XV and as
          otherwise used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the
          meanings set forth below:

                     (a)"Aggregation Group" shall mean the group composed
          of each qualified retirement plan of a Participating Employer or
          an Affiliated Company in which a Key Employee is a Participant
          and each other qualified retirement plan of a Participating
          Employer or an Affiliated Company which enables a plan of a
          Participating Employer or an Affiliated Company in which a Key
          Employee is a Participant to satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of
          the Code.  In addition, the Company may choose to treat any other
          qualified retirement plan as a member of the Aggregation Group if
          such Aggregation Group will continue to satisfy Sections
          401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan being taken into
          account.

                     (b)"Key Employee" shall mean a "Key Employee" as
<PAGE>
          defined in Section 416(i)(1) and (5) of the Code or Regulations.
          For purposes of determining which employee is a Key Employee,
          compensation shall mean "compensation" as defined in Section
          1.415-2(d) of the Regulations but including employer
          contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction arrangement.

                     (c)This Plan shall be a "Top Heavy Plan" for any Plan
          Year if, as of the Determination Date (as defined in paragraph
          (d) below), the aggregate of the Accounts under the Plan for
          Participants who are Key Employees (as defined in paragraph (b),
          above) exceeds 60% of the aggregate of the Accounts of all
          Participants or if this Plan is required to be in an Aggregation
          Group (as defined in paragraph (a), above) which for such Plan
          Year is a top-heavy group.

                     (d)"Determination Date" means for any Plan Year the
          last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

               15.3   Vesting.  If the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan with respect
          to any Plan Year, the Vested Interest of each Participant who has
          performed one Hour of Service on or after the date the Plan
          becomes a Top Heavy Plan shall not be less than the percentage
          determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                    Years of Service          Vested Interest
                                                                              
                    Less than 2 years               0%
                    2 years but less than 3        20%
                    3 years but less than 4        40%
                    4 years but less than 5	       60%
                    5 years but less than 6	       80%
                    6 years or more		             100%

               15.4   Minimum Contribution.  For each Plan Year that the
          Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the Employer Contribution (including
          forfeitures but excluding rollovers pursuant to Section 3.8)
          allocable to the Accounts of each Participant who has performed
          an Hour of Service at the end of the Plan Year and who is not a
          Key Employee, shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of such
          Participant's compensation, within the meaning of Section 415 of
          the Code, or (ii) the percentage at which contributions and
          forfeitures for such Plan Year are made and allocated on behalf
          of the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest.
          Such allocation shall be made for each Participant who is not a
          Key Employee and who is employed by the Employer through the last
          payroll period ending within the Plan Year.  For the purpose of
          determining the appropriate percentage under clause (i), all
          defined contribution plans required to be included in an
          Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan.  Clause (ii)
          shall not be applicable if the Plan is required to be included in
          an Aggregation Group which enables a defined benefit plan also
          required to be included in said Aggregation Group to satisfy
          Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.  Compensation, for
<PAGE>
          purposes of determining a minimum contribution, is Section 415
          Compensation.

               15.5   Limitations on Contributions.  For each Plan Year that
          the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25
          as the multiplicand of the dollar limitation in determining the
          denominator of the defined benefit plan fraction and of the
          defined contribution plan fraction for purposes of Section 415(e)
          of the Code.  If, after substituting 90 percent for 60 percent
          wherever the latter appears in Section 416(g) of the Code, the
          Plan is not determined to be a Top Heavy Plan, the provisions of
          this Section 15.5 shall not be applicable if the minimum Employer
          Contribution (including forfeitures) allocable to the Accounts of
          any Participant who is not a Key Employee is determined by
          substituting "4" for "3".  If the Participant is a participant in
          both a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit plan, the
          benefit from the defined contribution plan minimum shall be
          comparable to a 3% defined benefit plan benefit.

               15.6   Other Plans.  The Committee shall, to the extent
          permitted by the Code and in accordance with the Regulations,
          apply the provisions of this Article XV by taking into account
          the benefits payable and the contributions made under any other
          plans maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliated
          Company which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to
          prevent inappropriate omissions or required duplication of
          minimum benefits or contributions by making a comparability
          analysis to prove that the defined contribution plan is providing
          a benefit at least equal to the minimum benefit under the defined
          benefit plan.
			

                                          ARTICLE XVI
                                       GENERAL PROVISIONS

               16.1   Plan Voluntary.  Although it is intended that the Plan
          shall be continued indefinitely, this Plan is entirely voluntary
          on the part of the Participating Employers and the continuance of
          this Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder are not to
          be regarded as contractual obligations of the Participating
          Employers.  The Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract
          between a Participating Employer and any Employee or to be a
          consideration for, or an inducement for, the employment of an
          Employee by an Employer.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall be
          deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the
          service of an Employer or to interfere with the right of an
          Employer to discharge or to terminate the service of any Employee
          at any time without regard to the effects such discharge or
          termination may have on any rights under the Plan.

               16.2   Payments to Minors and Incompetents.  If a
          Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee entitled to receive
          any benefits hereunder is a minor or is deemed by the Committee,
          or is adjudged, to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt
          and discharge for such benefits, such benefits will be paid to
          such person or institution as the Committee may designate or to
          the duly appointed guardian.  Such payment shall, to the extent
          made, be deemed a complete discharge of any liability for such
<PAGE>
          payment under the Plan.

               16.3   Missing Payee.  The Committee shall retain the address
          of each Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee.  Any notice
          sent to the last address filed with the Plan Administrator or for
          the last address indicated on an Employer's records will be
          binding upon a Participant or Beneficiary.

               16.4   Required Information.  Each Participant shall file
          with the Committee such pertinent information concerning himself,
          his spouse and his Beneficiary as the Committee may specify, and
          no Participant, or Beneficiary, or other person shall have any
          rights or be entitled to any benefits under the Plan unless and
          until such information is filed by or with respect to him.

               16.5   Subject to Trust Agreement.  Any and all rights or
          benefits accruing to any persons under the Plan shall be subject
          to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

               16.6   Communications to Committee.  All elections,
          designations, requests, notices, instructions, and other
          communications from an Employee, a Participant, Beneficiary, or
          alternate payee to the Committee required or permitted under the
          Plan (i) shall be in such form as is prescribed from time to time
          by the Committee, (ii) shall be mailed by first-class mail or
          delivered to such location as shall be specified by the
          Committee, and (iii) shall be deemed to have been given and
          delivered only upon actual receipt thereof by the Committee at
          such location.

               16.7   Communications from Employer or Committee.  All
          notices, statements, reports and other communications from an
          Employer or the Committee to any Employee, Participant,
          Beneficiary or alternate payee shall be deemed to have been duly
          given when delivered to, or when mailed by first-class mail,
          postage prepaid and addressed to, such Employee, Participant,
          Beneficiary or alternate payee at his address last appearing on
          the records of the Committee or Company, or when posted by the
          Company or the Committee as permitted by law.

               16.8   Action.  Except as may be specifically provided
          herein, any action required or permitted to be taken by an
          Employer may be taken on behalf of the Employer by any authorized
          officer of the Employer.

               16.9   Liability for Benefits.  Neither the Trustee, the
          Employers, the Committee nor the Plan Administrator guarantee the
          Trust from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee any
          payment to any person.  The liability of the Trustee, the
          Employers, the Committee and the Plan Administrator to make any
          payment is limited to the available assets of the Trust.

               16.10  Named Fiduciary.  The "named fiduciaries" of the Plan
          within the meaning of ERISA Section 403 shall be (a) the
          Employer, (b) the Plan Administrator, (c) the Trustee, and
          (d) the Committee.
<PAGE>
               16.11  Gender.  Whenever used in the Plan the masculine
          gender includes the feminine.

               16.12  Captions.  The captions preceding the sections of the
          Plan have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and in
          no way define or limit the scope or intent of any provisions of
          the Plan.

               16.13  Applicable Law.  The Plan and all rights thereunder
          shall be governed by and construed in accordance with ERISA and
          the laws of the State of Louisiana.

               16.14  Reversion of Employer Contributions.  In no event
          shall the assets of the Plan revert to the benefit of the
          Employer.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
          contrary, however, all contributions by Employers are conditioned
          upon the deductibility of such contribution under Code Section
          404.  To the extent that a deduction is disallowed for an
          Employer's contribution, the Trustee shall return the principal
          amount of such contribution upon the demand of the Employee.  Any
          such demand shall be made within one year following the final
          determination of the disallowance.

               Further, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
          contrary, any contribution which is made by the Employer on
          account of a good faith mistake of fact may be returned to the
          Employer.  The Employer shall notify the Trustee, in writing, of
          such mistake within one year of the contribution.  The Trustee
          shall return the principal amount of the Employer Contribution as
          soon as possible, but in any event within 60 days after written
          notification by the Employer.

               The maximum amount that may be returned to an Employer in
          the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction
          is the excess of (a) the amount contributed, over, as relevant,
          (b)(i) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake
          of fact occurred, or (ii) the amount that would have been
          contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that
          is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue
          Service.  Earnings attributable to the excess contribution may
          not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto
          must reduce the amount to be so returned.  Furthermore, if the
          withdrawal of the amount attributable to the mistaken or
          nondeductible contribution would cause the balance of the
          individual account of any Participant to be reduced to less than
          the balance which would have been in the account had the mistaken
          or nondeductible amount not been contributed, then the amount to
          be returned to the Employer must be limited so as to avoid such
          reduction.

               16.15  Expenses.  All expenses of administration shall be
          paid from the Trust unless paid directly by the Employer.  The
          Employer may reimburse the Trust for any administrative expense
          paid by the Trust; such reimbursement shall not be treated as an
          Employer Contribution under the terms of the Plan.
<PAGE>
               EXECUTED in multiple originals in New Orleans, Louisiana,
          effective as of the 20th day of December, 1995.
                     			      ----        --------
          WITNESSES:                         AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

         	/s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
         	--------------------                  			----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
	         ------------------
                                             AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE INC.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
	         --------------------			                 ----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
         	------------------
                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES OF
                                                 NEW YORK, INC.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
         	--------------------	                  	----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
         	------------------
                                             AVONDALE SERVICES CORP.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
         	--------------------		                 	----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
	         ------------------
                                             AVONDALE SHIPYARDS OF TEXAS,
                                                 INC.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
         	--------------------	                 		----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
         	------------------
                                             AVONDALE TRANSPORTATION
                                                 COMPANY, INC.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
         	--------------------		                 	----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
	         ------------------
                                             AVONDALE ENTERPRISES, INC.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
         	--------------------			                 ----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
          ------------------             
			                             	 AVONDALE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT,INC.

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER                 BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
          --------------------		                  ----------------------
          /s/ BRUCE L. HICKS
          ------------------
                                               
<PAGE>
                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
              		       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Industries, Inc. for the purposes therein set
          forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                            				 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                 							 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President & CFO
                                          						    --------------------

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                     			 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
       	  ORLEANS PARISH 
       	  LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE

<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
              		       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. for the purposes therein set
          forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                          						 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                     			 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President, Secretary &
                                          						    ---------------------------
                                           						    Treasurer

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                     			 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
               	       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Industries of New York, Inc. for the purposes
       	  therein set forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                          						 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                 							 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President, Treasurer &
                                          						    ---------------------------
						                                               Secretary	
   
          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                     			 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
       	  ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

          RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
       	  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
              		       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Services Corporation for the purposes therein set
          forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                            				 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                 							 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President & Secretary
                                          						    --------------------------

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                     			 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC 
       	  ORLEANS PARISH
       	  LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
              		       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Shipyards of Texas, Inc. for the purposes therein
       	  set forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                                 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                 							 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President & Secretary
                                          						    --------------------------

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                      		 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
       	  ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
       	  NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
       	  LOUISIANA
       	  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
              		       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Transportation Company, Inc. for the purposes
       	  therein set forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                          						 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                 							 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President & Secretary
                                          						    --------------------------

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                       	 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
       	  NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
          LOUISIANA
       	  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
              		       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Enterprises, Inc. for the purposes therein set
          forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                          						 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                    				 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President, Secretary &
                                          						    ---------------------------
                                           						    Treasurer

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                     			 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
	         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
               	       -----------------	
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Construction Management, Inc. for the purposes
       	  therein set forth.


                                             BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                          						 ---------------------

                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                   					 -----------------

                                             Title: Vice President & Secretary
                                          						    --------------------------

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
                       	 ----
          OF December, 1995.
	            --------	

       	  /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI 
	         ----------------------
              NOTARY PUBLIC

       	  RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	         NOTARY PUBLIC
	         ORLEANS PARISH
	         LOUISIANA
       	  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE
<PAGE>
                                   AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                             401(k)
                                          SAVINGS PLAN

                                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Article                 Contents                   Section

          I.        DEFINITIONS
                      Accounts					1.1
                      Active Participant			1.2
                      Affiliated Company			1.3
                      Beneficiary				1.4
                      Board of Directors			1.5
                      Code					1.6
                      Committee					1.7
                      Company					1.8
                      Compensation				1.9
                        Plan Compensation
                        Section 415 Compensation
                        Total Compensation
                      Disability			       1.10
                      Disability Retirement Date	       1.11
                      Eligible Employee			       1.12
                      Employee				       1.13
                      Employee-Deferral or Employee-Deferral
                        Contribution			       1.14
                      Employee-Deferral Account		       1.15
                      Employee-Deferral Agreement	       1.16
                      Employer				       1.17
                      Employer Contribution		       1.18
                      Employer Contribution Account	       1.19
                      Employer Discretionary Contribution      1.20
                      Entry Date			       1.21
                      ERISA				       1.22
                      Highly Compensated Employee	       1.23
                      Hour of Service			       1.24
                      Matching Contribution		       1.25
                      Non-Highly Compensated Employee	       1.26
                      Non-Participating Employer	       1.27
                      Normal Retirement Date
                        and Normal Retirement Age	       1.28
                      One-Year Break-in-Service	      	       1.29
                      Parental Absence			       1.30
                      Participant			       1.31
                      Participating Employer		       1.32
                      Plan				       1.33
                      Plan Year				       1.34
                      Rollover Contribution Account	       1.35
                      Service Termination Date		       1.36
                      Trust or Trust Agreement		       1.37
                      Trustee				       1.38
                      Trust Fund			       1.39
                      Valuation Date			       1.40
                      Vested Interest			       1.41
                      Year of Service			       1.42
<PAGE>
          II.       PARTICIPATION
                      Commencement of Participation		2.1
                      Termination of Participation		2.2
                      Participation Following Reemployment	2.3

          III.      EMPLOYEE-DEFERRALS
          	      Employee-Deferrals			3.1
                      Delivery of Employee-Deferral
                        Contributions				3.2
                      Changes in and Discontinuance of
                        Employee-Deferrals			3.3
                      Dollar Limitation				3.4
                      Return of Excess Deferral Amounts		3.5
                      Non-Discrimination Rules			3.6
                      Return of Excess Contributions		3.7
                      Rollover Contributions			3.8

          IV.       MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                      Matching Contributions			4.1
                      Forfeitures				4.2
                      Delivery of Contributions			4.3
                      Adjustments if Employee-Deferral
                        Contributions Adjusted			4.4
                      Discrimination				
                        Test-Matching Contributions		4.5
                      Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified
                        Nonelective Contributions		4.6

          V.        EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
                      Employer Discretionary Contributions	5.1
                      Allocation of Employer Discretionary
                        Contributions				5.2
                      Top-Heavy Contributions			5.3

          VI.       VESTING
                      Employee-Deferral Account			6.1
                      Rollover Contribution Account		6.2
                      Employer Contribution Account		6.3
                      Forfeitures				6.4
                      Reemployment Before Break in Service	6.5
                      Reemployment After Break in Service	6.6

          VII.      ALLOCATIONS
                      Allocation of Contributions		7.1
                      Definitions				7.2
                      Annual Additions				7.3
                      Limitation for Other Defined
                        Contribution Plans			7.4
                      Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan	7.5
          VIII.     TRUST FUND
                      Plan Assets				8.1
                      Separate Accounts				8.2
                      Valuation					8.3
                      Investment Funds				8.4
                      Investment of Contributions		8.5
                      Transfer of Amounts Among
                        Investment Funds			8.6
                      Liability for Investment Decisions	8.7
                      Accounting Procedures			8.8
<PAGE>
          IX.       BENEFITS
                      Normal Retirement Date			9.1
                      Disability Retirement Date		9.2
                      Nonalienation of Benefits			9.3
                      Qualified Domestic Relations Order	9.4

          X.        PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
                      Time of Payment			       10.1
                      Death Benefit			       10.2
                      Form of Distribution		       10.3
                      Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits	       10.4
                      Direct Rollover Rules		       10.5
                      Notice				       10.6

          XI.       IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION AND LOANS
                      Distribution after Attaining
                        Age 59 1/2			       11.1
                      Financial Hardship		       11.2
                      Loans to Participant		       11.3

          XII.      ADMINISTRATION
                      Board of Directors		       12.1
                      401(k) Administrative Committee	       12.2
                      Committee's Duties and Responsibilities  12.3
                      Committee's Powers		       12.4
                      Chairman of the Committee		       12.5
                      Claims Review Procedure		       12.6
                      Information from Participants
                        Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees     12.7
                      Actions				       12.8
                      Bond				       12.9
                      Indemnification			      12.10

          XIII.     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
                      Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions  13.1
                      Amendment by Committee		       13.2
                      Restriction on Amendment		       13.3
                      Retroactivity			       13.4
                      Merger				       13.5

          XIV.      TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
                      Events Constituting Termination	       14.1
                      Partial Termination		       14.2
                      Disposition of Accounts After a
                        Termination			       14.3
                      Internal Revenue Service Approval
                        for Distribution		       14.4

          XV.       STAND-BY TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
                      Top Heavy Plan			       15.1
                      Definitions			       15.2
                      Vesting				       15.3
                      Minimum Contribution		       15.4
                      Limitation on Contributions	       15.5
                      Other Plans			       15.6

          XVI.      GENERAL PROVISIONS
                      Plan Voluntary			       16.1
                      Payments to Minors and Incompetents      16.2
                      Missing Payee			       16.3
<PAGE>
                      Required Information		       16.4
                      Subject to Trust Agreement	       16.5
                      Communications to Committee	       16.6
                      Communications from Employer or
                        Committee			       16.7
                      Action				       16.8
                      Liability for Benefits		       16.9
                      Named Fiduciary			      16.10
                      Gender				      16.11
                      Captions				      16.12
                      Applicable Law			      16.13
                      Reversion of Employer Contributions     16.14	
                      Expenses				      16.15
                                              
<PAGE>
			   TRUST AGREEMENT
			       between
         
	MERRILL LYNCH TRUST COMPANY           (s/CR) as the Trustee
				   ----------------
	                         and
           Avondale Industries, Inc., as the Employer
           ------------------------- 
         
              Trust Agreement entered into as of January l, 1996 by and between
         the above-named employer (the "Employer") and Merrill Lynch Trust
         Company       (s/CR), a        (s/CR) corporation (the "Trustee"), with
                 ------------    -------------
         respect to a trust ("Trust") forming part of the Avondale Industries,
         Inc. 401(k) Savings  Plan (the "Plan").
         
         The Empioyer and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
         
         
                	            ARTICLE I
                              
         	 	STATUS OF TRUST AND APPOINTMENT
       		   	    AND ACCEPTANCE OF TRUSTEE
                           
  1.01 Status of Trust. The Trust is intended to be a qualified
	 trust under section 401(a) of the Intemal Revenue Code of 1986, as
	 amended from time to time (the "Code"), and exempt from taxation
	 pursuant to section 501 (a) of the Code.
         
  1.02 Appointment of Trustee. The Employer represents that all
	 necessary action has been taken for the appointment of the Trustee as
	 trustee of the Trust and that the Trust Agreement constitutes a legal,
	 valid and binding obligation of the Employer.
         
  1.03 Acceptance of Appointment. The Trustee accepts its
	 appointment as trustee of the Trust.
         
  1.04 Title of Trust. The Trust shall be known as the Avondale
	 Industries, Inc  401(k) Savinqs Plan Trust.
         
  1.05 Effectiveness. This Trust Agreement shall not become
	 effective until executed and delivered by both the Employer and the
	 Trustee.
         
         
                                ARTICLE II
                              
        	 ADMINISTRATIVE AND INVESTMENT FIDUCIARIES
                              
  2.01 Named Administrative and Investment Fiduciaries For
	 purposes of this Trust Agreement, the term "Named Administrative
	 Fiduciary" refers to the person named or provided for in the Plan as
	 responsible for the administration and operation of the Plan, and the
	 term "Named Investment Fiduciary" refers to the person provided for in
	 the Plan as responsible for the investment and management of Plan
	 assets to the extent provided for in this Trust Agreement. The Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary and the Named Investment Fiduciary may be the
	 same person. If any such person is not named or provided for in the
	 Plan or if so named or provided for, is not then serving, the Employer
<PAGE>
	 shall be the Named Administrative Fiduciary or the Named Investment
	 Fiduciary or both, as the case may be.
         
  2.02 Identification of Named Fiduciaries and Designees. The Named
  Administrative Fiduciary and the Named Investment Fiduciary under the
	 Plan shall each be identified to the Trustee in writing by the
	 Employer, and specimen signatures of each, or of each member thereof,
	 as appropnate, shall be provided to the Trustee by the Employer. The
	 Employer shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee of a change
	 in the identity either of the Named Administrative Fiduciary or the
	 Named Investment Fiduciary, or any member thereof, as appropnate, and
	 until such notice is received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall be
	 fully protected in assuming that the identity of the Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary or Named Investment Fiduciary, and the
	 members thereof, as appropnate, is unchanged. Each person authorized
	 in accordance with the Plan to give a direction to the Trustee on
	 behalf of the Named Administrative Fiduciary or the Named Investment
	 Fiduciary shall be identified to the Trustee by written notice from
	 the Employer or the Named Administrative Fiduciary or the Named
	 Investment Fiduciary, as the case may be, and such notice shall
	 contain a specimen of the signature. The Trustee shall be entitled to
	 rely upon each such written notice as evidence of the identity and
	 authority of the persons appointed until a written cancellation of the
	 appointment, or the written appointment of a successor, is received by
	 the Trustee from the Employer, the Named Administrative Fiduciary or
	 the Named Investment Fiduciary, as the case may be.
         
         
                                ARTICLE III
                              
	                  RECEIPTS AND TRUST FUND
                              
  3.01 Receipt by Trustee. The Trustee shall receive in cash or
	 other assets acceptable to the Trustee all contnbutions paid or
	 delivered to it which are allocable under the Plan and to the Trust
	 and all transfers paid or delivered under the Plan to the Trust from a
	 predecessor trustee or another trust (including a trust forming part
	 of another plan qualified under section 401(a) of the Code), provided
	 that the Trustee shall not be obligated to receive any such
	 contribution or transfer unless prior thereto or coincident therewith,
	 as the Trustee may specify, the Trustee has received such
	 reconciliation, allocation, investment or other information concerning,
	 or such direction, contribution or representation with respect to, the
	 contribution or transfer or the source thereof as the Trustee may
	 require. The Trustee shall have no duty or authority to (a) require any
	 contributions or transfers to be made under the Plan or to the Trustee,
	 (b) compute any amount to be contributed or transferred under the Plan
  to the Trustee, or (c) determine whether amounts received by the
	 Trustee comply with the Plan.
         
  3.02 Trust Fund. For purposes of this Trust Agreement, the "Trust
	 Fund" consists of all money and other property received by the Trustee
	 pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof, increased by any income or gains on or
	 increment in such assets and decreased by any investment loss or
	 expense, benefit or disbursement paid pursuant to this Trust Agreement.
	 The Trustee shall hold the Trust Fund, without distinction between
	 principal and income, as a nondiscretionary trustee pursuant to the
	 terms of this Trust Agreement. Assets of the Trust may, in the
	 Trustee's discretion, be held in an account with an affiliate of the
<PAGE>
	 Trustee.
         
         
                                ARTICLE IV
                              
        	     PAYMENTS, ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTIONS
                	        AND EXPENSES
                              
  4.01 Payments by Trustee. Payments of money or property from the
	 Trust Fund shall be made by the Trustee upon direction from the Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary or its designee. Payments by the Trustee shall
	 be transmitted to the Named Administrative Fiduciary or its designee
	 for delivery to the proper payees or to payee addresses supplied by the
	 Named Administrative Fiduciary or its designee, and the Trustee's
	 obligation to make such payments shall be satisfied upon such
	 transmittal.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the
	 identity of persons entitled to payments under the Plan or their
	 addresses.
         
  4.02 Named Administrative Fiduciary's Directions. Directions from
	 or on behalf of the Named Administrative Fiduciary or its designee
	 shall be communicated to the Trustee or the Trustee's designee only in
	 a manner and in accordance with procedures acceptable to the Trustee.
	 The Trustee's designee shall not, however, be empowered to implement
	 any such directions except in accordance with procedures acceptable to
	 the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no liability for following any such
	 directions or failing to act in the absence of any such directions. The
  Trustee shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any person
	 making or failing to make any direction under the Plan or this Trust
	 Agreement nor any duty or obligation to review any such direction, act
	 or omission.
         
  4.03 Disputed Payments. If a dispute arises over the propriety of
	 the Trustee making any payment from the Trust Fund, the Trustee may
	 withhold the payment until the dispute has been resolved by a court of
	 competent jurisdiction or settled by the parties to the dispute. The
	 Trustee may consult legal counsel and shall be fully protected in
	 acting upon the advice of counsel.
         
  4.04 Trustee's Compensation and Expenses. If the Employer so
	 elects in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee, the Employer shall
	 (a) pay the Trustee compensation for its services under this Trust
	 Agreement in accordance with the Trustee's fee schedule in effect and
	 applicable at the time such compensation becomes payable, and (b) pay
	 or reimburse the Trustee for all expenses incurred by the Trustee in
	 connection with or relating to the performance of its duties under this
  Trust Agreement or its status as Trustee, including reasonable
	 attorneys fees. If the Employer does not so elect, such compensation
	 and expenses shall be charged against and withdrawn from the Trust Fund
	 as provided below.

  Until paid by the Employer or charged against and
	 withdrawn from the Trust Fund, as the case may be, the Trustee's
	 compensation and expenses shall be a lien upon the Trust Fund. The
	 Trustee is authorized to charge the Trust Fund for and withdraw from
	 the Trust Fund, without direction from the Named Administrative
	 Fiduciary or any other person, the amount of any such fees or expenses
	 which the Employer has not elected to pay and the amount of any such
	 fees or expenses which the Employer has so elected to pay but which
<PAGE>
	 remain unpaid for a period of 60 days after presentation of a statement
	 for such amount to the Employer. Trust Fund assets shall be applied to
	 pay such fees and expenses in the following priority by asset category
	 to the extent thereof held at the time of withdrawal in the Trust Fund
	 subfund or account to which the fee or expense is allocated:
	 (i) uninvested cash balances: (ii) shares of any money market fund or
	 funds held in the Trust Fund; and (iii) any other Trust Fund assets.
	 The Trustee is authorized to allocate its fees and expenses among these
	 subfunds or accounts to which the fees or expenses pertains in such
  manner as the Trustee deems appropnate under the circumstances unless
	 prior to such allocation the Employer or the Named Administrative
	 Fiduciary specifies the manner in which the allocation is to be made.
	 The Trustee is also authorized but not required to sell any shares or
	 other assets referred to above to the extent necessary for the purpose.
         
  4.05 Taxes. The Trustee is authorized, with or without direction
	 from the Named Administrative Fiduciary or any other person, to
	 withdraw from the Trust Fund and pay any federal, state or local taxes,
	 charges or assessments of any kind levied or assessed against the Trust
	 or assets thereof. Until paid, such taxes shall be a lien against the
	 Trust Fund. The Trustee shall give notice to the Named Administrative
  Fiduciary of its receipt of a demand for any such taxes, charges or
	 assessments. The Trustee shall not be personally liable for any such
	 taxes, charges or assessments.
         
  4.06 Expenses of Administration. Expenses incurred by the
	 Employer, the Named Administrative Fiduciary, the Named Investment
	 Fiduciary, any Investment Manager designated pursuant to Section 5.02
	 or any other persons designated to act on behalf of the Employer, the
	 Named Administrative Fiduciary or the Named Investment Fiduciary,
	 including reimbursement for expenses incurred in the performance of
	 their respective duties, shall be the obligation of the Employer or
	 other person specified in the Plan. Such expenses, however, may be paid
	 from the Trust Fund upon the written direction to the Trustee of the
	 Named Administrative Fiduciary.
         
  4.07 Restriction on Alienation. Except as provided in Section
	 4.08 or under section 401(a)(13) of the Code, the interest of any Plan
	 participant or beneficiary in the Trust Fund shall not be subject to
	 the claims of such person's creditors and may not be assigned, sold,
	 transferred, alienated or encumbered. Any attempt to do so shall be
	 void; and the Trustee shall disregard any attempt. Trust assets shall
	 not in any manner be liable for or subject to debts, contracts,
	 liabilities, engagement or torts of any Plan participant or
	 beneficiary, and benefits shall not be considered an asset of any such
	 a person in the event of the person's insolvency or bankruptcy.
         
  4.08 Payment on Court Order. The Trustee is authorized to make
	 any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Trustee
	 is a party or pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" under
	 section 414(p) of the Code; provlded that the Trustee shall not make
	 such payment if the Trustee is indemnified and held harmless by the
	 Employer in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee against all 
	 consequences of such failure to pay. The Trustee is not obligated to
	 defend actions in which the Trustee is named but shall notify the
	 Employer or Named Administrative Fiduciary of any such action and may
	 tender defense of the action to the Employer, the Named Administrative
	 Fiduciary or the participant or beneficiary whose interest is affected.
	 The Trustee may in its discretion defend any action in which the
<PAGE>
	 Trustee is named and any expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees,
	 incurred by the Trustee in that connection shall be paid or reimbursed
	 in accordance with Section 4.04 hereof.
         
         
                                 ARTICLE V
                              
                  	        INVESTMENTS
                              
  5.01 Investment Management. The Named Investment Fiduciary shall
  manage the investment of the Trust Fund except insofar as (a) a person
	 (an "Investment Manager") who meets the requirements of section 3(38)
	 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
	 time to time ("ERISA"), has authority to manage Trust assets as
	 referred to in Section 5.02 hereof or (b) the Plan provides for
	 participant or beneficiary direction of the investment of assets
	 allocable under the Plan to the accounts of such participants and
	 beneficiaries and the Trustee notifies the Employer that such
	 directions will be acceptable. In the latter situation, a list of the
	 participants and beneficiaries and such information concerning them as
	 the Trustee may specify shall be provided by the Employer or the Named
  Administrative Fiduciary to the Trustee and/or such person(s) as are
	 necessary for the implementation of the directions in accordance with
  the procedure acceptable to the Trustee. Except as required by ERISA,
	 the Trustee shall invest the Trust Fund as directed by the Named
	 Investment Fiduciary, an Investment Manager or a Plan participant or
	 beneficiary, as the case may be, and the Trustee shall have no
	 discretionary control over, nor any other discretion regarding, the
	 investment or reinvestment of any asset of the Trust. The Trustee may
  limit the categories of assets in which the Trust Fund may be invested.     

  It is understood that the Trustee may, from time to time, have on
	 hand funds which are received as contributions or transfers to the
	 Trust which are awaiting investment or funds from the sale of Trust
	 assets which are awaiting reinvestment.  Absent receipt by the Trustee
	 of a direction from the proper person for the investment or
	 reinvestment of such funds or otherwise prior to the application of
	 funds in implementation of such a direction, the Trustee shall in
	 accordance with the Trustee's normal procedures in this regard cause
	 such funds to be invested in shares of the money market fund acceptable
	 to the Trustee as the Employer or Named Investment Fiduciary may in
	 writing to the Trustee specify for this purpose from time to time. Any
  such fund may be sponsored, managed or distributed by an affiliate of
	 the Trustee.  The Employer or the Named Investment Fiduciary, as the
	 case may be, hereby acknowledges that prior to any such specification
	 it has read or will have read the then current prospectus for the
	 specified fund.

  5.02 Investment Managers. If so allowed pursuant to the Plan, the
	 Employer or the Named Investment Fiduciary may appoint one or more
	 Investment Managers who may be an affiliate of the Trustee, to direct
	 the Trustee in the investment of all or a specified portion of the
	 assets of the Trust. Any such Investment Manager shall be directed by
	 the Employer or the Named Investment Fiduciary, as the case may be, to
  act in accordance with the procedures referred to in Section 5.04. The
	 Named Investment Fiduciary shall notify the Trustee in writing before
	 the effectiveness of the appointment or removal of any Investment
	 Manager.
         
<PAGE>
  If there is more than one Investment Manager whose appointment is
	 effective under the Plan at any one time, the Trustee shall, upon
	 written instructions from the Employer or the Named Investment
	 Fiduciary, establish separate funds for control by each such Investment
	 Manager. The funds shall consist of those Trust assets designated by
	 the Employer or the Named Investment Fiduciary.
         
  5.03 Direction of Voting and Other Rights. The voting and other
	 rights in securities or other assets held in the Trust shall be
	 exercised by the Trustee as directed by the Named Investment Fiduciary
	 or other person who at the time has the right as referred to in Section
	 5.01 hereof to direct the investment or reinvestment of the security or
	 other asset involved, provided that notwithstanding any provision of
	 the Plan to the contrary, (a) except as provided in clause (b) of this
	 Section, such voting and other rights in any such security or other
	 asset selected by the Employer or the Named Investment Fiduciary shall
	 be exercised by the Named Investment Fiduciary and (b) such voting and
	 other rights in any "employer security" with respect to the Plan within
	 the meaning of Section 407(d)(1) of ERISA ("Employer Securities") which
  is held in an account under the Plan over which a Plan participant or
	 beneficiary has control as to specific assets to be held therein or
	 which is held in an account which consists solely or primarily of
	 Employer Securities shall be exercised by the participants or
	 beneficiaries having interests in that account. Notwithstanding any
  provision hereof or of the Plan to the contrary, (i) in the event a
	 Plan participant or beneficiary or an Investment Manager with the right
	 to direct a voting or other decision with respect to any security or
	 other asset held in the Trust does not communicate any decision on the
	 matter to the Trustee or the Trustee's designee by the time prescribed
  by the Trustee or the Trustee's designee for that purpose or if the
	 Trustee notifies the Named Investment Fiduciary either that it does not
	 have precise information as to the secunties or other assets involved
	 allocated on the applicable record date to the accounts of all
	 participants and beneficiaries or that time constraints make it
	 unlikely that participant, beneficiary or Investment Manager direction,
	 as the case may be, can be received on a timely basis, the decision
	 shall be the responsibility of the Named Investment Fiduciary and shall
	 be communicated to the Trustee on a timely basis, and (ii) in the event
	 the Named Investment Fiduciary with any right under the Plan or
  hereunder to direct a voting or other decision with respect to any
	 security or other asset held in the Trust, including any such right
	 under clause (a) or clause (i) of this Section, does not communicate
	 any decision on the matter to the Trustee or the Trustee's designee by
	 the time prescribed by the Trustee for that purpose, the Trustee may,
	 at the cost of the Employer, obtain advice from a bank, insurance 
	 company, investment adviser or other investment professional
	 (including any affiliate of the Trustee) or retain an Investment
	 Manager with full discretion to make the decision. Except as required
	 by ERISA, the Trustee shall (a) follow all directions above-referred to
	 in this Section and (b) shall have no duty to exercise voting or other
  rights relating to any such security or other asset.
         
  5.04 Investment Directions. Directions for the investment or
	 reinvestment of Trust assets or of a type referred to in Section 5.03
	 from the Employer, the Named Investment Fiduciary, an Investment
	 Manager or a Plan participant or beneficiary, as the case may be,
	 shall, in a manner and in accordance with procedures acceptable to the
	 Trustee, be communicated to and implemented by, as the case may be, the
  Trustee the Trustee's designee or, with the Trustee's consent, broker/
<PAGE>
	 dealer designated for the purpose by the Employer or the Named
	 Investment Fiduciary.  Communication of any such direction to such a
	 designee or broker/dealer shall conclusively be deemed an authorization
	 to the designee or broker/dealer to implement the direction even though
	 coming from a person other than the Trustee.  The Trustee shall have no
	 liability for its or any other person's following such directions or
	 failing to act in the absence of any such directions. The Trustee shall
  have no liability for the acts or omissions of any person directing the
	 investment or reinvestment of Trust Fund assets or making or failing to
	 make any direction referred to in Section 5.03. Neither shall the
	 Trustee have any duty or obligation to review any such investment or
	 other direction, act or omission or, except upon receipt of a proper
  direction, to invest or otherwise manage any asset of the Trust which
	 is subject to the control of any such person or to exercise any voting
	 or other right referred to in Section 5.03.
         
  5.05 Communication of Proxy and Other Materials. The Employer or
  Named Administrative Fiduciary shall establish a procedure acceptable
	 to the Trustee for the timely dissemination to each person entitled to
	 direct the Trustee or its designee as to a voting or other decision
	 called for thereby or referred to therein of all proxy and other
	 materials bearing on the decision. In the case of Employer Securities,
	 at such time as proxy or other materials bearing thereon are
	 disseminated generally to owners of Employer Securities in accordance
	 with applicable law, the Employer shall cause a copy of such proxy or
	 other materials to be delivered directly to the Trustee and,
	 thereafter, shall promptly deliver to the Trustee such number of
	 additional copies of the proxy or other materials as the Trustee may
	 request.
         
  5.06 Common and Collective Trust Funds. Any person authorized to
	 direct the investment of Trust assets may, if the Trustee and the Named
	 Investment Fiduciary so permit, direct the Trustee to invest such
	 assets in a common or collective trust maintained by the Trustee for
	 the investment of assets of qualified trusts under section 401(a) of
	 the Code, individual retirement accounts under section 408(a) of the
  Code and plans or govemmental units described in section 818(a)(6) of
	 the Code.  The documents governing any such common or collective trust
	 fund maintained by the Trustee, and in which Trust assets have been
	 invested, are hereby incorporated into this Trust Agreement by
	 reference.

                                 ARTICLE VI
                              
		       RESPONSIBILITIES AND INDEMNITY
                              
  6.01 Relationship of Fiduciaries. Each fiduciary of the Plan and
	 this Trust shall be solely responsible for its own acts or omissions.
	 The Trustee shall have no duty to question any other Plan fiduciary's
	 performance of fiduciary duties allocated to such other fiduciary
	 pursuant to the Plan. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the
	 breach of responsibility by any other Plan fiduciary except as provided
	 for in ERISA.
         
  6.02 Benefit of Participants. Each fiduciary shall, within the
	 meaning of the Code and ERISA, discharge its duties with respect to the
	 Trust solely in the interest of participants in the Plan and their
	 beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
	 such participants and beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses
<PAGE>
	 of administering the Plan.
         
  6.03 Status of Trustee. The Trustee acknowledges its status as a
	 "fiduciary" of the Plan within the meaning of ERISA.
        
  6.04 Location of Indicia of Ownership. Except as pemmitted by
	 ERISA, the Trustee shall not maintain the indicia of ownership of any
	 assets of the Trust outside the jurisdiction of the district courts of
	 the United States.
         
  6.05 Trustee's Reliance. The Trustee shall have no duty to
	 inquire whether directions by the Employer, the Named Administrative
	 Fiduciary, the Named Investment Fiduciary or any other person conform
	 to the Plan, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on any
	 such direction communicated in accordance with procedures acceptable to
	 the Trustee from any person who the Trustee reasonably believes is a
	 proper person to give the direction. The Trustee shall have no
	 liability to any participant, any beneficiary or any other person for
	 payments made, any failure to make payments, or any discontinuance of
	 payments, on direction of the Named Administrative Fiduciary, the Named
	 Investment Fiduciary or any designee of either of them or for any
	 failure to make payments in the absence of directions from the Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary or any person responsible for or purporting
	 to be responsible for directing the investment of Trust assets. The
	 Trustee shall have no obligation to request proper directions from any
	 person. The Trustee may request instructions from the Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary or the Named Investment Fiduciary and shall
	 have no duty to act or liability for failure to act if such
	 instructions are not forthcoming. The Trustee shall have no
	 responsibility to determine whether the Trust Fund is sufficient to
	 meet the liabilities under the Plan, and shall not be liable for
	 payments or Plan liabilities in excess of the Trust Fund.
         
  6.06 Indemnification. The Employer hereby indemnifies the Trustee
	 against, and shall hold the Trustee harmless from, any and all loss,
	 claims, liability, and expense, including reasonable attorneys fees,
	 imposed upon the Trustee or incurred by the Trustee as a result of any
	 acts taken, or any failure to act, in accordance with the directions
	 from the Named Administrative Fiduciary, Named Investment Fiduciary,
  Investment Manager or any other person specified in Article IV or V
	 hereof, or any designee of any such person, or by reason of the
	 Trustee's good faith execution of its duties with respect to the Trust,
	 including, but not limited to. its holding of assets of the Trust as
	 provided for in Section 3.02, the Employer's obligations in the
	 foregoing regard to be satisfied promptly on request by the Trustee,
	 provided that in the event that the loss, claim, liability or expense
	 involved is determined by a no longer appealable final judgment entered
	 in a lawsuit or proceeding to have resulted from the gross negligence
	 or willful misconduct of the Trustee, the Trustee shall promptly
  thereafter return to the Employer any amount previously received by the
	 Trustee under this Section with respect to such loss, claim, liability
	 or expense.
         
  6.07 Protection of Designees. To the extent that any designee of
	 the Trustee is performing a function of the Trustee under this Trust
	 Agreement, the designee shall have the benefit of all of the applicable
	 limitations on the scope of the Trustee's duties and liabilities, all
	 applicable rights of indemnification granted hereunder to the Trustee
	 and all other applicable protections of any nature afforded to the
<PAGE>
	 Trustee.
         
         
                                ARTICLE VII
                              
        	             POWERS OF TRUSTEE
                              
  7.01 Nondiscretionary Investment Powers. At the direction of the
	 person authorized to direct such action as referred to in Article V
	 hereof, but limited to those assets or categories of assets acceptable
	 to the Trustee as referred to in Section 5.01, the Trustee, or the
	 Trustee's designee or a broker/dealer as referred to in Section 5.04,
	 is authorized and empowered:
         
  (a) To invest and reinvest the Trust Fund, together with the
	 income therefrom, in common stock, preferred stock, convertible
	 preferred stock, bonds, debentures, convertible debentures and bonds,
	 mortgages, notes, commercial paper and other evidences of indebtedness
	 (including those issued by the Trustee), shares of mutual funds (which
	 funds may be sponsored, managed or offered by an affiliate of the
	 Trustee), guaranteed investment contracts, bank investment contracts,
	 other securities, policies of life insurance, annuity contracts,
	 options, options to buy or sell securities or other assets, and all
	 other property of any type (personal, real or mixed, and tangible or
	 intangible);
         
  (b) To deposit or invest all or any part of the assets of the
	 Trust in savings accounts or certificates of deposit or other deposits
	 in a bank or savings and loan association or other depository
	 institution, including the Trustee or any of its affiliates, provided
	 with respect to such deposits with the Trustee or an affiliate the
	 deposits bear a reasonable interest rate:
         
  (c) To hold, manage, improve, repair and control all property,
	 real or personal, forming part of the Trust Fund; to sell, convey,
	 transfer, exchange, partition, lease for any term, even extending
	 beyond the duration of this Trust, and otherwise dispose of the same
	 from time to time:

  (d) To have, respecting securities, all the rights, powers
	 and pnvileges of an owner, including the power to give proxies, pay
	 assessments and other sums deemed by the Trustee necessary for the
	 protection of the Trust Fund; to vote any corporate stock either in
	 person or by proxy, with or without power of substitution for any
	 purpose; to participate in voting trusts, pooling agreements,
	 foreclosures, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers and
	 liquidations, and in connection therewith to deposit securities with
	 or transfer title to any protective or other committee; to exercise or
	 sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights; and, regardless of any
  limitation elsewhere in this instrument relative to investments by the
	 Trustee, to accept and retain as an investment any securities or other
	 property received through the exercise of any of the foregoing powers;
         
  (e) Subject to Section 5.01 hereof, to hold in cash, without
	 liability for interest, such portion of the Trust Fund which it is
	 directed to so hold pending investments, or payment of expenses, or the
	 distribution of benefits;
         
  (f) To take such actions as may be necessary or desirable to
<PAGE>
	 protect the Trust from loss due to the default on mortgages held in the
	 Trust including the appointment of agents or trustees in such other
	 jurisdictions as may seem desirable, to transfer property to such
	 agents or trustees, to grant to such agents such powers as are
	 necessary or desirable to protect the Trust Fund, to direct such agent
	 or trustee, or to delegate such power to direct, and to remove such
	 agent or trustee;
         
  (g) To settle, compromise or abandon all claims and demands in
	 favor of or against the Trust Fund;
         
  (h) To invest in any common or collective trust fund of the type
	 referred to in Section 5.06 hereof maintained by the Trustee;
         
  (i) To exercise all of the further rights, powers, options and
	 privileges granted, provided for, or vested in trustees generally under
	 the laws of the state in which the Trustee is incorporated as set forth
	 above, so that the powers conferred upon the Trustee herein shall not
	 be in limitation of any authority conferred by law, but shall be in
	 addition thereto;
         
  (j) To borrow money from any source and to execute promissory
	 notes, mortgages or other obligations and to pledge or mortgage any
	 trust assets as security, subject to applicable requirements of the
	 Code and ERISA; and
         
  (k) To maintain accounts at, execute transactions through, and
	 lend on an adequately secured basis stocks, bonds or other securities
	 to, any brokerage or other firm, including any firm which is an
	 affiliate of the Trustee.
         
  7.02 Additional Powers of Trustee. To the extent necessary or
	 which it deems appropriate to implement its powers under Section 7.01
	 or otherwise to fulfill any of its duties and responsibilities as
	 trustee of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall have the following
	 additional powers and authority:
         
  (a) to register securities. or any other property, in its name or
	 in the name of any nominee, including the name of any affiliate or the
	 nominee name designated by any affiliate, with or without indication of
	 the capacity in which property shall be held, or to hold securities in
	 bearer form and to deposit any securities or other property in a
	 depository or clearing corporation;
         
  (b) to designate and engage the services of, and to delegate
	 powers and responsibilities to, such agents, representatives, advisers,
	 counsel and accountants as the Trustee considers necessary or
	 appropriate, any of whom may be an affiliate of the Trustee or a person
	 who renders services to such an affiliate, and, as a part of its
  expenses under this Trust Agreement, to pay their reasonable expenses
	 and compensation;
         
  (c) to make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any and all deeds,
	 leases, mortgages, conveyances, waivers, releases or other instruments
	 in writing necessary or appropriate for the accomplishment of any of
	 the powers listed in this Trust Agreement; and
         
<PAGE>
  (d) generally to do all other acts which the Trustee deems
	 necessary or appropnate for the protection of the Trust Fund.
         
         
                               ARTICLE VIII
                              
	            RECORDS, ACCOUNTINGS AND VALUATIONS
                              
  8.01 Records. The Trustee shall maintain or cause to be
	 maintained accurate records and accounts of all Trust transactions and
	 assets. The records and accounts shall be available at reasonable times
	 during normal business hours for inspection or audit by the Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary and the Named Investment Fiduciary or any
	 person designated for the purpose by either of them.
         
  8.02 Accountings. Within 90 days following the close of each
	 fiscal year of the Plan or the effective date of the removal or
	 resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall file with the Named
	 Administrative Fiduciary a written accounting setting forth all
  transactions since the end of the period covered by the last previous
	 accounting. The accounting shall include a listing of the assets of the
	 Trust showing the value of such assets at the close of the period
	 covered by the accounting. On direction of the Named Administrative
	 Fiduciary, and if previously agreed to by the Trustee, the Trustee
	 shall submit to the Named Administrative Fiduciary interim valuations,
	 reports or other information pertaining to the Trust.
         
  The Named Administrative Fiduciary may approve the accounting by
	 written approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to deliver
	 written objections to the Trustee within 60 days after receipt of the
	 accounting. Any such approval shall be binding on the Employer, the
	 Named Administrative Fiduciary, the Named Investment Fiduciary and,
	 to the extent permitted by ERISA, all other persons. 
         
  8.03 Valuation. The assets of the Trust shall be valued as of
	 each valuation date under the Plan at fair market value as determined
	 by the Trustee based upon such sources of information as it may deem
	 reliable, including, but not limited to, stock market quotations,
	 statistical evaluation services, newspapers of general circulation,
  financial publications, advice from investment counselors or brokerage
	 firms, or any combination of sources. The reasonable costs incurred in
	 establishing values of the Trust Fund shall be a charge against the
	 Trust Fund, unless paid by the Employer. 
         
  When the Trustee is unable to arrive at a value based upon
	 information from independent sources, it may rely upon information from
	 the Employer, Named Administrative Fiduciary, Named Investment
	 Fiduciary, appraisers, or other sources, and shall not incur any
	 liability for inaccurate valuation based in good faith upon such
	 information.
         
  8.04 Loans. In the event that participant loans are available
	 under the Plan, the Trustee shall reflect one aggregate balance for
	 participant loans under the Plan and shall reflect changes thereto only
	 as directed by the Employer or Named Administrative Fiduciary. The
	 Trustee has no responsibility with respect to maintenance of promissory
	 notes or monitoring of loan amortization schedules.
         
<PAGE>         
                                ARTICLE IX
                              
        	     RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE
                              
  9.01 Resignation. The Trustee may resign at any time upon at
	 least 30 days' written notice to the Employer.
         
  9.02 Removal. The Employer may remove the Trustee upon at least
	 30 days' written notice to the Trustee.
         
  9.03 Appointment of a Successor. Upon resignation or removal of
	 the Trustee, the Employer shall appoint a successor trustee. Upon
	 failure of the Employer to appoint, or the failure of the effectiveness
	 of the appointment by the Employer of, a successor trustee by the
	 effective date of the resignation or removal, the Trustee may apply to
	 any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor.
         
  Promptly after receipt by the Trustee of notice of the
	 effectiveness of the appointment of the successor trustee, the Trustee
	 shall deliver to the successor trustee such records as may be
	 reasonably requested to enable the successor trustee to properly
	 administer the Trust Fund and all property of the Trust after deducting
  therefrom such amounts as the Trustee deems necessary to provide for
	 expenses, taxes, compensation or other amounts due to or by the Trustee
	 pursuant to Sections 4.04 or 5.03 hereof not paid by the Employer prior
	 to the delivery.
         
  9.04 Settlement of Account. Upon resignation or removal of the
	 Trustee, the Trustee shall have the right to a settlement of its
	 account, which settlement shall be made, at the Trustee's option,
	 either by an agreement of settlement between the Trustee and the
	 Employer or by a judicial settlement in an action instituted by the
  Trustee. The Employer shall bear the cost of any such judicial
	 settlement, including reasonable attorneys fees.
         
  9.05 Expenses and Compensation. The Trustee shall not be
	 obligated to transfer Trust assets until the Trustee is provided
	 assurance by the Employer satisfactory to the Trustee that all fees and
	 expenses reasonably anticipated will be paid.
         
  9.06 Termination of Responsibility and Liability. Upon settlement
	 of the account and transfer of the Trust Fund to the successor trustee,
	 all rights and privileges under this Trust Agreement shall vest in the
	 successor trustee and all responsibility and liability of the Trustee
	 with respect to the Trust and assets thereo shall, except as otherwise
	 required by ERISA, terminate subject only to the requirement that the
	 Trustee execute all necessary documents to transfer the Trust assets to
	 the successor trustee.
         
         
                                 ARTICLE X
                              
        	         AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
                              
  10.01 Amendment. The Employer reserves the right to amend this
	 Trust Agreement, provided that no amendment of this Trust Agreement or
	 the Plan shall be effective which would (a) cause any assets of the
	 Trust Fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the
	 exclusive benefit of Plan participants or their beneficiaries other
<PAGE>
	 than an amendment permissible under the Code and ERISA, or (b) affect
	 the rights, duties, responsibilities, obligations or liabilities of
	 the Trustee without the Trustee's written consent. The Employer shall
	 amend this Trust Agreement as requested by the Trustee to reflect
	 changes in law which counsel for the Trustee advises the Trustee
	 require such changes. Amendments to the Trust Agreement or a certified
	 copy of the amendments shall be delivered to the Trustee promptly after
	 adoption and if practicable under the circumstances, any proposed
  amendment under consideration by the Employer shall be communicated to
	 the Trustee to permit the Trustee to review and comment thereon in due
	 course before the Employer acts on the proposed amendment.
         
  10.02 Termination. The Trust may be terminated by the Employer
	 upon at least 60 days' written notice to the Trustee. Upon such
	 termination, and subject to Section 11.01 hereof, the Trust Fund shall
	 be distributed as directed by the Named Administrative Fiduciary.
         
         
                                ARTICLE XI
                              
	                      MISCELLANEOUS
                              
  11.01 Exclusive Benefit Rule. Except as provided in Section
	 11.02, or as otherwise permitted as required by ERISA or the Code, no
	 asset of this Tnust shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other
	 than the exclusive benefit of Plan participants or their beneficiaries
	 or for the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust
	 until all liabilities for benefits due Plan participants or their
	 beneficianes have been satisfied.
         
  11.02 Refunds to Employer. The Trustee shall, upon the wntten
	 direction of the Named Administrative Fiduciary which shall include a
	 certification that such action is proper under the Plan, ERISA and the
	 Code specifying any relevant sections thereof, return to the Employer
	 any amount referred to in section 403(c)(2) of ERISA.
         
  11.03 Authorized Action. Any action to be taken under this Trust
	 Agreement by an Employer or other person which is: (a) a corporation
	 shall be taken by the board of directors of the corporation or any
	 person or persons duly empowered by the board of directors to take the
	 action involved, (b) a partnership shall be taken by an authorized
	 general partner of the partnership, and (c) a sole propnetorship by
	 the sole proprietor.
         
  11.04 Text of Plan. The Employer represents that prior to the
	 execution of this Trust Agreement by both parties it delivered to the
	 Trustee the text of the Plan as in effect as of the date of this Trust
	 Agreement. The Employer shall deliver to the Trustee promptly after
	 adoption thereof a certified copy of each other amendment of the Plan.
         
  11.05 Conflict with Plan. The rights, duties, responsibilities,
	 obligations and liabilities of the Trustee are as set forth in this
	 Trust Agreement, and no provision of the Plan or any other document
	 shall be deemed to affect such rights, duties, responsibilities,
	 obligations and liabilities. If there is a conflict between provisions
	 of the Plan and this Trust Agreement with respect to any subject
	 involving the Trustee, including but not limited to the
	 responsibility, authority or powers of the Trustee, the provisions of
	 this Trust Agreement shall be controlling. 
<PAGE>         
  11.06 Failure to Maintain Qualification. If the Trust fails to
	 qualify as a qualified trust under section 401(a) of the Code, or loses
	 its status as such a qualified trust, the Employer shall immediately so
	 notify the Trustee, and the Trustee shall, without further notice or
	 direction, remove the Trust assets from any common or collective trust
	 fund maintained by the Trustee for investments by qualified trusts.
         
  11.07 Governing Law and Construction. This Trust Agreement and
	 the Trust shall be construed, administered and governed under ERISA and
	 other pertinent federal law, and to the extent that federal law is
	 inapplicable, under the laws of the state in which the Trustee is
	 incorporated as set forth above. If any provision of this Trust
	 Agreement is susceptible to more than one interpretation, the
	 interpretation to be given is that which is consistent with the Trust
	 being a qualified trust under section 401(a) of the Code. If any
	 provision of this Trust Agreement is held by a court of competent
	 jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions
	 shall continue to be fully effective to the extent possible under the
	 circumstances.
         
  11.08 Successors and Assigns. This Trust Agreement shall inure to
	 the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
	 respective successors and assigns.
         
  11.09 Gender. As used in this Trust Agreement, the masculine
	 gender shall include the feminine and the neuter genders and the
	 singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular as the
	 context requires.
         
  11.10 Headings. Headings and subheadings in this Trust Agreement
	 are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in
	 the construction of the provisions of the Trust Agreement.
         
  11.11 Counterparts. This Trust Agreement may be executed in
	 several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an onginal, and
	 these counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument which
	 may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.
         
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and the Trustee have executed
	 this Trust Agreement each by action of a duly authorized person.
         

         MERRILL LYNCH TRUST COMPANY         [Employer]
         
         By /s/ CHRIS ROSEN     	      By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
            ----------------		            --------------------- 
         Name: /s/ Chris Rosen 	       Name /s/ Thomas M. Kitchen
	              ---------------		            ---------------------
         Title: Vice President         Title Vice President & CFO
              		--------------		             --------------------	     
 
         WITNESSES TO TRUSTEE'S SIGNATURE  WITNESSES TO EMPLOYER'S SIGNATURE
	         
  				    /s/ B.L. HICKS
        		-------------- 
					     /s/ JACKIE. H WALKER	
         	--------------------
      
         e: \wolf\document\ges-ta95.doc                              6/21/95  
<PAGE>         

         
      			   ACKNOWLEDGMENT
       		   --------------

         STATE OF LOUISIANA
         
         PARISH OF ORLEANS
         
              BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came and
	 appeared Thomas M. Kitchen , who being by me sworn did depose and state
        	  -----------------
	 that he signed the foregoing Trust Agreement between Merrill Lynch
	 Trust Company of Florida, as the Trustee, and Avondale Industries,
	 Inc., as the Employer, as a free act and deed on behalf of Merrill
	 Lynch Trust Company of Florida for the purposes therein set forth.
         
         
         
      		                            BY /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					                                  ---------------------
                    				            Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
		                                         					-----------------
                    				            Title: Vice President & CF0
						                                     --------------------


  SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
  BEFORE ME THIS 20th DAY
	              		----
  OF December, 1995.
	    --------	       

	 /s/ RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
	 ----------------------  
        
         NOTAY PUBLIC
         
         RUDOLPH R. RAMELLI
         NOTARY PUBLIC
         ORLEANS PARISH
         LOUISIANA
         MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE         
         
         
         TAX\33476. 1












                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT TRUST




















				 March 1996



TAX\31022.3

                                     
<PAGE>

                                 AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT TRUST


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


          SECTION 1:     ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST...........................1

          SECTION 2:     PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR
                              BENEFICIARIES...............................2

          SECTION 3:     TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS
                              TO TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN COMPANY
                              IS INSOLVENT................................3

          SECTION 4:     PAYMENTS TO COMPANY..............................4

          SECTION 5:     INVESTMENT AUTHORITY.............................4

          SECTION 6:     DISPOSITION OF INCOME............................4

          SECTION 7:     ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE............................4

          SECTION 8:     RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE........................5

          SECTION 9:     COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE.............6

          SECTION 10:RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE...................6

          SECTION 11:APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.............................7

          SECTION 12:AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.............................7

          SECTION 13:CHANGE IN CONTROL....................................7

          SECTION 14:MISCELLANEOUS........................................8

          SECTION 15:ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE................................9

                                         -i-
<PAGE>
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT TRUST


               Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  (the "Company"), acting through
          its undersigned authorized officer  and by authority of its Board
          of  Directors,  hereby adopts that certain  trust  known  as  the
          Avondale  Industries,   Inc.   Executive  Retirement  Trust  (the
          "Trust").

               WHEREAS,  Company has adopted  the  following  non-qualified
          deferred compensation  plans  for  the  benefit of its employees:
          the Avondale Industries, Inc. Restated Supplemental  Pension Plan
          (the  "Supplemental  Plan")  and  the  Avondale Industries,  Inc.
          Executive Excess Retirement Plan (the "Excess Plan", collectively
          with the Supplemental Plan, the "Plans").

               WHEREAS,  the  Company  has  incurred or  expects  to  incur
          liability  under  the terms of such Plans  with  respect  to  the
          individuals participating in such Plans;

               WHEREAS, the Company  wishes  to  establish  a  trust and to
          contribute  to  the  Trust  assets  that  shall  be held therein,
          subject  to  the  claims of Company's creditors in the  event  of
          Company's Insolvency,  as  herein  defined,  until  paid  to Plan
          participants  and their beneficiaries in such manner and at  such
          times as specified in the Plans;

               WHEREAS, it  is the intention of the parties that this Trust
          shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the
          status of the Plans  as unfunded plans maintained for the purpose
          of  providing  deferred   compensation  for  a  select  group  of
          management or highly compensated  employees for purposes of Title
          I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

               WHEREAS,  it  is  the  intention  of  the  Company  to  make
          contributions to the Trust to provide itself a source of funds to
          assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plans;

               NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby  establish  the  Trust
          and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of
          as follows:

               SECTION 1.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

               (a)  The  Company may, in its discretion, make deposits with
          Trustee in trust to provide for its benefit obligations under the
          Plans, which shall  become the principal of the Trust to be held,
          administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust
          Agreement.

               (b)  The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

               (c)  The Trust is  intended  to be a grantor trust, of which
          the Company (and any subsidiary of  Company  whose  employees are
          participants in the Plans) is the grantor, within the  meaning of
          subpart  E,  part  I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of  the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed
          accordingly.
<PAGE>
               (d)  The principal  of  the  Trust, and any earnings thereon
          shall be held separate and apart from  other funds of the Company
          and shall be used exclusively for the uses  and  purposes of Plan
          participants  and  general  creditors as herein set forth.   Plan
          participants  and their beneficiaries  shall  have  no  preferred
          claim on, or any  beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of
          the Trust.  Any rights  created  under  the  Plans and this Trust
          Agreement  shall  be mere unsecured contractual  rights  of  Plan
          participants and their  beneficiaries  against  the Company.  Any
          assets  held  by the Trust will be subject to the claims  of  the
          Company's general  creditors  under  federal and state law in the
          event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

               (e)  Company, in its sole discretion,  may  at  any time, or
          from  time  to  time,  make additional deposits of cash or  other
          property in trust with Trustee  to  augment  the  principal to be
          held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this
          Trust  Agreement.   Neither  Trustee nor any Plan participant  or
          beneficiary  shall  have  any right  to  compel  such  additional
          deposits.

               (f)  Upon a Change of  Control,  Company  shall,  as soon as
          possible,  but  in  no  event  longer than 90 days following  the
          Change  of  Control,  as  defined  herein,  make  an  irrevocable
          contribution to the Trust in an amount  that is sufficient to pay
          each Plan participant or beneficiary the  benefits  to which Plan
          participants or their beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to
          the  terms  of  the  Plans as of the date on which the Change  of
          Control occurred.

               (g)  All  capitalized   terms  not  defined  in  this  Trust
          Agreement shall have the same  meaning  as  they  have  under the
          Plans.

               (h)  Any  ambiguities or gaps in this Trust Agreement  shall
          be resolved by reference  to  the  Plan  document,  but  only  if
          consistent with the purposes set forth in this Trust.

               (i)  The  Trustee  shall  account  separately for monies and
          other property contributed pursuant to the  Supplemental Plan and
          earnings  thereon  and  for  monies contributed pursuant  to  the
          Excess  Plan  and  earnings  thereon   and  shall  keep  separate
          bookkeeping  accounts  for  that  purpose, to  be  known  as  the
          Supplemental Account and the Excess Account.  Except as otherwise
          provided herein, the Trustee may collectively  invest some or all
          of the funds credited to the Supplemental Account  and the Excess
          Account  so long as separate bookkeeping records are  maintained.
          Only benefits  under the Supplemental Plan shall be paid from the
          Supplemental Account,  and  only  benefits  under the Excess Plan
          shall be paid from the Excess Account.

               SECTION 2.PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR
                         BENEFICIARIES

               (a)  Company  shall  deliver  to  Trustee  a  schedule  (the
          "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect
          of  each  Plan  participant (and his or her beneficiaries),  that
          provides a formula  or  other  instructions acceptable to Trustee
          for determining the amounts so payable,  the  form  in which such
<PAGE>
          amount  is  to  be  paid (as provided for or available under  the
          Plan), and the time of  commencement for payment of such amounts.
          Except as otherwise provided  herein,  Trustee  or such entity as
          designated  by  the  Company  shall  make  payments to  the  Plan
          participants  and  their  beneficiaries in accordance  with  such
          Payment Schedule.  The Trustee  shall  make  provisions  for  the
          withholding  of  any  federal,  state  or local taxes that may be
          required to be withheld with respect to  the  payment of benefits
          pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay  such  amounts to
          the  Company.  It being understood among the parties hereto  that
          (1) Company  shall  on  a  timely  basis provide Trustee specific
          information  as  to  the  amount  of taxes  to  be  withheld  and
          (2) Company  shall be obligated to receive  such  withheld  taxes
          from Trustee and  properly  pay  and  report  such amounts to the
          appropriate taxing authorities.

               (b)  The entitlement of a Plan participant  or  his  or  her
          beneficiaries  to benefits under the Plans shall be determined by
          Company or such  party as it shall designate under the Plans, and
          any claim for such  benefits  shall  be  considered  and reviewed
          under the procedures set out in the Plans.

               (c)  Company may make payment of benefits directly  to  Plan
          participants  or their beneficiaries as they become due under the
          terms of the Plans.   Company  shall notify Trustee of a decision
          to make payment of benefits directly  prior  to  the time amounts
          are payable to participants or their beneficiaries.  In addition,
          if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon,  are not
          sufficient  to  make payments of benefits in accordance with  the
          terms of the Plans,  Company  shall make the balance of each such
          payment  as it falls due.  Trustee  shall  notify  Company  where
          principal and earnings are not sufficient.

               (d)  All distributions shall be in the form of cash.

               SECTION 3.TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO
                         TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT

               (a)  Trustee   shall  cease  payment  of  benefits  to  Plan
          participants and their  beneficiaries  if  the  Company  (or  any
          subsidiary  of  Company  whose  employees are participants in the
          Plans)  is  Insolvent.  Company (or  such  subsidiary)  shall  be
          considered "Insolvent"  for  purposes  of this Trust Agreement if
          (i) Company (or such subsidiary) is unable  to  pay  its debts as
          they become due, or (ii) Company (or such subsidiary)  is subject
          to  a  pending  proceeding  as  a  debtor under the United States
          Bankruptcy Code.

               (b)  At all times during the continuance  of  this Trust, as
          provided in Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income  of the
          Trust  shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Company
          (or such  subsidiary)  under  federal  and state law as set forth
          below.

                    (1)  The  Board of Directors and  the  Chief  Executive
          Officer of Company shall  have  the  duty  to  inform  Trustee in
          writing  of  Company's (or such subsidiary's) Insolvency.   If  a
          person claiming  to be a creditor of Company (or such subsidiary)
          alleges in writing  to  Trustee that Company (or such subsidiary)
<PAGE>
          has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company (or
          such subsidiary) is Insolvent  and,  pending  such determination,
          Trustee   shall   discontinue   payment   of  benefits  to   Plan
          participants or their beneficiaries.

                    (2)  Unless Trustee has actual knowledge  of  Company's
          (or  such  subsidiary's) Insolvency, or has received notice  from
          Company (or  such  subsidiary)  or  a  person  claiming  to  be a
          creditor alleging that Company (or such subsidiary) is Insolvent,
          Trustee  shall  have  no duty to inquire whether Company (or such
          subsidiary) is Insolvent.  Trustee may in all events rely on such
          evidence concerning Company's  (or such subsidiary's) solvency as
          may be furnished to Trustee and  that  provides  Trustee  with  a
          reasonable  basis for making a determination concerning Company's
          (or such subsidiary's) solvency.

                    (3)  If at any time Trustee has determined that Company
          (or such subsidiary)  is  Insolvent,  Trustee  shall  discontinue
          payments  to  Plan participants or their beneficiaries and  shall
          hold the assets  of  such  Trust for the benefit of Company's (or
          such  subsidiary's) general creditors.   Nothing  in  this  Trust
          Agreement   shall   in  any  way  diminish  any  rights  of  Plan
          participants or their  beneficiaries  to  pursue  their rights as
          general creditors of Company (or such subsidiary) with respect to
          benefits due under the Plans or otherwise.

                    (4)  Trustee  shall resume the payment of  benefits  to
          Plan  participants  or their  beneficiaries  in  accordance  with
          Section  2  of  this  Trust  Agreement  only  after  Trustee  has
          determined that Company (or such subsidiary) is not Insolvent (or
          is no longer Insolvent).

               (c)  Provided that  there  are sufficient assets, if Trustee
          discontinues the payment of benefits  from  the Trust pursuant to
          Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes  such  payments, the
          first  payment  following  such discontinuance shall include  the
          aggregate amount of all payments  due  to  Plan  participants  or
          their  beneficiaries  under the terms of the Plans for the period
          of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments
          made to Plan participants  or  their  beneficiaries by Company in
          lieu  of  the  payments provided for hereunder  during  any  such
          period of discontinuance.

               SECTION 4.  PAYMENTS TO COMPANY

               Except as provided  in  Section  3 hereof, the Company shall
          have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to the Company
          or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment
          of  benefits  have  been  made  to  Plan participants  and  their
          beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plans.

               SECTION 5.  INVESTMENT AUTHORITY

               The Trustee shall have the authority to invest funds held in
          the  Trust  within  the  guidelines  determined   by   the   Plan
          Administrator  or  in  its  own discretion in the absence of such
          guidelines.   In  no  event  may  Trustee  invest  in  securities
          (including  stock  or rights to  acquire  stock)  or  obligations
          issued by Company, other  than a de minimis amount held in common
<PAGE>
          investment  vehicles  in  which   Trustee   invests.    The  Plan
          Administrator   upon  notice  to  the  Trustee,  may  appoint  an
          investment manager  to  direct  investment of all or a portion of
          trust assets.  All rights associated  with  assets  of  the Trust
          shall  be  exercised  by the Trustee or the person designated  by
          Trustee, and shall in no  event  be  exercisable  by or vest with
          Plan participants.

               SECTION 6.  DISPOSITION OF INCOME

               During  the term of this Trust, all income received  by  the
          Trust, net of  expenses  and  taxes,  shall  be  accumulated  and
          reinvested and used to fund benefits under the Plans.

               SECTION 7.  ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE

               Trustee  shall  keep  accurate  and  detailed records of all
          investments, receipts, disbursements, and all  other transactions
          required to be made, including such specific records  as shall be
          agreed  upon  in writing between Company and Trustee.  Within  45
          days following the close of each calendar year and within 45 days
          after removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee shall deliver to
          the Plan Administrator a written account of its administration of
          the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of
          the  last  preceding   year  to  the  date  of  such  removal  or
          resignation,   setting   forth    all    investments,   receipts,
          disbursements and other transactions effected  by it, including a
          description of all securities and investments purchased  and sold
          with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued
          interest  paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing
          all cash, securities  and other property held in the Trust at the
          end  of  such  year  or  as  of  the  date  of  such  removal  or
          resignation,  as  the  case may  be.   Trustee  may  satisfy  its
          obligation  under  this  Section  7  by  rendering  to  the  Plan
          Administrator monthly statements  setting  forth  the information
          required by this Section separately for the month covered  by the
          statement.

               SECTION 8.  RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE

               (a)  Trustee  shall  act  with the care, skill, prudence and
          diligence under the circumstances  then prevailing that a prudent
          person  acting in like capacity and familiar  with  such  matters
          would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and
          with like  aims,  provided,  however, that Trustee shall incur no
          liability  to  any person for any  action  taken  pursuant  to  a
          direction,  request  or  approval  given  by  Company,  the  Plan
          Administrator,  or  the Board of Directors, which is contemplated
          by, and in conformity  with, the terms of the Plan and this Trust
          and is given in writing  by Company.  Trustee shall also incur no
          liability to any person for  failure  to  act  in  the absence of
          direction, request or approval from Company which is contemplated
          by,  and  in  conformity with, the terms of this Trust.   In  the
          event of a dispute between Company and a party, Trustee may apply
          to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

               (b)  Company   hereby  indemnifies,  to  extent  allowed  by
          applicable law, Trustee and each of its affiliates (collectively,
          the "Indemnified Parties")  against, and shall hold them harmless
<PAGE>
          from, any and all loss, claims,  liability and expense, including
          reasonable  attorneys' fees, imposed  upon  or  incurred  by  any
          Indemnified Party  as  a result of any acts taken, or any failure
          to act, in accordance with  the  directions  from  Company or any
          designee of Company, or by reason of the Indemnified Party's good
          faith  execution  of  its  duties  with  respect  to  the  Trust,
          including,  but  not  limited  to,  its  holding of assets of the
          Trust,  Company's  obligations  in  the foregoing  regard  to  be
          satisfied promptly by Company, provided  that  in  the  event the
          loss, claim, liability or expense involved is determined  by a no
          longer   appealable  final  judgment  entered  in  a  lawsuit  or
          proceeding  to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful
          misconduct  of   Trustee,   Trustee  shall  promptly  on  request
          thereafter return to Company  any  amount  previously received by
          Trustee  under  this  Section with respect to such  loss,  claim,
          liability or expense.

               (c)  Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be
          counsel for Company generally)  with respect to any of its duties
          or obligations hereunder.

               (d)  Trustee (after consultation  with the Company) may hire
          agents,  accountants, actuaries, investment  advisers,  financial
          consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any
          of its duties or obligations hereunder.

               (e)  Trustee  shall  have,  without  exclusion,  all  powers
          conferred on Trustee by applicable law, unless expressly provided
          otherwise  herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy
          is held as an  asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to
          name a beneficiary  of the policy other than the Trust, to assign
          the policy (as distinct  from  conversion  of  the  policy  to  a
          different  form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to
          any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

               (f)  All    communications    from    the    Company,   Plan
          Administrator,  or  Board of Directors shall be made  in  writing
          signed by any member  of  the  Plan Administrator or the Board of
          Directors or a person designated by the Plan Administrator or the
          Board of Directors.  The Trustee  shall  be  fully  protected  in
          relying  on any such communications, and the Trustee shall not be
          required to verify the accuracy or validity of such communication
          unless it  has reasonable ground to doubt the authenticity of any
          signature.   If the Trustee does not receive instructions after a
          request, the Trustee  shall  act or refrain from acting as it may
          determine to be appropriate or necessary.  The Trustee shall have
          no obligation to ascertain the  correctness of any information it
          receives from the Company, the Plan Administrator or the Board of
          Directors that any instructions it  receives  from  any such body
          are consistent with the Plan.

               (g)  Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee  pursuant
          to  this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall  not
          have  any  power  that  could  give  this  Trust the objective of
          carrying on a business and dividing the gains  therefrom,  within
          the   meaning   of   section  301.7701-2  of  the  Procedure  and
          Administrative Regulations  promulgated  pursuant to the Internal
          Revenue Code.

<PAGE>
               SECTION 9.   COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE

               Trustee is authorized, unless otherwise  agreed  by Trustee,
          to  withdraw  from  the Trust without direction from Company  the
          amount of its fees in  accordance with the fee schedule agreed to
          by Company and Trustee.   Company  shall  pay  all administrative
          expenses, but if not so paid, the expenses shall be paid from the
          Trust.

               SECTION 10.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

               (a)  Trustee  may  resign at any time by written  notice  to
          Company, which shall be effective  30  days after receipt of such
          notice unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise.

               (b)  Trustee may be removed by the Board of Directors of the
          Company  on  30 days notice or upon shorter  notice  accepted  by
          Trustee.

               (c)  Upon  resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment
          of  a  successor  Trustee,   all  assets  shall  subsequently  be
          transferred  to the successor Trustee.   The  transfer  shall  be
          completed within  60 days after receipt of notice of resignation,
          removal or transfer,  unless  Company  extends  the  time  limit,
          provided   that   Trustee   is   provided  assurance  by  Company
          satisfactory  to Trustee that all fees  and  expenses  reasonably
          anticipated will be paid.

               (d)  If Trustee  resigns or is removed, a successor shall be
          appointed in accordance  with Section 11 hereof, by the effective
          date or resignation or removal  under  paragraph(s) (a) or (b) of
          this Section.  If no such appointment has  been made, Trustee may
          apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for  appointment  of a
          successor  or  for  instructions.   All  expenses  of  Trustee in
          connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative
          expenses of the Trust.

               (e)  Upon  settlement  of  the  account and transfer of  the
          Trust assets to the successor Trustee,  all rights and privileges
          under this Trust Agreement shall vest in  the  successor  Trustee
          and  all responsibility and liability of Trustee with respect  to
          the Trust  and assets thereof shall terminate subject only to the
          requirement  that  Trustee  execute  all  necessary  documents to
          transfer the Trust assets to the successor Trustee.

               SECTION 11.  APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR

               (a)  If  Trustee  resigns  or is removed in accordance  with
          Section 10(a) or (b) hereof, Company may appoint any third party,
          such  as  a bank trust department or  other  party  that  may  be
          granted corporate  trustee powers under state law, as a successor
          to replace Trustee upon  resignation or removal.  The appointment
          shall be effective when accepted  in  writing by the new Trustee,
          who  shall  have  all  of  the rights and powers  of  the  former
          Trustee, including ownership  rights  in  the  Trust assets.  The
          former   Trustee  shall  execute  any  instrument  necessary   or
          reasonably  requested  by  Company  or  the  successor Trustee to
          evidence the transfer.

<PAGE>
               (b)  The successor Trustee need not examine  the records and
          act  of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose  of  existing
          Trust  assets, subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof.  The successor
          Trustee  shall not be responsible for and Company shall indemnify
          and defend  the  successor  Trustee  from  any claim or liability
          resulting  from any action or inaction of any  prior  Trustee  or
          from any other  past event, or any condition existing at the time
          it becomes successor Trustee.

               SECTION 12.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

               (a)  Amendment.   Except  as  restricted  in Section 12, the
          provisions of this Trust document may  be amended by the Board of
          Directors  of the Company from time to time and at  any  time  in
          whole or in  part,  provided  that  no amendment shall operate to
          deprive any participant or beneficiary  of any rights or benefits
          accrued to them under the Plan and Trust prior to such amendment.

               (b)  Termination.   While it is the Company's  intention  to
          continue  the  Trust  in operation  indefinitely,  the  right  is
          nevertheless expressly reserved by the Company, through its Board
          of Directors, to terminate  the  Trust  in whole or in part or to
          discontinue contributions.  Upon a termination  by  the  Company,
          the  assets  of  the  Trust  shall  be  distributed  to  the Plan
          participants  and  their  beneficiaries  as  directed by the Plan
          Administrator, provided that the provisions of  Section 3 are not
          applicable at that time.  Any assets remaining after  payment  of
          all  Plan  benefits  to  Plan  participants and beneficiaries and
          payment of all Trustee's fees and  expenses  shall be returned to
          Company.

               SECTION 13.  CHANGE OF CONTROL

               (a)  Overriding Provisions.  To the extent inconsistent with
          the  provisions  of other paragraph of this Trust  document,  the
          provisions of this Section 13 shall govern.

               (b)  Definition.   For  purposes  of this Trust Agreement, a
          "Change of Control" shall mean:

                    (1)  the acquisition by an individual,  entity or group
               (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2)  of  the
               Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  of beneficial ownership
               within  the  meaning  of  Rule 13d-3 promulgated  under  the
               Exchange Act) of more than  25% of the outstanding shares of
               the Company's Common Stock, $1.00  par  value per share (the
               "Common  Stock"); provided, however, that  for  purposes  of
               this subsection  (1)  the  following  acquisitions shall not
               constitute a Change of Control:

                         (i)     any acquisition of Common  Stock  directly
          from the Company,

                         (ii)   any  acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by the
          Company,

                         (iii)   any  acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by an
                    employee  benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored  or
                    maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled
<PAGE> 
                    by the Company, or

                         (iv)    any  acquisition  of  Common  Stock by any
                    corporation  pursuant  to  a  transaction that complied
                    with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)  of  subsection (3) of
                    this definition; or

                    (2)  individuals  who,  as  of  January 19,  1996  (the
               "Change of Control Agreement Date"), constitute the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent  Board")  cease for
               any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of
               Directors; provided, however, that any individual becoming a
               director subsequent to the Change of Control Agreement  Date
               whose  election, or nomination for election by the Company's
               shareholders,  was approved by a vote of at least a majority
               of the directors  then  comprising the Incumbent Board shall
               be considered a member of  the  Incumbent Board, unless such
               individual's initial assumption of office occurs as a result
               of an actual or threatened election  contest with respect to
               the  election  or removal of directors of  other  actual  or
               threatened solicitation  of  proxies  or  consents  by or on
               behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or

                    (3)  consummation   of   a  reorganization,  merger  or
               consolidation,  or  sale  or other  disposition  of  all  or
               substantially all of the assets  of the Company (a "Business
               Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business
               Combination,

                         (i)    all or substantially all of the individuals
                    and  entities  who were the beneficial  owners  of  the
                    Company's outstanding  common  stock  and the Company's
                    voting  securities  entitled to vote generally  in  the
                    election  of  directors   immediately   prior  to  such
                    Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial
                    ownership, respectively, of more than 50%  of  the then
                    outstanding  shares of common stock, and more than  50%
                    of the combined  voting  power  of the then outstanding
                    voting  securities entitled to vote  generally  in  the
                    election  of  directors,  of  the corporation resulting
                    from such Business Combination  (which, for purposes of
                    this paragraph (i) and paragraphs (ii) and (iii), shall
                    include  a  corporation  which  as  a  result  of  such
                    transaction   controls   the   Company   or   all    or
                    substantially   all  of  the  Company's  assets  either
                    directly or through one or more subsidiaries), and


                         (ii)   except  to  the  extent that such ownership
                    existed prior to the Business  Combination,  no  person
                    (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business
                    Combination  or  any  employee  benefit plan or related
                    trust of the Company or such corporation resulting from
                    such Business Combination) beneficially  owns, directly
                    or  indirectly,  20%  or  more  of the then outstanding
                    shares  of  common  stock of the corporation  resulting
                    from such Business Combination  or  20%  or more of the
                    combined  voting  power of the then outstanding  voting
                    securities of such corporation, and
<PAGE>
                         (iii)  at least  a  majority of the members of the
                    board of directors of the  corporation  resulting  from
                    such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent
                    Board  at  the  time  of  the  execution of the initial
                    agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for
                    such Business Combination; or

                    (4)  approval by the shareholders  of  the Company of a
               complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.


               (c)  Effect.  Upon the occurrence of a Change  of Control of
          the  Company  and  the Company's failure following the Change  of
          Control to ratify the  Plan and contribute to the Trust according
          to its terms, this Trust  shall  terminate, and funds accumulated
          in the Trust as of the date of the  Change  of Control (and after
          the  contribution  required  pursuant  to  Section  1(f))  shall,
          provided the provisions of Section 3 do not become applicable, be
          used solely for the obligations of the Plan,  and  distributed to
          the Plan participants and beneficiaries under the Plan, as of the
          date  of  the  Change  of  Control,  until such time as all  such
          obligations have been paid in full.  The  Trustee  shall pay such
          obligations to such Plan participants and beneficiaries  as  soon
          as practicably possible following a Change of Control.

               SECTION 14.  MISCELLANEOUS

               (a)  Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law
          shall  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of any such prohibition,
          without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

               (b)  Benefits  payable  to  Plan  participants   and   their
          beneficiaries  under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated,
          assigned (either  at  law  or  in  equity),  alienated,  pledged,
          encumbered   or   subjected  to  attachment,  garnishment,  levy,
          execution or other legal or equitable process.

               (c)  This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed
          in accordance with the laws of Louisiana.

               (d)  All taxes  levied  against  the  Trust or its income or
          assets shall be paid by Company.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
          the  Company  shall not be liable for any taxes assessed  against
          Plan participants  or  their  beneficiaries  as a result of their
          coverage under or receipt of benefits from this Trust.

               SECTION 15.  ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

               Whitney  National  Bank accepts its appointment  as  Trustee
          under the Trust and shall be referred to herein as the Trustee.

               Thus done and signed on this 5th day of March, 1996  in  the
	 				    ---	       ----- 
	  presence  of  the  undersigned  and  competent witnesses who
	  hereunto signed their names with the said appearers after reading
	  of the whole.

<PAGE>
          WITNESSES:


                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER               By: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN 
          --------------------         	         --------------------- 
	         /s/ B.L. HICKS                         Thomas M. Kitchen, Secretary
       	  --------------

                                             TRUSTEE

	         /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)		     By: /s/ DENISE PATTERSON
	         ---------------	   		     --------------------
          /s/ PAMELA C. ELLIOTT	  		Denise Patterson, Trust Officer
       	  ---------------------


                                         -i-

                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE  ME,  the undersigned Notary Public, personally  came
          and appeared Thomas  M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did depose
          and  state that he is the  duly  elected  Secretary  of  Avondale
          Industries,  Inc.  and  that  in  such  capacity  he executed the
          foregoing Avondale Industries, Inc. Executive Retirement Trust as
          a  free act and deed on behalf of Avondale Industries,  Inc.  for
          the purposes therein set forth.

          WITNESSES:

          /s/ JACKIE H. WALKER			/s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
       	  --------------------			---------------------
	         /s/ B. L. HICKS        Thomas M. Kitchen
	         ---------------


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 5th DAY
                     			 ---
          OF March, 1996.
	            -----

	  /s/ RUDOLPH H. RAMELLI
	  ----------------------
       NOTARY PUBLIC

<PAGE>
                                   ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and  appeared  Denise  Patterson, who  being  by  me  sworn  did
                     			 -----------------
          depose     and    state    that    he/she     is     the     duly
          appointed  Trust  Officer  of   Whitney National Bank and that in
	         -------------------------
          such capacity he/she executed the  foregoing Avondale Industries,
          Inc. Executive Retirement Trust as a  free act and deed on behalf
          of Whitney National Bank for the purposes therein set forth.

          WITNESSES:

       	  /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)		     By: /s/ DENISE PATTERSON
	         ---------------			        --------------------
          /s/ PAMELA C. ELLIOTT			
          ---------------------



          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 7th DAY
       	                 ---
          OF March, 1996.
	            -----

       	  /s/ (ILLEGIBLE)
	         ---------------        
          NOTARY PUBLIC




                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


               This  Change  of Control Agreement ("the Agreement") between
          Avondale  Industries,   Inc.,   a   Louisiana   corporation  (the
          "Company"), and Albert L. Bossier, Jr. (the "Employee")  is dated
          effective  as  of  January  19,  1996  (the  "Change  of  Control
          Agreement Date").


                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

               1.1  Employment   Agreement  Defined.   Notwithstanding  any
          provision thereof, after  a  Change  of  Control (defined below),
          this Agreement supersedes the Employment Agreement  dated  as  of
          September 27, 1985 or any subsequent employment agreement between
          Employee  and  the  Company  that  so  provides  (the "Employment
          Agreement").

               1.2  Company Defined.  As used in this Agreement,  "Company"
          shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor  to  or
          assignee  of  (whether  direct  or indirect, by purchase, merger,
          consolidation  or  otherwise) all or  substantially  all  of  the
          assets or business of the Company.

               1.3  Change of  Control  Defined.  "Change of Control" shall
          mean:

                    (a)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group
               (within the meaning of Section  13(d)(3)  or 14(d)(2) of the
               Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934 of beneficial  ownership
               (within  the  meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under  the
               Exchange Act) of  more than 25% of the outstanding shares of
               the Company's Common  Stock,  $1.00 par value per share (the
               "Common Stock"); provided, however,  that  for  purposes  of
               this  subsection  (a),  the following acquisitions shall not
               constitute a Change of Control:

                         (i)  any acquisition of Common Stock directly from
                    the Company,

                         (ii) any  acquisition   of  Common  Stock  by  the
                    Company,

                         (iii)any  acquisition  of  Common   Stock  by  any
                    employee  benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored  or
                    maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled
                    by the Company, or

                         (iv) any   acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by  any
                    corporation pursuant  to  a  transaction  that complies
                    with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection  (c)  of
                    this Section 1.3; or
<PAGE>
                    (b)  individuals  who,  as  of  the  Change  of Control
               Agreement Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board")
               cease  for  any reason to constitute at least a majority  of
               the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a
               director subsequent  to the Change of Control Agreement Date
               whose election, or nomination  for election by the Company's
               shareholders, was approved by a  vote of at least a majority
               of the directors then comprising the  Incumbent  Board shall
               be  considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless  such
               individual's initial assumption of office occurs as a result
               of an  actual or threatened election contest with respect to
               the election  or  removal  of  directors  or other actual or
               threatened  solicitation  of proxies or consents  by  or  on
               behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or

                    (c)  consummation  of  a   reorganization,   merger  or
               consolidation,  or  sale  or  other  disposition  of all  of
               substantially  all of the assets of the Company (a "Business
               Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business
               Combination,

                         (i)  all  or  substantially all of the individuals
                    and entities who were  the  beneficial  owners  of  the
                    Company's  outstanding  common  stock and the Company's
                    voting  securities entitled to vote  generally  in  the
                    election   of   directors  immediately  prior  to  such
                    Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial
                    ownership, respectively,  of  more than 50% of the then
                    outstanding shares of common stock,  and  more than 50%
                    of  the  combined  voting power of the then outstanding
                    voting securities entitled  to  vote  generally  in the
                    election  of  directors,  of  the corporation resulting
                    from such Business Combination  (which, for purposes of
                    this paragraph (i) and paragraphs (ii) and (iii), shall
                    include  a  corporation  which  as  a  result  of  such
                    transaction   controls   the   Company   or   all    or
                    substantially   all  of  the  Company's  assets  either
                    directly or through one or more subsidiaries), and

                         (ii) except  to  the  extent  that  such ownership
                    existed  prior to the Business Combination,  no  person
                    (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business
                    Combination  or  any  employee  benefit plan or related
                    trust of the Company or such corporation resulting from
                    such Business Combination) beneficially  owns, directly
                    or  indirectly,  20%  or  more  of the then outstanding
                    shares  of  common  stock of the corporation  resulting
                    from such Business Combination  or  20%  or more of the
                    combined  voting  power of the then outstanding  voting
                    securities of such corporation, and

                         (iii)at least  a  majority  of  the members of the
                    board  of directors of the corporation  resulting  from
                    such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent
                    Board at  the  time  of  the  execution  of the initial
                    agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for
                    such Business Combination; or

                    (d)  approval by the shareholders of the Company  of  a
<PAGE>
               complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

               1.4  Affiliate    Defined.    "Affiliate"   or   "affiliated
          companies" shall mean any  company controlled by, controlling, or
          under common control with, the Company.

               1.5  Cause Defined.  "Cause" shall mean:

                         (a)  the willful  and  continued  failure  of  the
                    Employee to perform substantially the Employee's duties
                    with the Company or its affiliates (other than any such
                    failure  resulting  from  incapacity due to physical or
                    mental illness), after a written demand for substantial
                    performance is delivered to  the  Employee by the Board
                    of the Company which specifically identifies the manner
                    in which the Board believes that the  Employee  has not
                    substantially performed the Employee's duties, or

                         (b)  the  willful  engaging  by  the  Employee  in
                    illegal conduct or gross misconduct.

          For  purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the
          part of  the Employee, shall be considered "willful" unless it is
          done, or omitted  to  be  done,  by  the Employee in bad faith or
          without reasonable belief that the Employee's  action or omission
          was in the best interests of the Company or its  Affiliates.  Any
          act, or failure to act, based upon authority given  pursuant to a
          resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions  of
          a  senior  officer  of  the  Company  or based upon the advice of
          counsel for the Company or its Affiliates  shall  be conclusively
          presumed  to be done, or omitted to be done, by the  Employee  in
          good faith  and  in  the  best  interests  of  the Company or its
          Affiliates.   The cessation of employment of the  Employee  shall
          not be deemed to  be  for Cause unless and until there shall have
          been  delivered to the Employee  a  copy  of  a  resolution  duly
          adopted  by  the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters
          of the entire  membership  of the Board at a meeting of the Board
          called  and held for such purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  is
          provided   to   the   Employee  and  the  Employee  is  given  an
          opportunity,  together with  counsel,  to  be  heard  before  the
          Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the
          Employee is guilty  of  the conduct described in subparagraph (a)
          or (b) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

               1.6  Disability  Defined.    "Disability"   shall   mean   a
          condition  that  would  entitle  the Employee to receive benefits
          under  the  Company's long-term disability  insurance  policy  in
          effect at the  time  either  because  he  is  Totally Disabled or
          Partially  Disabled, as such terms are defined in  the  Company's
          policy in effect  as  of the date of this Agreement or as similar
          terms are defined in any successor policy.  If the Company has no
          long-term disability plan  in effect, "Disability" shall occur if
          (a) the Employee is rendered  incapable  because  of  physical or
          mental  illness  of  satisfactorily  discharging  his duties  and
          responsibilities  to  the Company for a period of 90  consecutive
          days, (b) a duly qualified  physician  chosen  by the Company and
          acceptable  to  the  Employee  or  his  legal representatives  so
          certifies  in  writing,  and  (c) the Board determines  that  the
          Employee has become disabled.
<PAGE>
               1.7  Good Reason Defined.  "Good Reason" shall mean:

                    (a)  Any failure of the  Company  or  its Affiliates to
               provide  the  Employee with the position, authority,  duties
               and responsibilities  at  least commensurate in all material
               respects with the most significant  of those held, exercised
               and   assigned  at  any  time  during  the  120-day   period
               immediately  preceding  the  Change  of Control.  Employee's
               position,  authority,  duties and responsibilities  after  a
               Change of Control shall  not  be  considered commensurate in
               all material respects with Employee's  position,  authority,
               duties  and  responsibilities  prior  to a Change of Control
               unless  after the Change of Control Employee  holds  (i)  an
               equivalent  position  in the Company or, (ii) if the Company
               is controlled or will after the transaction be controlled by
               another  company (directly  or  indirectly),  an  equivalent
               position in the ultimate parent company.

                    (b)  The  assignment  to  the  Employee  of  any duties
               inconsistent   in   any  material  respect  with  Employee's
               position (including status,  offices,  titles  and reporting
               requirements),  authority,  duties  or  responsibilities  as
               contemplated  by  Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement,  or  any
               other action that results  in a diminution in such position,
               authority, duties or responsibilities,  excluding  for  this
               purpose  an  isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent action
               not taken in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice  thereof  from the Employee to the
               Company;

                    (c)  Any failure by the Company  or  its  Affiliates to
               comply  with any of the provisions of this Agreement,  other
               than an isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent failure not
               occurring in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice  thereof  from the Employee to the
               Company;

                    (d)  The  Company  or  its  Affiliates   requiring  the
               Employee to be based at any office or location other than as
               provided  in  Section  2.1(b)(ii)  hereof  or requiring  the
               Employee  to  travel on business to a substantially  greater
               extent than required  immediately  prior  to  the  Change of
               Control;

                    (e)  Any   purported   termination  of  the  Employee's
               employment otherwise than as  expressly  permitted  by  this
               Agreement; or

                    (f)  Any  failure  by  the  Company  to comply with and
               satisfy Sections 3.1(c) and (d) of this Agreement.


                                      ARTICLE II
                              CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFIT

               2.1   Employment Term and Capacity after Change  of Control.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs on or before December 31, 2000,
          then the Employee's employment term (the "Employment Term") shall
<PAGE>
          continue through the third anniversary of the Change of  Control,
          subject  to  any  earlier termination of Employee's status as  an
          employee pursuant to this Agreement.

               (b)  After a Change  of  Control  and  during the Employment
          Term,  (i)  the Employee's position (including  status,  offices,
          titles  and  reporting   requirements),   authority,  duties  and
          responsibilities shall be at least commensurate  in  all material
          respects  with the most significant of those held, exercised  and
          assigned at  any  time  during  the  120-day  period  immediately
          preceding  the Change of Control and (ii) the Employee's  service
          shall be performed  during  normal business hours at the location
          where the Employee was employed  immediately preceding the Change
          of Control or any office or location less than 35 miles from such
          location.    Employee's   position,   authority,    duties    and
          responsibilities   after   a  Change  of  Control  shall  not  be
          considered commensurate in all  material respects with Employee's
          position,  authority,  duties  and responsibilities  prior  to  a
          Change of Control unless after the  Change  of  Control  Employee
          holds  (x)  an equivalent position in the Company or, (y) if  the
          Company is controlled or will after the transaction be controlled
          by  another  company  (directly  or  indirectly),  an  equivalent
          position in the  ultimate  parent company.  Employee shall devote
          himself to his employment responsibilities  with the Company (or,
          if  applicable, the ultimate parent entity) as  provided  in  the
          Employment Agreement.

               2.2  Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment Term,
          Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  the following compensation and
          benefits:

                    (a)  Base Salary.  The Employee shall receive an annual
               base  salary  ("Base Salary"), which  shall  be  paid  at  a
               monthly rate, at least equal to 12 times the highest monthly
               base salary paid or payable, including any base salary which
               has been earned but deferred by the Employee, by the Company
               and its affiliated  companies  in  respect  of  the 12-month
               period  immediately preceding the month in which the  Change
               of Control  occurs.   During  the  Employment Term, the Base
               Salary shall be reviewed no more than  12  months  after the
               last  salary  increase awarded to the Employee prior to  the
               Change of Control and thereafter at least annually and shall
               be first increased  no  more  than 12 months after the  last
               salary increase awarded to the  Employee prior to the Change
               of Control and thereafter at least  annually  in  an  amount
               equal  to  the  percentage  increase  (excluding promotional
               increases)  in  base  salary  generally  awarded   to   peer
               executives  of  the Company and its affiliated companies for
               the year of determination.   Any  increase  in  Base  Salary
               shall  not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation  to
               the Employee under this Agreement.  Base Salary shall not be
               reduced  after any such increase and the term Base Salary as
               utilized in  this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so
               increased.

                    (b)  Annual  Bonus.   In  addition  to Base Salary, the
               Employee  shall  be  awarded,  for each fiscal  year  ending
               during the Employment Term, an annual bonus (the "Bonus") in
               cash at least equal to the executive's  target  bonus  under
<PAGE>
               the  Company's  Management Incentive Plan, or any comparable
               bonus under a successor  plan, for the last full fiscal year
               prior to the Change of Control.   Each  such  Bonus shall be
               paid no later than the end of the third month of  the fiscal
               year  next following the fiscal year for which the Bonus  is
               awarded,  unless  the  Employee  shall  elect  to  defer the
               receipt of such Bonus.

                    (c)  Fringe  Benefits.   The Employee shall be entitled
               to  fringe  benefits  (including,   but   not   limited  to,
               automobile allowance, reimbursement for membership dues, and
               first   class  air  travel)  in  accordance  with  the  most
               favorable   agreements,   plans,   practices,  programs  and
               policies  of  the  Company and its affiliated  companies  in
               effect for the Employee  at  any  time  during  the  120-day
               period  immediately  preceding the Change of Control or,  if
               more favorable to the  Employee,  as  in effect generally at
               any time thereafter with respect to other  peer employees of
               the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Expenses.   The  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to
               receive  prompt  reimbursement  for  all reasonable expenses
               incurred  by  the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the  most
               favorable agreements, policies, practices  and procedures of
               the Company and its affiliated companies in  effect  for the
               Employee  at  any time during the 120-day period immediately
               preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
               Employee, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with
               respect to other  peer  employees  of  the  Company  and its
               affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Incentive,  Savings  and  Retirement  Plans.   The
               Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
               savings  and   retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and
               programs applicable generally to other peer employees of the
               Company and its  affiliated companies, but in no event shall
               such plans, practices,  policies  and  programs  provide the
               Employee with incentive opportunities (measured with respect
               to both regular and special incentive opportunities,  to the
               extent,  if  any,  that  such  distinction  is  applicable),
               savings  opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities,
               in each case,  less  favorable  than  the  most favorable of
               those  provided by the Company and its affiliated  companies
               for the  Employee  under  any  agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs as in effect  at  any  time during the
               120-day period immediately preceding the Change  of  Control
               or,  if  more  favorable  to  the  Employee,  those provided
               generally at any time after the Change of Control  to  other
               peer employees of the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (f)  Welfare  Benefit  Plans.   The Employee and/or the
               Employee's family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for
               participation  in  and  shall  receive  all  benefits  under
               welfare  benefit  plans,  practices, policies  and  programs
               provided  by  the  Company  and   its  affiliated  companies
               (including,   without  limitation,  medical,   prescription,
               dental, disability,  employee  life,  group life, accidental
               death and travel accident insurance plans  and  programs) to
               the  extent applicable generally to other peer employees  of
<PAGE>
               the Company  and  its  affiliated companies, but in no event
               shall such plans, practices,  policies  and programs provide
               the  Employee  with benefits, in each case,  less  favorable
               than the most favorable of any agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs in effect for the Employee at any time
               during the 120-day  period  immediately preceding the Change
               of  Control or, if more favorable  to  the  Employee,  those
               provided  generally  at any time after the Change of Control
               to other peer employees  of  the  Company and its affiliated
               companies.

                    (g)  Office and Support Staff.   The  Employee shall be
               entitled  to  an  office  or  offices  of  a  size and  with
               furnishings   and   other  appointments,  and  to  exclusive
               personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to
               the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Employee
               by the Company and its  affiliated  companies  at  any  time
               during  the  120-day period immediately preceding the Change
               of  Control or,  if  more  favorable  to  the  Employee,  as
               provided  generally  at  any time thereafter with respect to
               other  peer  employees of the  Company  and  its  affiliated
               companies.

                    (h)  Vacation.   The Employee shall be entitled to paid
               vacation in accordance  with  the most favorable agreements,
               plans, policies, programs and practices  of  the Company and
               its  affiliated companies as in effect for the  Employee  at
               any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the
               Change  of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, as
               in effect  generally  at any time thereafter with respect to
               other  peer employees of  the  Company  and  its  affiliated
               companies.

               2.3  Obligations upon Termination after a Change of Control.

                    (a)  Termination  by  Company  for  Reasons  other than
               Death,  Disability or Cause or by Employee for Good  Reason.
               If, after  a  Change  of  Control  and during the Employment
               Term, the Company terminates the Employee's employment other
               than  for  Cause,  death  or  Disability,  or  the  Employee
               terminates employment for Good Reason,

                         (i)  the Company shall  pay  to  the Employee in a
                    lump  sum  in  cash  within  30  days  of the  date  of
                    termination an amount equal to three times  the  sum of
                    (i) the amount of Base Salary in effect at the date  of
                    termination,  plus  (ii) the greater of (x) the highest
                    annual Bonus paid or  to  be  paid to the Employee with
                    respect  to  the last three fiscal  years  or  (y)  the
                    target Bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the
                    12-month  period  in  which  the  date  of  termination
                    occurs;

                         (ii) for   a  period  of  thirty-six  (36)  months
                    following the date  of  termination  of employment (the
                    "Continuation  Period"),  the  Company  shall   at  its
                    expense  continue  on  behalf  of  the Employee and his
                    dependents   and  beneficiaries  the  life   insurance,
                    disability,   medical,   dental   and   hospitalization
<PAGE>
                    benefits provided  (x)  to  the  Employee  at  any time
                    during the 90-day period prior to the Change in Control
                    or  at  any  time  thereafter or (y) to other similarly
                    situated executives  who  continue in the employ of the
                    Company during the Continuation  Period.  The  coverage
                    and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided
                    in  this  Section  2.3(a)(ii)  during  the Continuation
                    Period shall be no less favorable to the  Employee  and
                    his   dependents   and  beneficiaries,  than  the  most
                    favorable of such coverages  and benefits during any of
                    the periods referred to in clauses  (x)  or  (y) above.
                    The Company's obligation hereunder with respect  to the
                    foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent  that
                    the  Employee  obtains  any such benefits pursuant to a
                    subsequent employer's benefit  plans, in which case the
                    Company may reduce the coverage  of  any benefits it is
                    required to provide the Employee hereunder  as  long as
                    the  aggregate  coverages  and benefits of the combined
                    benefit plans is no less favorable to the Employee than
                    the  coverages  and benefits required  to  be  provided
                    hereunder.  The Employee  will be eligible for coverage
                    under  the Consolidated Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation
                    Act at the  end  of  the Continuation Period or earlier
                    cessation of the Company's obligation hereunder.

                         (iii)the Employee  shall  immediately become fully
                    (100%) vested in his benefit under each supplemental or
                    excess  retirement  plan of the Company  in  which  the
                    Employee was a participant,  including, but not limited
                    to the Avondale Industries, Inc.  Supplemental  Pension
                    Plan and the Avondale Industries, Inc. Executive Excess
                    Retirement Plan and any successor plans;


                         (iv) the  Company  shall pay to the Employee in  a
                    lump  sum  in  cash  within 30  days  of  the  date  of
                    termination an amount  equal  to the then present value
                    of the actuarial equivalent of the additional benefits,
                    if any, to which the Employee would  be  entitled under
                    the    Avondale    Industries,   Inc.   Pension   Plan,
                    Supplemental Pension  Plan, Executive Excess Retirement
                    Plan and any other qualified  or  non-qualified defined
                    benefit plan maintained by the Company and covering the
                    Employee if the Employee had continued  to  be employed
                    by  the  Company  until  the  third anniversary of  the
                    Change of Control, assuming Employee  were fully vested
                    thereunder,  without  regard to any amendment  to  such
                    plans made after the Change  of  Control  but  prior to
                    Employee's  date  of  termination  of employment, which
                    amendment   adversely   affects   in  any  manner   the
                    computation of retirement benefits under such plans.

                    (b)  Death.  If, after a Change of  Control  and during
               the Employment Term, the Employee's status as an employee is
               terminated by reason of the Employee's death, this Agreement
               shall terminate without further obligation to the Employee's
               legal  representatives (other than those already accrued  to
               the  Employee),  other  than  the  obligation  to  make  any
               payments  due  pursuant to employee benefit plans maintained
<PAGE>
               by the Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (c)  Disability.   If,  after  a  Change of Control and
               during the Employment Term, Employee's status as an employee
               is  terminated  by  reason  of  Employee's Disability,  this
               Agreement shall terminate without  further obligation to the
               Employee (other than those already accrued to the Employee),
               other than the obligation to make any  payments due pursuant
               to employee benefit plans maintained by  the  Company or its
               affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Cause.  If, after a Change of Control  and  during
               the Employment Term, the Employee's status as an employee is
               terminated  by  the  Company for Cause, this Agreement shall
               terminate without further  obligation  to the Employee other
               than for obligations imposed by law and  obligations imposed
               pursuant  to  any  employee benefit plan maintained  by  the
               Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Voluntary  Termination.   If,  after  a  Change of
               Control   and  during  the  Employment  Term,  the  Employee
               voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company other
               than for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without
               further  obligation   to   the   Employee   other  than  for
               obligations imposed by law and obligations imposed  pursuant
               to  any  employee benefit plan maintained by the Company  or
               its affiliated companies.

               2.4  Accrued  Obligations  and  Other  Benefits.   It is the
          intent of this Agreement that upon termination of employment  for
          any  reason  the Employee be entitled to receive promptly, and in
          addition to any  other  benefits  specifically  provided, (a) the
          Employee's  Base  Salary through the date of termination  to  the
          extent not theretofore paid, (b) any accrued vacation pay, to the
          extent  not theretofore  paid,  and  (c)  any  other  amounts  or
          benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Employee is
          entitled  to  receive under any plan, program, policy practice or
          agreement of the Company.

               2.5  Stock  Options.  The foregoing benefits are intended to
          be in addition to  the  value  of  any  options to acquire Common
          Stock of the Company the exercisability of  which  is accelerated
          pursuant  to  the terms of any stock option, incentive  or  other
          similar plan heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Company.

               2.6  Protection  of  Benefits.   To  the extent permitted by
          applicable law, the Company shall take all  reasonable  steps  to
          ensure  that  the  Employee  is  not,  by  reason  of a Change of
          Control,  deprived  of  the  economic value (including any  value
          attributable to the Change of  Control  transaction)  of  (a) any
          options  to acquire Common Stock of the Company or (b) any Common
          Stock of the Company beneficially owned by the Employee.

               2.7  Certain  Additional  Payments.   If  after  a Change of
          Control Employee is subjected to an excise tax as a result of the
          "excess  parachute  payment"  provisions  of section 4999 of  the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  whether  by virtue of
          the benefits of this Agreement or by virtue of any other benefits
          provided  to  Employee  in  connection  with  a Change of Control
<PAGE>
          pursuant to Company plans, policies or agreements  (including the
          value of any options to acquire Common Stock of the  Company  the
          exercisability  of  which is accelerated pursuant to the terms of
          any  stock  option,  incentive  or  similar  plan  heretofore  or
          hereafter adopted by the  Company),  the  Company  shall  pay  to
          Employee  (whether  or  not  his  employment has terminated) such
          amounts as are necessary to place Employee  in  the same position
          after payment of federal income and excise taxes as he would have
          been if such provisions had not been applicable to him.

               2.8  Legal Fees.  The Company agrees to pay  as incurred, to
          the  full  extent  permitted by law, all legal fees and  expenses
          which the Employee may  reasonably  incur  as  a  result  of  any
          contest  (regardless  of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the
          Employee  or others of the  validity  or  enforceability  of,  or
          liability under,  any provision of this Agreement (including as a
          result of any contest  by the Employee about the amount or timing
          of any payment pursuant to this Agreement.)

               2.8  Set-Off; Mitigation.   After  a  Change of Control, the
          Company's and its Affiliates' obligations to  make  the  payments
          provided  for  in  this  Agreement  and  otherwise to perform its
          obligations  hereunder  shall  not be affected  by  any  set-off,
          counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
          which the Company or its Affiliates may have against the Employee
          or others; except that to the extent  the  Employee accepts other
          employment  in  connection  with  which  he  is  provided  health
          insurance benefits, the Company shall only be required to provide
          health insurance benefits to the extent the benefits  provided by
          the  Employee's employer are less favorable than the benefits  to
          which he would otherwise be entitled hereunder.  It is the intent
          of this  Agreement  that  in  no  event  shall  the  Employee  be
          obligated  to  seek  other employment or take any other action by
          way of mitigation of the  amounts  payable  to the Employee under
          any of the provisions of this Agreement.

               2.9  Outplacement  Assistance.   Upon  any   termination  of
          employment  of  the  Employee  other than for Cause within  three
          years following a Change of Control, the Company shall provide to
          the  Employee  outplacement  assistance   by   a  reputable  firm
          specializing in such services for the period beginning  with  the
          termination  of  employment  and ending three years following the
          Change of Control.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               3.1  Binding Effect; Successors.

                    (a)  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
          the benefit of the Company and any of its successors or assigns.

                    (b)  This Agreement is  personal  to  the  Employee and
          shall  not  be assignable by the Employee without the consent  of
          the Company (there  being  no  obligation  to  give such consent)
          other than such rights or benefits as are transferred  by will or
          the laws of descent and distribution.

<PAGE>
                    (c)  The  Company  shall  require  any successor to  or
          assignee  of  (whether  direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation or otherwise)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the
          assets or businesses of the Company (i) to assume unconditionally
          and  expressly  this Agreement and (ii) to agree to perform or to
          cause to be performed all of the obligations under this Agreement
          in the same manner  and  to  the  same  extent as would have been
          required of the Company had no assignment or succession occurred,
          such  assumption  to  be  set  forth  in  a  writing   reasonably
          satisfactory to the Employee.

                    (d)  The  Company shall also require all entities  that
          control or that after  the  transaction will control (directly or
          indirectly) the Company or any  such  successor  or  assignee  to
          agree  to cause to be performed all of the obligations under this
          Agreement, such agreement to be set forth in a writing reasonably
          satisfactory to the Employee.

               3.2  Notices.   All notices hereunder must be in writing and
          shall be deemed to have  been  given upon receipt of delivery by:
          (a)  hand  (against  a  receipt  therefor),   (b)   certified  or
          registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) a
          nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  service  (against   a
          receipt  therefor) or (d) telecopy transmission with confirmation
          of receipt.  All such notices must be addressed as follows:

               If to the Company, to:

               Avondale Industries, Inc.
               5100 River Road
               New Orleans, Louisiana   70150

               Attn:  Thomas M. Kitchen

               If to the Employee, to:

               Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
               Avondale Industries, Inc.
               5100 River Road
               New Orleans, LA   70150

          or such other  address  as  to  which  any  party hereto may have
          notified the other in writing.

               3.3  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall  be  construed and
          enforced in accordance with and governed by the internal  laws of
          the  State  of Louisiana without regard to principles of conflict
          of laws.

               3.4  Withholding.   The Employee agrees that the Company has
          the right to withhold, from  the amounts payable pursuant to this
          Agreement, all amounts required  to  be withheld under applicable
          income  and/or employment tax laws, or  as  otherwise  stated  in
          documents granting rights that are affected by this Agreement.

               3.5  Amendment,  Waiver.  No provision of this Agreement may
          be modified, amended or waived except by an instrument in writing
          signed by both parties.

<PAGE>
               3.6  Severability.   If any term or provision of this Agree-
          ment, or the application thereof  to  any person or circumstance,
          shall  at  any  time  or  to  any extent be invalid,  illegal  or
          unenforceable in any respect as written, Employee and the Company
          intend for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit
          such provision so as to render  it  valid  and enforceable to the
          fullest extent allowed by law.  Any such provision  that  is  not
          susceptible  of  such  reformation  shall be ignored so as to not
          affect any other term or provision hereof,  and  the remainder of
          this Agreement, or the application of such term or  provision  to
          persons  or circumstances other than those as to which it is held
          invalid, illegal  or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby
          and each term and provision  of this Agreement shall be valid and
          enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

               3.7  Waiver of Breach.  The  waiver  by  either  party  of a
          breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be
          construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

               3.8  Remedies  Not  Exclusive.   No  remedy specified herein
          shall  be  deemed  to  be  such  party's  exclusive  remedy,  and
          accordingly,  in  addition  to  all  of the rights  and  remedies
          provided for in this Agreement, the parties  shall have all other
          rights and remedies provided to them by applicable  law,  rule or
          regulation.

               3.9  Company's Reservation of Rights.  Employee acknowledges
          and  understands that the Employee serves at the pleasure of  the
          Board and that the Company has the right at any time to terminate
          Employee's  status as an employee of the Company, or to change or
          diminish his  status  during  the Employment Term, subject to the
          rights of the Employee to claim  the  benefits  conferred by this
          Agreement.
<PAGE>
               3.10 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
          more  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall be deemed  to  be  an
          original but all of which together shall  constitute  one and the
          same instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have caused
          this  Agreement  to  be  executed  as  of  the  Change of Control
          Agreement Date.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ HUGH A. THOMPSON
                                   					    --------------------
                                            Hugh A. Thompson
                                            Compensation Committee Chairman

                                        EMPLOYEE: /s/ ALBERT L. BOSSIER, JR.
					                                             --------------------------
					                                             Albert L. Bossier, Jr.		

COR\40076.1

                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


               This  Change  of Control Agreement ("the Agreement") between
          Avondale  Industries,   Inc.,   a   Louisiana   corporation  (the
          "Company"),  and  Thomas  M.  Kitchen (the "Employee")  is  dated
          effective  as  of  January  19,  1996  (the  "Change  of  Control
          Agreement Date").


                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

               1.1  Employment  Agreement  Defined.    Notwithstanding  any
          provision  thereof,  after  a Change of Control (defined  below),
          this Agreement supersedes the  Employment  Agreement  dated as of
          June  18,  1987  or  any  subsequent employment agreement between
          Employee  and  the  Company that  so  provides  (the  "Employment
          Agreement").

               1.2  Company Defined.   As used in this Agreement, "Company"
          shall mean the Company as defined  above  and any successor to or
          assignee  of  (whether direct or indirect, by  purchase,  merger,
          consolidation or  otherwise)  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          assets or business of the Company.

               1.3  Change  of  Control Defined.  "Change of Control" shall
          mean:

                    (a)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group
               (within the meaning  of  Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
               Securities  Exchange Act of  1934  of  beneficial  ownership
               (within the meaning  of  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under the
               Exchange Act) of more than 25% of the outstanding shares  of
               the  Company's  Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the
               "Common Stock");  provided,  however,  that  for purposes of
               this  subsection (a), the following acquisitions  shall  not
               constitute a Change of Control:

                         (i)  any acquisition of Common Stock directly from
                    the Company,

                         (ii) any   acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by  the
                    Company,

                         (iii)any  acquisition   of  Common  Stock  by  any
                    employee benefit plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or
                    maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled
                    by the Company, or

                         (iv) any  acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by   any
                    corporation  pursuant  to  a  transaction that complies
                    with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)  of  subsection (c) of
                    this Section 1.3; or

                    (b)  individuals  who,  as  of  the Change  of  Control
               Agreement Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board")
               cease for any reason to constitute at  least  a  majority of
               the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a
<PAGE>
               director subsequent to the Change of Control Agreement  Date
               whose  election, or nomination for election by the Company's
               shareholders,  was approved by a vote of at least a majority
               of the directors  then  comprising the Incumbent Board shall
               be considered a member of  the  Incumbent Board, unless such
               individual's initial assumption of office occurs as a result
               of an actual or threatened election  contest with respect to
               the  election  or removal of directors or  other  actual  or
               threatened solicitation  of  proxies  or  consents  by or on
               behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or

                    (c)  consummation   of   a  reorganization,  merger  or
               consolidation,  or  sale  or other  disposition  of  all  of
               substantially all of the assets  of the Company (a "Business
               Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business
               Combination,

                         (i)  all or substantially  all  of the individuals
                    and  entities  who  were the beneficial owners  of  the
                    Company's outstanding  common  stock  and the Company's
                    voting  securities  entitled to vote generally  in  the
                    election  of  directors   immediately   prior  to  such
                    Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial
                    ownership, respectively, of more than 50%  of  the then
                    outstanding  shares of common stock, and more than  50%
                    of the combined  voting  power  of the then outstanding
                    voting  securities entitled to vote  generally  in  the
                    election  of  directors,  of  the corporation resulting
                    from such Business Combination  (which, for purposes of
                    this paragraph (i) and paragraphs (ii) and (iii), shall
                    include  a  corporation  which  as  a  result  of  such
                    transaction   controls   the   Company   or   all    or
                    substantially   all  of  the  Company's  assets  either
                    directly or through one or more subsidiaries), and

                         (ii) except  to  the  extent  that  such ownership
                    existed  prior to the Business Combination,  no  person
                    (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business
                    Combination  or  any  employee  benefit plan or related
                    trust of the Company or such corporation resulting from
                    such Business Combination) beneficially  owns, directly
                    or  indirectly,  20%  or  more  of the then outstanding
                    shares  of  common  stock of the corporation  resulting
                    from such Business Combination  or  20%  or more of the
                    combined  voting  power of the then outstanding  voting
                    securities of such corporation, and

                         (iii)at least  a  majority  of  the members of the
                    board  of directors of the corporation  resulting  from
                    such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent
                    Board at  the  time  of  the  execution  of the initial
                    agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for
                    such Business Combination; or

                    (d)  approval by the shareholders of the Company  of  a
               complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

               1.4  Affiliate    Defined.    "Affiliate"   or   "affiliated
          companies" shall mean any  company controlled by, controlling, or
<PAGE>
          under common control with, the Company.

               1.5  Cause Defined.  "Cause" shall mean:

                         (a)  the willful  and  continued  failure  of  the
                    Employee to perform substantially the Employee's duties
                    with the Company or its affiliates (other than any such
                    failure  resulting  from  incapacity due to physical or
                    mental illness), after a written demand for substantial
                    performance is delivered to  the  Employee by the Board
                    of the Company which specifically identifies the manner
                    in which the Board believes that the  Employee  has not
                    substantially performed the Employee's duties, or

                         (b)  the  willful  engaging  by  the  Employee  in
                    illegal conduct or gross misconduct.

          For  purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the
          part of  the Employee, shall be considered "willful" unless it is
          done, or omitted  to  be  done,  by  the Employee in bad faith or
          without reasonable belief that the Employee's  action or omission
          was in the best interests of the Company or its  Affiliates.  Any
          act, or failure to act, based upon authority given  pursuant to a
          resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions  of
          a  senior  officer  of  the  Company  or based upon the advice of
          counsel for the Company or its Affiliates  shall  be conclusively
          presumed  to be done, or omitted to be done, by the  Employee  in
          good faith  and  in  the  best  interests  of  the Company or its
          Affiliates.   The cessation of employment of the  Employee  shall
          not be deemed to  be  for Cause unless and until there shall have
          been  delivered to the Employee  a  copy  of  a  resolution  duly
          adopted  by  the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters
          of the entire  membership  of the Board at a meeting of the Board
          called  and held for such purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  is
          provided   to   the   Employee  and  the  Employee  is  given  an
          opportunity,  together with  counsel,  to  be  heard  before  the
          Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the
          Employee is guilty  of  the conduct described in subparagraph (a)
          or (b) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

               1.6  Disability  Defined.    "Disability"   shall   mean   a
          condition  that  would  entitle  the Employee to receive benefits
          under  the  Company's long-term disability  insurance  policy  in
          effect at the  time  either  because  he  is  Totally Disabled or
          Partially  Disabled, as such terms are defined in  the  Company's
          policy in effect  as  of the date of this Agreement or as similar
          terms are defined in any successor policy.  If the Company has no
          long-term disability plan  in effect, "Disability" shall occur if
          (a) the Employee is rendered  incapable  because  of  physical or
          mental  illness  of  satisfactorily  discharging  his duties  and
          responsibilities  to  the Company for a period of 90  consecutive
          days, (b) a duly qualified  physician  chosen  by the Company and
          acceptable  to  the  Employee  or  his  legal representatives  so
          certifies  in  writing,  and  (c) the Board determines  that  the
          Employee has become disabled.

               1.7  Good Reason Defined.  "Good Reason" shall mean:

                    (a)  Any failure of the  Company  or  its Affiliates to
               provide  the  Employee with the position, authority,  duties
<PAGE>
               and responsibilities  at  least commensurate in all material
               respects with the most significant  of those held, exercised
               and   assigned  at  any  time  during  the  120-day   period
               immediately  preceding  the  Change  of Control.  Employee's
               position,  authority,  duties and responsibilities  after  a
               Change of Control shall  not  be  considered commensurate in
               all material respects with Employee's  position,  authority,
               duties  and  responsibilities  prior  to a Change of Control
               unless  after the Change of Control Employee  holds  (i)  an
               equivalent  position  in the Company or, (ii) if the Company
               is controlled or will after the transaction be controlled by
               another  company (directly  or  indirectly),  an  equivalent
               position in the ultimate parent company.

                    (b)  The  assignment  to  the  Employee  of  any duties
               inconsistent   in   any  material  respect  with  Employee's
               position (including status,  offices,  titles  and reporting
               requirements),  authority,  duties  or  responsibilities  as
               contemplated  by  Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement,  or  any
               other action that results  in a diminution in such position,
               authority, duties or responsibilities,  excluding  for  this
               purpose  an  isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent action
               not taken in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice  thereof  from the Employee to the
               Company;

                    (c)  Any failure by the Company  or  its  Affiliates to
               comply  with any of the provisions of this Agreement,  other
               than an isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent failure not
               occurring in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice  thereof  from the Employee to the
               Company;

                    (d)  The  Company  or  its  Affiliates   requiring  the
               Employee to be based at any office or location other than as
               provided  in  Section  2.1(b)(ii)  hereof  or requiring  the
               Employee  to  travel on business to a substantially  greater
               extent than required  immediately  prior  to  the  Change of
               Control;

                    (e)  Any   purported   termination  of  the  Employee's
               employment otherwise than as  expressly  permitted  by  this
               Agreement; or

                    (f)  Any  failure  by  the  Company  to comply with and
               satisfy Sections 3.1(c) and (d) of this Agreement.


                                      ARTICLE II
                              CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFIT

               2.1   Employment Term and Capacity after Change  of Control.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs on or before December 31, 2000,
          then the Employee's employment term (the "Employment Term") shall
          continue through the third anniversary of the Change of  Control,
          subject  to  any  earlier termination of Employee's status as  an
          employee pursuant to this Agreement.

               (b)  After a Change  of  Control  and  during the Employment
<PAGE>
          Term,  (i)  the Employee's position (including  status,  offices,
          titles  and  reporting   requirements),   authority,  duties  and
          responsibilities shall be at least commensurate  in  all material
          respects  with the most significant of those held, exercised  and
          assigned at  any  time  during  the  120-day  period  immediately
          preceding  the Change of Control and (ii) the Employee's  service
          shall be performed  during  normal business hours at the location
          where the Employee was employed  immediately preceding the Change
          of Control or any office or location less than 35 miles from such
          location.    Employee's   position,   authority,    duties    and
          responsibilities   after   a  Change  of  Control  shall  not  be
          considered commensurate in all  material respects with Employee's
          position,  authority,  duties  and responsibilities  prior  to  a
          Change of Control unless after the  Change  of  Control  Employee
          holds  (x)  an equivalent position in the Company or, (y) if  the
          Company is controlled or will after the transaction be controlled
          by  another  company  (directly  or  indirectly),  an  equivalent
          position in the  ultimate  parent company.  Employee shall devote
          himself to his employment responsibilities  with the Company (or,
          if  applicable, the ultimate parent entity) as  provided  in  the
          Employment Agreement.

               2.2  Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment Term,
          Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  the following compensation and
          benefits:

                    (a)  Base Salary.  The Employee shall receive an annual
               base  salary  ("Base Salary"), which  shall  be  paid  at  a
               monthly rate, at least equal to 12 times the highest monthly
               base salary paid or payable, including any base salary which
               has been earned but deferred by the Employee, by the Company
               and its affiliated  companies  in  respect  of  the 12-month
               period  immediately preceding the month in which the  Change
               of Control  occurs.   During  the  Employment Term, the Base
               Salary shall be reviewed no more than  12  months  after the
               last  salary  increase awarded to the Employee prior to  the
               Change of Control and thereafter at least annually and shall
               be first increased  no  more  than 12 months after the  last
               salary increase awarded to the  Employee prior to the Change
               of Control and thereafter at least  annually  in  an  amount
               equal  to  the  percentage  increase  (excluding promotional
               increases)  in  base  salary  generally  awarded   to   peer
               executives  of  the Company and its affiliated companies for
               the year of determination.   Any  increase  in  Base  Salary
               shall  not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation  to
               the Employee under this Agreement.  Base Salary shall not be
               reduced  after any such increase and the term Base Salary as
               utilized in  this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so
               increased.

                    (b)  Annual  Bonus.   In  addition  to Base Salary, the
               Employee  shall  be  awarded,  for each fiscal  year  ending
               during the Employment Term, an annual bonus (the "Bonus") in
               cash at least equal to the executive's  target  bonus  under
               the  Company's  Management Incentive Plan, or any comparable
               bonus under a successor  plan, for the last full fiscal year
               prior to the Change of Control.   Each  such  Bonus shall be
               paid no later than the end of the third month of  the fiscal
               year  next following the fiscal year for which the Bonus  is
<PAGE>
               awarded,  unless  the  Employee  shall  elect  to  defer the
               receipt of such Bonus.

                    (c)  Fringe  Benefits.   The Employee shall be entitled
               to  fringe  benefits  (including,   but   not   limited  to,
               automobile allowance, reimbursement for membership dues, and
               first   class  air  travel)  in  accordance  with  the  most
               favorable   agreements,   plans,   practices,  programs  and
               policies  of  the  Company and its affiliated  companies  in
               effect for the Employee  at  any  time  during  the  120-day
               period  immediately  preceding the Change of Control or,  if
               more favorable to the  Employee,  as  in effect generally at
               any time thereafter with respect to other  peer employees of
               the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Expenses.   The  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to
               receive  prompt  reimbursement  for  all reasonable expenses
               incurred  by  the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the  most
               favorable agreements, policies, practices  and procedures of
               the Company and its affiliated companies in  effect  for the
               Employee  at  any time during the 120-day period immediately
               preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
               Employee, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with
               respect to other  peer  employees  of  the  Company  and its
               affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Incentive,  Savings  and  Retirement  Plans.   The
               Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
               savings  and   retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and
               programs applicable generally to other peer employees of the
               Company and its  affiliated companies, but in no event shall
               such plans, practices,  policies  and  programs  provide the
               Employee with incentive opportunities (measured with respect
               to both regular and special incentive opportunities,  to the
               extent,  if  any,  that  such  distinction  is  applicable),
               savings  opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities,
               in each case,  less  favorable  than  the  most favorable of
               those  provided by the Company and its affiliated  companies
               for the  Employee  under  any  agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs as in effect  at  any  time during the
               120-day period immediately preceding the Change  of  Control
               or,  if  more  favorable  to  the  Employee,  those provided
               generally at any time after the Change of Control  to  other
               peer employees of the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (f)  Welfare  Benefit  Plans.   The Employee and/or the
               Employee's family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for
               participation  in  and  shall  receive  all  benefits  under
               welfare  benefit  plans,  practices, policies  and  programs
               provided  by  the  Company  and   its  affiliated  companies
               (including,   without  limitation,  medical,   prescription,
               dental, disability,  employee  life,  group life, accidental
               death and travel accident insurance plans  and  programs) to
               the  extent applicable generally to other peer employees  of
               the Company  and  its  affiliated companies, but in no event
               shall such plans, practices,  policies  and programs provide
               the  Employee  with benefits, in each case,  less  favorable
               than the most favorable of any agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs in effect for the Employee at any time
<PAGE>
               during the 120-day  period  immediately preceding the Change
               of  Control or, if more favorable  to  the  Employee,  those
               provided  generally  at any time after the Change of Control
               to other peer employees  of  the  Company and its affiliated
               companies.

                    (g)  Office and Support Staff.   The  Employee shall be
               entitled  to  an  office  or  offices  of  a  size and  with
               furnishings   and   other  appointments,  and  to  exclusive
               personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to
               the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Employee
               by the Company and its  affiliated  companies  at  any  time
               during  the  120-day period immediately preceding the Change
               of  Control or,  if  more  favorable  to  the  Employee,  as
               provided  generally  at  any time thereafter with respect to
               other  peer  employees of the  Company  and  its  affiliated
               companies.

                    (h)  Vacation.   The Employee shall be entitled to paid
               vacation in accordance  with  the most favorable agreements,
               plans, policies, programs and practices  of  the Company and
               its  affiliated companies as in effect for the  Employee  at
               any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the
               Change  of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, as
               in effect  generally  at any time thereafter with respect to
               other  peer employees of  the  Company  and  its  affiliated
               companies.

               2.3  Obligations upon Termination after a Change of Control.

                    (a)  Termination  by  Company  for  Reasons  other than
               Death,  Disability or Cause or by Employee for Good  Reason.
               If, after  a  Change  of  Control  and during the Employment
               Term, the Company terminates the Employee's employment other
               than  for  Cause,  death  or  Disability,  or  the  Employee
               terminates employment for Good Reason,

                         (i)  the Company shall  pay  to  the Employee in a
                    lump  sum  in  cash  within  30  days  of the  date  of
                    termination an amount equal to three times  the  sum of
                    (i) the amount of Base Salary in effect at the date  of
                    termination,  plus  (ii) the greater of (x) the highest
                    annual Bonus paid or  to  be  paid to the Employee with
                    respect  to  the last three fiscal  years  or  (y)  the
                    target Bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the
                    12-month  period  in  which  the  date  of  termination
                    occurs;

                         (ii) for   a  period  of  thirty-six  (36)  months
                    following the date  of  termination  of employment (the
                    "Continuation  Period"),  the  Company  shall   at  its
                    expense  continue  on  behalf  of  the Employee and his
                    dependents   and  beneficiaries  the  life   insurance,
                    disability,   medical,   dental   and   hospitalization
                    benefits provided  (x)  to  the  Employee  at  any time
                    during the 90-day period prior to the Change in Control
                    or  at  any  time  thereafter or (y) to other similarly
                    situated executives  who  continue in the employ of the
                    Company during the Continuation  Period.  The  coverage
<PAGE>
                    and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided
                    in  this  Section  2.3(a)(ii)  during  the Continuation
                    Period shall be no less favorable to the  Employee  and
                    his   dependents   and  beneficiaries,  than  the  most
                    favorable of such coverages  and benefits during any of
                    the periods referred to in clauses  (x)  or  (y) above.
                    The Company's obligation hereunder with respect  to the
                    foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent  that
                    the  Employee  obtains  any such benefits pursuant to a
                    subsequent employer's benefit  plans, in which case the
                    Company may reduce the coverage  of  any benefits it is
                    required to provide the Employee hereunder  as  long as
                    the  aggregate  coverages  and benefits of the combined
                    benefit plans is no less favorable to the Employee than
                    the  coverages  and benefits required  to  be  provided
                    hereunder.  The Employee  will be eligible for coverage
                    under  the Consolidated Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation
                    Act at the  end  of  the Continuation Period or earlier
                    cessation of the Company's obligation hereunder.

                         (iii)the Employee  shall  immediately become fully
                    (100%) vested in his benefit under each supplemental or
                    excess  retirement  plan of the Company  in  which  the
                    Employee was a participant,  including, but not limited
                    to the Avondale Industries, Inc.  Supplemental  Pension
                    Plan and the Avondale Industries, Inc. Executive Excess
                    Retirement Plan and any successor plans;


                         (iv) the  Company  shall pay to the Employee in  a
                    lump  sum  in  cash  within 30  days  of  the  date  of
                    termination an amount  equal  to the then present value
                    of the actuarial equivalent of the additional benefits,
                    if any, to which the Employee would  be  entitled under
                    the    Avondale    Industries,   Inc.   Pension   Plan,
                    Supplemental Pension  Plan, Executive Excess Retirement
                    Plan and any other qualified  or  non-qualified defined
                    benefit plan maintained by the Company and covering the
                    Employee if the Employee had continued  to  be employed
                    by  the  Company  until  the  third anniversary of  the
                    Change of Control, assuming Employee  were fully vested
                    thereunder,  without  regard to any amendment  to  such
                    plans made after the Change  of  Control  but  prior to
                    Employee's  date  of  termination  of employment, which
                    amendment   adversely   affects   in  any  manner   the
                    computation of retirement benefits under such plans.

                    (b)  Death.  If, after a Change of  Control  and during
               the Employment Term, the Employee's status as an employee is
               terminated by reason of the Employee's death, this Agreement
               shall terminate without further obligation to the Employee's
               legal  representatives (other than those already accrued  to
               the  Employee),  other  than  the  obligation  to  make  any
               payments  due  pursuant to employee benefit plans maintained
               by the Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (c)  Disability.   If,  after  a  Change of Control and
               during the Employment Term, Employee's status as an employee
               is  terminated  by  reason  of  Employee's Disability,  this
<PAGE>
               Agreement shall terminate without  further obligation to the
               Employee (other than those already accrued to the Employee),
               other than the obligation to make any  payments due pursuant
               to employee benefit plans maintained by  the  Company or its
               affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Cause.  If, after a Change of Control  and  during
               the Employment Term, the Employee's status as an employee is
               terminated  by  the  Company for Cause, this Agreement shall
               terminate without further  obligation  to the Employee other
               than for obligations imposed by law and  obligations imposed
               pursuant  to  any  employee benefit plan maintained  by  the
               Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Voluntary  Termination.   If,  after  a  Change of
               Control   and  during  the  Employment  Term,  the  Employee
               voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company other
               than for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without
               further  obligation   to   the   Employee   other  than  for
               obligations imposed by law and obligations imposed  pursuant
               to  any  employee benefit plan maintained by the Company  or
               its affiliated companies.

               2.4  Accrued  Obligations  and  Other  Benefits.   It is the
          intent of this Agreement that upon termination of employment  for
          any  reason  the Employee be entitled to receive promptly, and in
          addition to any  other  benefits  specifically  provided, (a) the
          Employee's  Base  Salary through the date of termination  to  the
          extent not theretofore paid, (b) any accrued vacation pay, to the
          extent  not theretofore  paid,  and  (c)  any  other  amounts  or
          benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Employee is
          entitled  to  receive under any plan, program, policy practice or
          agreement of the Company.

               2.5  Stock  Options.  The foregoing benefits are intended to
          be in addition to  the  value  of  any  options to acquire Common
          Stock of the Company the exercisability of  which  is accelerated
          pursuant  to  the terms of any stock option, incentive  or  other
          similar plan heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Company.

               2.6  Protection  of  Benefits.   To  the extent permitted by
          applicable law, the Company shall take all  reasonable  steps  to
          ensure  that  the  Employee  is  not,  by  reason  of a Change of
          Control,  deprived  of  the  economic value (including any  value
          attributable to the Change of  Control  transaction)  of  (a) any
          options  to acquire Common Stock of the Company or (b) any Common
          Stock of the Company beneficially owned by the Employee.

               2.7  Certain  Additional  Payments.   If  after  a Change of
          Control Employee is subjected to an excise tax as a result of the
          "excess  parachute  payment"  provisions  of section 4999 of  the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  whether  by virtue of
          the benefits of this Agreement or by virtue of any other benefits
          provided  to  Employee  in  connection  with  a Change of Control
          pursuant to Company plans, policies or agreements  (including the
          value of any options to acquire Common Stock of the  Company  the
          exercisability  of  which is accelerated pursuant to the terms of
          any  stock  option,  incentive  or  similar  plan  heretofore  or
          hereafter adopted by the  Company),  the  Company  shall  pay  to
<PAGE>
          Employee  (whether  or  not  his  employment has terminated) such
          amounts as are necessary to place Employee  in  the same position
          after payment of federal income and excise taxes as he would have
          been if such provisions had not been applicable to him.

               2.8  Legal Fees.  The Company agrees to pay  as incurred, to
          the  full  extent  permitted by law, all legal fees and  expenses
          which the Employee may  reasonably  incur  as  a  result  of  any
          contest  (regardless  of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the
          Employee  or others of the  validity  or  enforceability  of,  or
          liability under,  any provision of this Agreement (including as a
          result of any contest  by the Employee about the amount or timing
          of any payment pursuant to this Agreement.)

               2.8  Set-Off; Mitigation.   After  a  Change of Control, the
          Company's and its Affiliates' obligations to  make  the  payments
          provided  for  in  this  Agreement  and  otherwise to perform its
          obligations  hereunder  shall  not be affected  by  any  set-off,
          counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
          which the Company or its Affiliates may have against the Employee
          or others; except that to the extent  the  Employee accepts other
          employment  in  connection  with  which  he  is  provided  health
          insurance benefits, the Company shall only be required to provide
          health insurance benefits to the extent the benefits  provided by
          the  Employee's employer are less favorable than the benefits  to
          which he would otherwise be entitled hereunder.  It is the intent
          of this  Agreement  that  in  no  event  shall  the  Employee  be
          obligated  to  seek  other employment or take any other action by
          way of mitigation of the  amounts  payable  to the Employee under
          any of the provisions of this Agreement.

               2.9  Outplacement  Assistance.   Upon  any   termination  of
          employment  of  the  Employee  other than for Cause within  three
          years following a Change of Control, the Company shall provide to
          the  Employee  outplacement  assistance   by   a  reputable  firm
          specializing in such services for the period beginning  with  the
          termination  of  employment  and ending three years following the
          Change of Control.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               3.1  Binding Effect; Successors.

                    (a)  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
          the benefit of the Company and any of its successors or assigns.

                    (b)  This Agreement is  personal  to  the  Employee and
          shall  not  be assignable by the Employee without the consent  of
          the Company (there  being  no  obligation  to  give such consent)
          other than such rights or benefits as are transferred  by will or
          the laws of descent and distribution.

                    (c)  The  Company  shall  require  any successor to  or
          assignee  of  (whether  direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation or otherwise)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the
          assets or businesses of the Company (i) to assume unconditionally
          and  expressly  this Agreement and (ii) to agree to perform or to
<PAGE>
          cause to be performed all of the obligations under this Agreement
          in the same manner  and  to  the  same  extent as would have been
          required of the Company had no assignment or succession occurred,
          such  assumption  to  be  set  forth  in  a  writing   reasonably
          satisfactory to the Employee.

                    (d)  The  Company shall also require all entities  that
          control or that after  the  transaction will control (directly or
          indirectly) the Company or any  such  successor  or  assignee  to
          agree  to cause to be performed all of the obligations under this
          Agreement, such agreement to be set forth in a writing reasonably
          satisfactory to the Employee.

               3.2  Notices.   All notices hereunder must be in writing and
          shall be deemed to have  been  given upon receipt of delivery by:
          (a)  hand  (against  a  receipt  therefor),   (b)   certified  or
          registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) a
          nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  service  (against   a
          receipt  therefor) or (d) telecopy transmission with confirmation
          of receipt.  All such notices must be addressed as follows:

               If to the Company, to:

               Avondale Industries, Inc.
               5100 River Road
               New Orleans, Louisiana   70150

               Attn:  Albert L. Bossier, Jr.

               If to the Employee, to:

               Thomas M. Kitchen
               Avondale Industries, Inc.
               5100 River Road
               Avondale, LA   70150

          or such other  address  as  to  which  any  party hereto may have
          notified the other in writing.

               3.3  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall  be  construed and
          enforced in accordance with and governed by the internal  laws of
          the  State  of Louisiana without regard to principles of conflict
          of laws.

               3.4  Withholding.   The Employee agrees that the Company has
          the right to withhold, from  the amounts payable pursuant to this
          Agreement, all amounts required  to  be withheld under applicable
          income  and/or employment tax laws, or  as  otherwise  stated  in
          documents granting rights that are affected by this Agreement.

               3.5  Amendment,  Waiver.  No provision of this Agreement may
          be modified, amended or waived except by an instrument in writing
          signed by both parties.

               3.6  Severability.   If any term or provision of this Agree-
          ment, or the application thereof  to  any person or circumstance,
          shall  at  any  time  or  to  any extent be invalid,  illegal  or
          unenforceable in any respect as written, Employee and the Company
          intend for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit
<PAGE>
          such provision so as to render  it  valid  and enforceable to the
          fullest extent allowed by law.  Any such provision  that  is  not
          susceptible  of  such  reformation  shall be ignored so as to not
          affect any other term or provision hereof,  and  the remainder of
          this Agreement, or the application of such term or  provision  to
          persons  or circumstances other than those as to which it is held
          invalid, illegal  or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby
          and each term and provision  of this Agreement shall be valid and
          enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

               3.7  Waiver of Breach.  The  waiver  by  either  party  of a
          breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be
          construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

               3.8  Remedies  Not  Exclusive.   No  remedy specified herein
          shall  be  deemed  to  be  such  party's  exclusive  remedy,  and
          accordingly,  in  addition  to  all  of the rights  and  remedies
          provided for in this Agreement, the parties  shall have all other
          rights and remedies provided to them by applicable  law,  rule or
          regulation.

               3.9  Company's Reservation of Rights.  Employee acknowledges
          and  understands that the Employee serves at the pleasure of  the
          Board and that the Company has the right at any time to terminate
          Employee's  status as an employee of the Company, or to change or
          diminish his  status  during  the Employment Term, subject to the
          rights of the Employee to claim  the  benefits  conferred by this
          Agreement.
<PAGE>
               3.10 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
          more  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall be deemed  to  be  an
          original but all of which together shall  constitute  one and the
          same instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have caused
          this  Agreement  to  be  executed  as  of  the  Change of Control
          Agreement Date.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ HUGH A. THOMPSON
                                   					    --------------------
                                            Hugh A. Thompson
                                            Compensation Committee Chairman

                                        EMPLOYEE: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					                                             ---------------------
                                                  Thomas M. Kitchen
 

COR\40075.1

                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


               This  Change  of Control Agreement ("the Agreement") between
          Avondale  Industries,   Inc.,   a   Louisiana   corporation  (the
          "Company"), and Kenneth B. (/s/KBD) Dupont (the "Employee") is dated
          effective  as  of  January  19,  1996  (the  "Change  of  Control
          Agreement Date").


                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

               1.1  Employment  Agreement  Defined.    Notwithstanding  any
          provision  thereof,  after  a Change of Control (defined  below),
          this Agreement supersedes the  Employment  Agreement  dated as of
          June  18,  1987  or  any  subsequent employment agreement between
          Employee  and  the  Company that  so  provides  (the  "Employment
          Agreement").

               1.2  Company Defined.   As used in this Agreement, "Company"
          shall mean the Company as defined  above  and any successor to or
          assignee  of  (whether direct or indirect, by  purchase,  merger,
          consolidation or  otherwise)  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          assets or business of the Company.

               1.3  Change  of  Control Defined.  "Change of Control" shall
          mean:

                    (a)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group
               (within the meaning  of  Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
               Securities  Exchange Act of  1934  of  beneficial  ownership
               (within the meaning  of  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under the
               Exchange Act) of more than 25% of the outstanding shares  of
               the  Company's  Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the
               "Common Stock");  provided,  however,  that  for purposes of
               this  subsection (a), the following acquisitions  shall  not
               constitute a Change of Control:

                         (i)  any acquisition of Common Stock directly from
                    the Company,

                         (ii) any   acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by  the
                    Company,

                         (iii)any  acquisition   of  Common  Stock  by  any
                    employee benefit plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or
                    maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled
                    by the Company, or

                         (iv) any  acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by   any
                    corporation  pursuant  to  a  transaction that complies
                    with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)  of  subsection (c) of
                    this Section 1.3; or

<PAGE>
                    (b)  individuals  who,  as  of  the Change  of  Control
               Agreement Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board")
               cease for any reason to constitute at  least  a  majority of
               the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a
               director subsequent to the Change of Control Agreement  Date
               whose  election, or nomination for election by the Company's
               shareholders,  was approved by a vote of at least a majority
               of the directors  then  comprising the Incumbent Board shall
               be considered a member of  the  Incumbent Board, unless such
               individual's initial assumption of office occurs as a result
               of an actual or threatened election  contest with respect to
               the  election  or removal of directors or  other  actual  or
               threatened solicitation  of  proxies  or  consents  by or on
               behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or

                    (c)  consummation   of   a  reorganization,  merger  or
               consolidation,  or  sale  or other  disposition  of  all  of
               substantially all of the assets  of the Company (a "Business
               Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business
               Combination,

                         (i)  all or substantially  all  of the individuals
                    and  entities  who  were the beneficial owners  of  the
                    Company's outstanding  common  stock  and the Company's
                    voting  securities  entitled to vote generally  in  the
                    election  of  directors   immediately   prior  to  such
                    Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial
                    ownership, respectively, of more than 50%  of  the then
                    outstanding  shares of common stock, and more than  50%
                    of the combined  voting  power  of the then outstanding
                    voting  securities entitled to vote  generally  in  the
                    election  of  directors,  of  the corporation resulting
                    from such Business Combination  (which, for purposes of
                    this paragraph (i) and paragraphs (ii) and (iii), shall
                    include  a  corporation  which  as  a  result  of  such
                    transaction   controls   the   Company   or   all    or
                    substantially   all  of  the  Company's  assets  either
                    directly or through one or more subsidiaries), and

                         (ii) except  to  the  extent  that  such ownership
                    existed  prior to the Business Combination,  no  person
                    (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business
                    Combination  or  any  employee  benefit plan or related
                    trust of the Company or such corporation resulting from
                    such Business Combination) beneficially  owns, directly
                    or  indirectly,  20%  or  more  of the then outstanding
                    shares  of  common  stock of the corporation  resulting
                    from such Business Combination  or  20%  or more of the
                    combined  voting  power of the then outstanding  voting
                    securities of such corporation, and

                         (iii)at least  a  majority  of  the members of the
                    board  of directors of the corporation  resulting  from
                    such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent
                    Board at  the  time  of  the  execution  of the initial
                    agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for
                    such Business Combination; or

                    (d)  approval by the shareholders of the Company  of  a
<PAGE>
               complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

               1.4  Affiliate    Defined.    "Affiliate"   or   "affiliated
          companies" shall mean any  company controlled by, controlling, or
          under common control with, the Company.

               1.5  Cause Defined.  "Cause" shall mean:

                         (a)  the willful  and  continued  failure  of  the
                    Employee to perform substantially the Employee's duties
                    with the Company or its affiliates (other than any such
                    failure  resulting  from  incapacity due to physical or
                    mental illness), after a written demand for substantial
                    performance is delivered to  the  Employee by the Board
                    of the Company which specifically identifies the manner
                    in which the Board believes that the  Employee  has not
                    substantially performed the Employee's duties, or

                         (b)  the  willful  engaging  by  the  Employee  in
                    illegal conduct or gross misconduct.

          For  purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the
          part of  the Employee, shall be considered "willful" unless it is
          done, or omitted  to  be  done,  by  the Employee in bad faith or
          without reasonable belief that the Employee's  action or omission
          was in the best interests of the Company or its  Affiliates.  Any
          act, or failure to act, based upon authority given  pursuant to a
          resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions  of
          a  senior  officer  of  the  Company  or based upon the advice of
          counsel for the Company or its Affiliates  shall  be conclusively
          presumed  to be done, or omitted to be done, by the  Employee  in
          good faith  and  in  the  best  interests  of  the Company or its
          Affiliates.   The cessation of employment of the  Employee  shall
          not be deemed to  be  for Cause unless and until there shall have
          been  delivered to the Employee  a  copy  of  a  resolution  duly
          adopted  by  the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters
          of the entire  membership  of the Board at a meeting of the Board
          called  and held for such purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  is
          provided   to   the   Employee  and  the  Employee  is  given  an
          opportunity,  together with  counsel,  to  be  heard  before  the
          Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the
          Employee is guilty  of  the conduct described in subparagraph (a)
          or (b) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

               1.6  Disability  Defined.    "Disability"   shall   mean   a
          condition  that  would  entitle  the Employee to receive benefits
          under  the  Company's long-term disability  insurance  policy  in
          effect at the  time  either  because  he  is  Totally Disabled or
          Partially  Disabled, as such terms are defined in  the  Company's
          policy in effect  as  of the date of this Agreement or as similar
          terms are defined in any successor policy.  If the Company has no
          long-term disability plan  in effect, "Disability" shall occur if
          (a) the Employee is rendered  incapable  because  of  physical or
          mental  illness  of  satisfactorily  discharging  his duties  and
          responsibilities  to  the Company for a period of 90  consecutive
          days, (b) a duly qualified  physician  chosen  by the Company and
          acceptable  to  the  Employee  or  his  legal representatives  so
          certifies  in  writing,  and  (c) the Board determines  that  the
          Employee has become disabled.
<PAGE>
               1.7  Good Reason Defined.  "Good Reason" shall mean:

                    (a)  Any failure of the  Company  or  its Affiliates to
               provide  the  Employee with the position, authority,  duties
               and responsibilities  at  least commensurate in all material
               respects with the most significant  of those held, exercised
               and   assigned  at  any  time  during  the  120-day   period
               immediately  preceding  the  Change  of Control.  Employee's
               position,  authority,  duties and responsibilities  after  a
               Change of Control shall  not  be  considered commensurate in
               all material respects with Employee's  position,  authority,
               duties  and  responsibilities  prior  to a Change of Control
               unless  after the Change of Control Employee  holds  (i)  an
               equivalent  position  in the Company or, (ii) if the Company
               is controlled or will after the transaction be controlled by
               another  company (directly  or  indirectly),  an  equivalent
               position in the ultimate parent company.

                    (b)  The  assignment  to  the  Employee  of  any duties
               inconsistent   in   any  material  respect  with  Employee's
               position (including status,  offices,  titles  and reporting
               requirements),  authority,  duties  or  responsibilities  as
               contemplated  by  Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement,  or  any
               other action that results  in a diminution in such position,
               authority, duties or responsibilities,  excluding  for  this
               purpose  an  isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent action
               not taken in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice  thereof  from the Employee to the
               Company;

                    (c)  Any failure by the Company  or  its  Affiliates to
               comply  with any of the provisions of this Agreement,  other
               than an isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent failure not
               occurring in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice  thereof  from the Employee to the
               Company;

                    (d)  The  Company  or  its  Affiliates   requiring  the
               Employee to be based at any office or location other than as
               provided  in  Section  2.1(b)(ii)  hereof  or requiring  the
               Employee  to  travel on business to a substantially  greater
               extent than required  immediately  prior  to  the  Change of
               Control;

                    (e)  Any   purported   termination  of  the  Employee's
               employment otherwise than as  expressly  permitted  by  this
               Agreement; or

                    (f)  Any  failure  by  the  Company  to comply with and
               satisfy Sections 3.1(c) and (d) of this Agreement.


                                      ARTICLE II
                              CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFIT

               2.1   Employment Term and Capacity after Change  of Control.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs on or before December 31, 2000,
          then the Employee's employment term (the "Employment Term") shall
          continue through the third anniversary of the Change of  Control,
<PAGE>
          subject  to  any  earlier termination of Employee's status as  an
          employee pursuant to this Agreement.

               (b)  After a Change  of  Control  and  during the Employment
          Term,  (i)  the Employee's position (including  status,  offices,
          titles  and  reporting   requirements),   authority,  duties  and
          responsibilities shall be at least commensurate  in  all material
          respects  with the most significant of those held, exercised  and
          assigned at  any  time  during  the  120-day  period  immediately
          preceding  the Change of Control and (ii) the Employee's  service
          shall be performed  during  normal business hours at the location
          where the Employee was employed  immediately preceding the Change
          of Control or any office or location less than 35 miles from such
          location.    Employee's   position,   authority,    duties    and
          responsibilities   after   a  Change  of  Control  shall  not  be
          considered commensurate in all  material respects with Employee's
          position,  authority,  duties  and responsibilities  prior  to  a
          Change of Control unless after the  Change  of  Control  Employee
          holds  (x)  an equivalent position in the Company or, (y) if  the
          Company is controlled or will after the transaction be controlled
          by  another  company  (directly  or  indirectly),  an  equivalent
          position in the  ultimate  parent company.  Employee shall devote
          himself to his employment responsibilities  with the Company (or,
          if  applicable, the ultimate parent entity) as  provided  in  the
          Employment Agreement.

               2.2  Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment Term,
          Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  the following compensation and
          benefits:

                    (a)  Base Salary.  The Employee shall receive an annual
               base  salary  ("Base Salary"), which  shall  be  paid  at  a
               monthly rate, at least equal to 12 times the highest monthly
               base salary paid or payable, including any base salary which
               has been earned but deferred by the Employee, by the Company
               and its affiliated  companies  in  respect  of  the 12-month
               period  immediately preceding the month in which the  Change
               of Control  occurs.   During  the  Employment Term, the Base
               Salary shall be reviewed no more than  12  months  after the
               last  salary  increase awarded to the Employee prior to  the
               Change of Control and thereafter at least annually and shall
               be first increased  no  more  than 12 months after the  last
               salary increase awarded to the  Employee prior to the Change
               of Control and thereafter at least  annually  in  an  amount
               equal  to  the  percentage  increase  (excluding promotional
               increases)  in  base  salary  generally  awarded   to   peer
               executives  of  the Company and its affiliated companies for
               the year of determination.   Any  increase  in  Base  Salary
               shall  not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation  to
               the Employee under this Agreement.  Base Salary shall not be
               reduced  after any such increase and the term Base Salary as
               utilized in  this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so
               increased.

                    (b)  Annual  Bonus.   In  addition  to Base Salary, the
               Employee  shall  be  awarded,  for each fiscal  year  ending
               during the Employment Term, an annual bonus (the "Bonus") in
               cash at least equal to the executive's  target  bonus  under
               the  Company's  Management Incentive Plan, or any comparable
               bonus under a successor  plan, for the last full fiscal year
<PAGE>
               prior to the Change of Control.   Each  such  Bonus shall be
               paid no later than the end of the third month of  the fiscal
               year  next following the fiscal year for which the Bonus  is
               awarded,  unless  the  Employee  shall  elect  to  defer the
               receipt of such Bonus.

                    (c)  Fringe  Benefits.   The Employee shall be entitled
               to  fringe  benefits  (including,   but   not   limited  to,
               automobile allowance, reimbursement for membership dues, and
               first   class  air  travel)  in  accordance  with  the  most
               favorable   agreements,   plans,   practices,  programs  and
               policies  of  the  Company and its affiliated  companies  in
               effect for the Employee  at  any  time  during  the  120-day
               period  immediately  preceding the Change of Control or,  if
               more favorable to the  Employee,  as  in effect generally at
               any time thereafter with respect to other  peer employees of
               the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Expenses.   The  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to
               receive  prompt  reimbursement  for  all reasonable expenses
               incurred  by  the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the  most
               favorable agreements, policies, practices  and procedures of
               the Company and its affiliated companies in  effect  for the
               Employee  at  any time during the 120-day period immediately
               preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
               Employee, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with
               respect to other  peer  employees  of  the  Company  and its
               affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Incentive,  Savings  and  Retirement  Plans.   The
               Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
               savings  and   retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and
               programs applicable generally to other peer employees of the
               Company and its  affiliated companies, but in no event shall
               such plans, practices,  policies  and  programs  provide the
               Employee with incentive opportunities (measured with respect
               to both regular and special incentive opportunities,  to the
               extent,  if  any,  that  such  distinction  is  applicable),
               savings  opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities,
               in each case,  less  favorable  than  the  most favorable of
               those  provided by the Company and its affiliated  companies
               for the  Employee  under  any  agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs as in effect  at  any  time during the
               120-day period immediately preceding the Change  of  Control
               or,  if  more  favorable  to  the  Employee,  those provided
               generally at any time after the Change of Control  to  other
               peer employees of the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (f)  Welfare  Benefit  Plans.   The Employee and/or the
               Employee's family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for
               participation  in  and  shall  receive  all  benefits  under
               welfare  benefit  plans,  practices, policies  and  programs
               provided  by  the  Company  and   its  affiliated  companies
               (including,   without  limitation,  medical,   prescription,
               dental, disability,  employee  life,  group life, accidental
               death and travel accident insurance plans  and  programs) to
               the  extent applicable generally to other peer employees  of
               the Company  and  its  affiliated companies, but in no event
               shall such plans, practices,  policies  and programs provide
               the  Employee  with benefits, in each case,  less  favorable
<PAGE>
               than the most favorable of any agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs in effect for the Employee at any time
               during the 120-day  period  immediately preceding the Change
               of  Control or, if more favorable  to  the  Employee,  those
               provided  generally  at any time after the Change of Control
               to other peer employees  of  the  Company and its affiliated
               companies.

                    (g)  Office and Support Staff.   The  Employee shall be
               entitled  to  an  office  or  offices  of  a  size and  with
               furnishings   and   other  appointments,  and  to  exclusive
               personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to
               the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Employee
               by the Company and its  affiliated  companies  at  any  time
               during  the  120-day period immediately preceding the Change
               of  Control or,  if  more  favorable  to  the  Employee,  as
               provided  generally  at  any time thereafter with respect to
               other  peer  employees of the  Company  and  its  affiliated
               companies.

                    (h)  Vacation.   The Employee shall be entitled to paid
               vacation in accordance  with  the most favorable agreements,
               plans, policies, programs and practices  of  the Company and
               its  affiliated companies as in effect for the  Employee  at
               any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the
               Change  of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, as
               in effect  generally  at any time thereafter with respect to
               other  peer employees of  the  Company  and  its  affiliated
               companies.

               2.3  Obligations upon Termination after a Change of Control.

                    (a)  Termination  by  Company  for  Reasons  other than
               Death,  Disability or Cause or by Employee for Good  Reason.
               If, after  a  Change  of  Control  and during the Employment
               Term, the Company terminates the Employee's employment other
               than  for  Cause,  death  or  Disability,  or  the  Employee
               terminates employment for Good Reason,

                         (i)  the Company shall  pay  to  the Employee in a
                    lump  sum  in  cash  within  30  days  of the  date  of
                    termination an amount equal to three times  the  sum of
                    (i) the amount of Base Salary in effect at the date  of
                    termination,  plus  (ii) the greater of (x) the highest
                    annual Bonus paid or  to  be  paid to the Employee with
                    respect  to  the last three fiscal  years  or  (y)  the
                    target Bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the
                    12-month  period  in  which  the  date  of  termination
                    occurs;

                         (ii) for   a  period  of  thirty-six  (36)  months
                    following the date  of  termination  of employment (the
                    "Continuation  Period"),  the  Company  shall   at  its
                    expense  continue  on  behalf  of  the Employee and his
                    dependents   and  beneficiaries  the  life   insurance,
                    disability,   medical,   dental   and   hospitalization
                    benefits provided  (x)  to  the  Employee  at  any time
                    during the 90-day period prior to the Change in Control
                    or  at  any  time  thereafter or (y) to other similarly
<PAGE>
                    situated executives  who  continue in the employ of the
                    Company during the Continuation  Period.  The  coverage
                    and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided
                    in  this  Section  2.3(a)(ii)  during  the Continuation
                    Period shall be no less favorable to the  Employee  and
                    his   dependents   and  beneficiaries,  than  the  most
                    favorable of such coverages  and benefits during any of
                    the periods referred to in clauses  (x)  or  (y) above.
                    The Company's obligation hereunder with respect  to the
                    foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent  that
                    the  Employee  obtains  any such benefits pursuant to a
                    subsequent employer's benefit  plans, in which case the
                    Company may reduce the coverage  of  any benefits it is
                    required to provide the Employee hereunder  as  long as
                    the  aggregate  coverages  and benefits of the combined
                    benefit plans is no less favorable to the Employee than
                    the  coverages  and benefits required  to  be  provided
                    hereunder.  The Employee  will be eligible for coverage
                    under  the Consolidated Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation
                    Act at the  end  of  the Continuation Period or earlier
                    cessation of the Company's obligation hereunder.

                         (iii)the Employee  shall  immediately become fully
                    (100%) vested in his benefit under each supplemental or
                    excess  retirement  plan of the Company  in  which  the
                    Employee was a participant,  including, but not limited
                    to the Avondale Industries, Inc.  Supplemental  Pension
                    Plan and the Avondale Industries, Inc. Executive Excess
                    Retirement Plan and any successor plans;


                         (iv) the  Company  shall pay to the Employee in  a
                    lump  sum  in  cash  within 30  days  of  the  date  of
                    termination an amount  equal  to the then present value
                    of the actuarial equivalent of the additional benefits,
                    if any, to which the Employee would  be  entitled under
                    the    Avondale    Industries,   Inc.   Pension   Plan,
                    Supplemental Pension  Plan, Executive Excess Retirement
                    Plan and any other qualified  or  non-qualified defined
                    benefit plan maintained by the Company and covering the
                    Employee if the Employee had continued  to  be employed
                    by  the  Company  until  the  third anniversary of  the
                    Change of Control, assuming Employee  were fully vested
                    thereunder,  without  regard to any amendment  to  such
                    plans made after the Change  of  Control  but  prior to
                    Employee's  date  of  termination  of employment, which
                    amendment   adversely   affects   in  any  manner   the
                    computation of retirement benefits under such plans.

                    (b)  Death.  If, after a Change of  Control  and during
               the Employment Term, the Employee's status as an employee is
               terminated by reason of the Employee's death, this Agreement
               shall terminate without further obligation to the Employee's
               legal  representatives (other than those already accrued  to
               the  Employee),  other  than  the  obligation  to  make  any
               payments  due  pursuant to employee benefit plans maintained
               by the Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (c)  Disability.   If,  after  a  Change of Control and
<PAGE>
               during the Employment Term, Employee's status as an employee
               is  terminated  by  reason  of  Employee's Disability,  this
               Agreement shall terminate without  further obligation to the
               Employee (other than those already accrued to the Employee),
               other than the obligation to make any  payments due pursuant
               to employee benefit plans maintained by  the  Company or its
               affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Cause.  If, after a Change of Control  and  during
               the Employment Term, the Employee's status as an employee is
               terminated  by  the  Company for Cause, this Agreement shall
               terminate without further  obligation  to the Employee other
               than for obligations imposed by law and  obligations imposed
               pursuant  to  any  employee benefit plan maintained  by  the
               Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Voluntary  Termination.   If,  after  a  Change of
               Control   and  during  the  Employment  Term,  the  Employee
               voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company other
               than for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without
               further  obligation   to   the   Employee   other  than  for
               obligations imposed by law and obligations imposed  pursuant
               to  any  employee benefit plan maintained by the Company  or
               its affiliated companies.

               2.4  Accrued  Obligations  and  Other  Benefits.   It is the
          intent of this Agreement that upon termination of employment  for
          any  reason  the Employee be entitled to receive promptly, and in
          addition to any  other  benefits  specifically  provided, (a) the
          Employee's  Base  Salary through the date of termination  to  the
          extent not theretofore paid, (b) any accrued vacation pay, to the
          extent  not theretofore  paid,  and  (c)  any  other  amounts  or
          benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Employee is
          entitled  to  receive under any plan, program, policy practice or
          agreement of the Company.

               2.5  Stock  Options.  The foregoing benefits are intended to
          be in addition to  the  value  of  any  options to acquire Common
          Stock of the Company the exercisability of  which  is accelerated
          pursuant  to  the terms of any stock option, incentive  or  other
          similar plan heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Company.

               2.6  Protection  of  Benefits.   To  the extent permitted by
          applicable law, the Company shall take all  reasonable  steps  to
          ensure  that  the  Employee  is  not,  by  reason  of a Change of
          Control,  deprived  of  the  economic value (including any  value
          attributable to the Change of  Control  transaction)  of  (a) any
          options  to acquire Common Stock of the Company or (b) any Common
          Stock of the Company beneficially owned by the Employee.

               2.7  Certain  Additional  Payments.   If  after  a Change of
          Control Employee is subjected to an excise tax as a result of the
          "excess  parachute  payment"  provisions  of section 4999 of  the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  whether  by virtue of
          the benefits of this Agreement or by virtue of any other benefits
          provided  to  Employee  in  connection  with  a Change of Control
          pursuant to Company plans, policies or agreements  (including the
          value of any options to acquire Common Stock of the  Company  the
          exercisability  of  which is accelerated pursuant to the terms of
<PAGE>
          any  stock  option,  incentive  or  similar  plan  heretofore  or
          hereafter adopted by the  Company),  the  Company  shall  pay  to
          Employee  (whether  or  not  his  employment has terminated) such
          amounts as are necessary to place Employee  in  the same position
          after payment of federal income and excise taxes as he would have
          been if such provisions had not been applicable to him.

               2.8  Legal Fees.  The Company agrees to pay  as incurred, to
          the  full  extent  permitted by law, all legal fees and  expenses
          which the Employee may  reasonably  incur  as  a  result  of  any
          contest  (regardless  of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the
          Employee  or others of the  validity  or  enforceability  of,  or
          liability under,  any provision of this Agreement (including as a
          result of any contest  by the Employee about the amount or timing
          of any payment pursuant to this Agreement.)

               2.8  Set-Off; Mitigation.   After  a  Change of Control, the
          Company's and its Affiliates' obligations to  make  the  payments
          provided  for  in  this  Agreement  and  otherwise to perform its
          obligations  hereunder  shall  not be affected  by  any  set-off,
          counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
          which the Company or its Affiliates may have against the Employee
          or others; except that to the extent  the  Employee accepts other
          employment  in  connection  with  which  he  is  provided  health
          insurance benefits, the Company shall only be required to provide
          health insurance benefits to the extent the benefits  provided by
          the  Employee's employer are less favorable than the benefits  to
          which he would otherwise be entitled hereunder.  It is the intent
          of this  Agreement  that  in  no  event  shall  the  Employee  be
          obligated  to  seek  other employment or take any other action by
          way of mitigation of the  amounts  payable  to the Employee under
          any of the provisions of this Agreement.

               2.9  Outplacement  Assistance.   Upon  any   termination  of
          employment  of  the  Employee  other than for Cause within  three
          years following a Change of Control, the Company shall provide to
          the  Employee  outplacement  assistance   by   a  reputable  firm
          specializing in such services for the period beginning  with  the
          termination  of  employment  and ending three years following the
          Change of Control.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               3.1  Binding Effect; Successors.

                    (a)  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
          the benefit of the Company and any of its successors or assigns.

                    (b)  This Agreement is  personal  to  the  Employee and
          shall  not  be assignable by the Employee without the consent  of
          the Company (there  being  no  obligation  to  give such consent)
          other than such rights or benefits as are transferred  by will or
          the laws of descent and distribution.

                    (c)  The  Company  shall  require  any successor to  or
          assignee  of  (whether  direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation or otherwise)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the
<PAGE>
          assets or businesses of the Company (i) to assume unconditionally
          and  expressly  this Agreement and (ii) to agree to perform or to
          cause to be performed all of the obligations under this Agreement
          in the same manner  and  to  the  same  extent as would have been
          required of the Company had no assignment or succession occurred,
          such  assumption  to  be  set  forth  in  a  writing   reasonably
          satisfactory to the Employee.

                    (d)  The  Company shall also require all entities  that
          control or that after  the  transaction will control (directly or
          indirectly) the Company or any  such  successor  or  assignee  to
          agree  to cause to be performed all of the obligations under this
          Agreement, such agreement to be set forth in a writing reasonably
          satisfactory to the Employee.

               3.2  Notices.   All notices hereunder must be in writing and
          shall be deemed to have  been  given upon receipt of delivery by:
          (a)  hand  (against  a  receipt  therefor),   (b)   certified  or
          registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) a
          nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  service  (against   a
          receipt  therefor) or (d) telecopy transmission with confirmation
          of receipt.  All such notices must be addressed as follows:

               If to the Company, to:

               Avondale Industries, Inc.
               5100 River Road
               New Orleans, Louisiana   70150

               Attn:  Thomas M. Kitchen

               If to the Employee, to:

               Kenneth P. Dupont
               Avondale Industries, Inc.
               5100 River Road
               Avondale, LA   70150

          or such other  address  as  to  which  any  party hereto may have
          notified the other in writing.

               3.3  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall  be  construed and
          enforced in accordance with and governed by the internal  laws of
          the  State  of Louisiana without regard to principles of conflict
          of laws.

               3.4  Withholding.   The Employee agrees that the Company has
          the right to withhold, from  the amounts payable pursuant to this
          Agreement, all amounts required  to  be withheld under applicable
          income  and/or employment tax laws, or  as  otherwise  stated  in
          documents granting rights that are affected by this Agreement.

               3.5  Amendment,  Waiver.  No provision of this Agreement may
          be modified, amended or waived except by an instrument in writing
          signed by both parties.

               3.6  Severability.   If any term or provision of this Agree-
          ment, or the application thereof  to  any person or circumstance,
          shall  at  any  time  or  to  any extent be invalid,  illegal  or
<PAGE>
          unenforceable in any respect as written, Employee and the Company
          intend for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit
          such provision so as to render  it  valid  and enforceable to the
          fullest extent allowed by law.  Any such provision  that  is  not
          susceptible  of  such  reformation  shall be ignored so as to not
          affect any other term or provision hereof,  and  the remainder of
          this Agreement, or the application of such term or  provision  to
          persons  or circumstances other than those as to which it is held
          invalid, illegal  or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby
          and each term and provision  of this Agreement shall be valid and
          enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

               3.7  Waiver of Breach.  The  waiver  by  either  party  of a
          breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be
          construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

               3.8  Remedies  Not  Exclusive.   No  remedy specified herein
          shall  be  deemed  to  be  such  party's  exclusive  remedy,  and
          accordingly,  in  addition  to  all  of the rights  and  remedies
          provided for in this Agreement, the parties  shall have all other
          rights and remedies provided to them by applicable  law,  rule or
          regulation.

               3.9  Company's Reservation of Rights.  Employee acknowledges
          and  understands that the Employee serves at the pleasure of  the
          Board and that the Company has the right at any time to terminate
          Employee's  status as an employee of the Company, or to change or
          diminish his  status  during  the Employment Term, subject to the
          rights of the Employee to claim  the  benefits  conferred by this
          Agreement.
<PAGE>
               3.10 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
          more  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall be deemed  to  be  an
          original but all of which together shall  constitute  one and the
          same instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have caused
          this  Agreement  to  be  executed  as  of  the  Change of Control
          Agreement Date.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ HUGH A. THOMPSON
                                    				    --------------------
                                            Hugh A. Thompson
                                            Compensation Committee Chairman

                                        EMPLOYEE: /s/ KENNETH B. DUPONT
                                         					    ---------------------		
                                         					    Kenneth B. (/s/KBD) Dupont


COR\40077.1

                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                   SEVERANCE PAY PLAN AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION


               In order to recognize and encourage the continued employment
          of employees of Avondale Industries, Inc. (the "Company"), and to
          alleviate  concerns  about  a  possible loss of employment upon a
          change of control (as defined below)  of the Company, the Company
          has  adopted  a  Severance  Pay  Plan  (the  "Plan")  having  the
          following terms and conditions.  This document  also  constitutes
          the Plan's Summary Plan Description, as described in Section  102
          of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").


                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

               1.1  Company Defined.  As used in this Plan, "Company" shall
          mean  the  Company  as  defined  above  and  any  successor to or
          assignee  of  (whether  direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,
          consolidation or otherwise)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the
          assets or business of the Company.

               1.2  Change  of  Control Defined.  "Change of Control" shall
          mean:

                    (a)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group
               (within the meaning  of  Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
               Securities Exchange Act of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act")  of
               beneficial  ownership  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule 13d-3
               promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 25%  of the
               outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock, $1.00  par
               value  per  share  (the  "Common Stock"); provided, however,
               that  for purposes of this  subsection  (a),  the  following
               acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:

                         (i)  any acquisition of Common Stock directly from
                    the Company,

                         (ii) any   acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by  the
                    Company,

                         (iii)any  acquisition   of  Common  Stock  by  any
                    employee benefit plan (or related  trust)  sponsored or
                    maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled
                    by the Company, or

                         (iv) any  acquisition  of  Common  Stock  by   any
                    corporation  pursuant  to  a  transaction that complies
                    with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)  of  subsection (c) of
                    this Section 1.2; or

                    (b)  individuals  who,  as  of  the date this  Plan  is
               executed  (the "Plan Effective Date") constitute  the  Board
               (the "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to constitute
               at least a majority of the  Board;  provided,  however, that
               any  individual becoming a director subsequent to  the  Plan
               Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by
               the Company's  shareholders,  was  approved  by a vote of at
               least  a  majority  of  the  directors  then comprising  the
               Incumbent  Board  shall  be  considered  a  member   of  the
               Incumbent Board, unless such individual's initial assumption
               of  office  occurs  as  a  result of an actual or threatened
<PAGE>
               election contest with respect  to the election or removal of
               directors  or  other  actual or threatened  solicitation  of
               proxies or consents by  or  on behalf of a person other than
               the Incumbent Board; or

                    (c)  consummation  of  a  reorganization,   merger   or
               consolidation,  or  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all of
               substantially  all of the assets of the Company (a "Business
               Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business
               Combination,

                         (i)  all  or  substantially all of the individuals
                    and entities who were  the  beneficial  owners  of  the
                    Company's  outstanding  common  stock and the Company's
                    voting  securities entitled to vote  generally  in  the
                    election   of   directors  immediately  prior  to  such
                    Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial
                    ownership, respectively,  of  more than 50% of the then
                    outstanding shares of common stock,  and  more than 50%
                    of  the  combined  voting power of the then outstanding
                    voting securities entitled  to  vote  generally  in the
                    election  of  directors,  of  the corporation resulting
                    from such Business Combination  (which, for purposes of
                    this paragraph (i) and paragraphs (ii) and (iii), shall
                    include  a  corporation  which  as  a  result  of  such
                    transaction   controls   the   Company   or   all    or
                    substantially   all  of  the  Company's  assets  either
                    directly or through one or more subsidiaries), and

                         (ii) except  to  the  extent  that  such ownership
                    existed  prior to the Business Combination,  no  person
                    (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business
                    Combination  or  any  employee  benefit plan or related
                    trust of the Company or such corporation resulting from
                    such Business Combination) beneficially  owns, directly
                    or  indirectly,  20%  or  more  of the then outstanding
                    shares  of  common  stock of the corporation  resulting
                    from such Business Combination  or  20%  or more of the
                    combined  voting  power of the then outstanding  voting
                    securities of such corporation, and

                         (iii)at least  a  majority  of  the members of the
                    board  of directors of the corporation  resulting  from
                    such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent
                    Board at  the  time  of  the  execution  of the initial
                    agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for
                    such Business Combination; or

                    (d)  approval by the shareholders of the Company  of  a
               complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

               1.3  Affiliate    Defined.    "Affiliate"   or   "affiliated
          companies" shall mean any  company controlled by, controlling, or
          under common control with, the Company.

               1.4  Cause Defined.  "Cause" shall mean:

                         (a)  the willful  and  continued  failure  of  the
                    Participant  to perform substantially the Participant's
<PAGE>
                    duties with the  Company  or its affiliates (other than
                    any  such  failure resulting  from  incapacity  due  to
                    physical or mental illness), after a written demand for
                    substantial performance is delivered to the Participant
                    by  the  Board   of   the  Company  which  specifically
                    identifies the manner in  which the Board believes that
                    the  Participant  has not substantially  performed  the
                    Participant's duties, or

                         (b)  the willful  engaging  by  the Participant in
                    illegal conduct or gross misconduct.

          For purposes of this provision, no act or failure  to act, on the
          part of the Participant, shall be considered "willful"  unless it
          is  done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in bad  faith
          or without  reasonable  belief  that  the Participant's action or
          omission  was  in  the  best  interests  of the  Company  or  its
          Affiliates.   Any  act, or failure to act, based  upon  authority
          given pursuant to a  resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon
          the instructions of a senior officer of the Company or based upon
          the advice of counsel  for the Company or its Affiliates shall be
          conclusively presumed to  be  done, or omitted to be done, by the
          Participant  in  good faith and in  the  best  interests  of  the
          Company or its Affiliates.   The  cessation  of employment of the
          Participant shall not be deemed to be for Cause  unless and until
          there shall have been delivered to the Participant  a  copy  of a
          resolution  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than
          three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting
          of the Board  called  and held for such purpose (after reasonable
          notice is provided to the  Participant  and  the  Participant  is
          given  an  opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before
          the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board,
          the  Participant   is   guilty   of   the  conduct  described  in
          subparagraph  (a)  or (b) above, and specifying  the  particulars
          thereof in detail.

               1.5  Disability   Defined.    "Disability"   shall   mean  a
          condition  that would entitle the Participant to receive benefits
          under the Company's  long-term  disability  insurance  policy  in
          effect  at  the  time  either  because  he is Totally Disabled or
          Partially Disabled, as such terms are defined  in  the  Company's
          policy  in  effect  as  of  the Plan Effective Date or as similar
          terms are defined in any successor policy.  If the Company has no
          long-term disability plan in  effect, "Disability" shall occur if
          (a) the Participant is rendered  incapable because of physical or
          mental  illness  of  satisfactorily discharging  his  duties  and
          responsibilities to the  Company  for  a period of 90 consecutive
          days, (b) a duly qualified physician chosen  by  the  Company and
          acceptable  to  the  Participant or his legal representatives  so
          certifies in writing,  and  (c)  the  Board  determines  that the
          Participant has become disabled.

               1.6  Good Reason Defined.  "Good Reason" shall mean:

                    (a)  Any  failure  of the Company or its Affiliates  to
               provide the Participant with the position, authority, duties
               and responsibilities at least  commensurate  in all material
               respects with the most significant of those held,  exercised
               and   assigned   at  any  time  during  the  120-day  period
<PAGE>
               immediately preceding the Change of Control.

                    (b)  The assignment  to  the  Participant of any duties
               inconsistent  in  any  material respect  with  Participant's
               position (including status,  offices,  titles  and reporting
               requirements),  authority,  duties  or  responsibilities  as
               contemplated by Section 2.1(b) of this Plan,  or  any  other
               action  that  results  in  a  diminution  in  such position,
               authority,  duties or responsibilities, excluding  for  this
               purpose an isolated,  insubstantial  and  inadvertent action
               not taken in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt  of written notice thereof from the  Participant  to
               the Company;

                    (c)  Any  failure  by  the Company or its Affiliates to
               comply with any of the provisions  of  this Plan, other than
               an  isolated,  insubstantial  and  inadvertent  failure  not
               occurring in bad faith that is remedied within 10 days after
               receipt of written notice thereof from  the  Participant  to
               the Company;

                    (d)  Any  purported  termination  of  the Participant's
               employment  otherwise  than as expressly permitted  by  this
               Plan; or

                    (e)  Any failure by  the  Company  to  comply  with and
               satisfy Sections 3.1(a) and (b) of this Plan.

               1.7  Participant   Defined.   "Participant"  shall  mean  an
          officer  of  the  Company  or  a  subsidiary  designated  by  the
          Compensation Committee of the  Board  of Directors of the Company
          as a participant in the Plan.


                                      ARTICLE II
                              CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFIT

               2.1   Employment Term and Capacity  after Change of Control.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs on or before  December 31, 2000
          at  a time that the Participant continues to be employed  by  the
          Company  or  a subsidiary, then the Participant's employment term
          (the  "Employment   Term")   shall  continue  through  the  first
          anniversary  of the Change of Control,  subject  to  any  earlier
          termination of  Participant's  status  as an employee pursuant to
          this Plan.

               (b)  After  a Change of Control and  during  the  Employment
          Term, (i) the Participant's  position (including status, offices,
          titles  and  reporting  requirements),   authority,   duties  and
          responsibilities  shall be at least commensurate in all  material
          respects with the most  significant  of those held, exercised and
          assigned  at  any  time  during  the 120-day  period  immediately
          preceding  the  Change  of  Control and  (ii)  the  Participant's
          service shall be performed during  normal  business  hours at the
          location where the Participant was employed immediately preceding
          the  Change  of  Control  or any office or location less than  35
          miles from such location.

               2.2  Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment Term,
<PAGE>
          Participant shall be entitled  to  the following compensation and
          benefits:

                    (a)  Base  Salary.  The Participant  shall  receive  an
               annual base salary ("Base Salary"), which shall be paid at a
               monthly rate, at least equal to 12 times the highest monthly
               base salary paid or payable, including any base salary which
               has been earned but  deferred  by  the  Participant,  by the
               Company  and its affiliated companies in respect of the  12-
               month period  immediately  preceding  the month in which the
               Change of Control occurs.  During the Employment  Term,  the
               Base  Salary  shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after
               the last salary increase awarded to the Participant prior to
               the Change of Control and shall be increased no more than 12
               months  after the   last  salary  increase  awarded  to  the
               Participant  prior  to  the  Change  of Control in an amount
               equal  to  the  percentage  increase (excluding  promotional
               increases)  in  base  salary  generally   awarded   to  peer
               employees  of  the Company and its affiliated companies  for
               the year of determination.   Any  increase  in  Base  Salary
               shall  not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation  to
               the Participant  under  this Plan.  Base Salary shall not be
               reduced after any such increase  and the term Base Salary as
               utilized  in this Plan shall refer  to  Base  Salary  as  so
               increased.

                    (b)  Annual  Bonus.   In  addition  to Base Salary, the
               Participant  shall  be awarded, for the fiscal  year  ending
               during the Employment Term, an annual bonus (the "Bonus") in
               cash at least equal to  the Participant's target bonus under
               the Company's Management  Incentive  Plan, or any comparable
               bonus under a successor plan, for the  last full fiscal year
               prior to the Change of Control.  Each such  Bonus  shall  be
               paid  no later than the end of the third month of the fiscal
               year next  following  the fiscal year for which the Bonus is
               awarded, unless the Participant  shall  elect  to  defer the
               receipt of such Bonus.

                    (c)  Fringe   Benefits.    The   Participant  shall  be
               entitled to fringe benefits (including,  but not limited to,
               automobile allowance, reimbursement for membership dues, and
               first  class  air  travel)  in  accordance  with   the  most
               favorable   agreements,   plans,   practices,  programs  and
               policies  of  the  Company and its affiliated  companies  in
               effect for the Participant  at  any  time during the 120-day
               period immediately preceding the Change  of  Control  or, if
               more favorable to the Participant, as in effect generally at
               any time thereafter with respect to other peer employees  of
               the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Expenses.   The  Participant  shall be entitled to
               receive  prompt  reimbursement  for all reasonable  expenses
               incurred  by  the Participant in accordance  with  the  most
               favorable agreements,  policies, practices and procedures of
               the Company and its affiliated  companies  in effect for the
               Participant   at   any   time   during  the  120-day  period
               immediately preceding the Change  of  Control  or,  if  more
               favorable  to the Participant, as in effect generally at any
               time thereafter  with respect to other peer employees of the
<PAGE>
               Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Incentive,  Savings  and  Retirement  Plans.   The
               Participant   shall   be  entitled  to  participate  in  all
               incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies
               and programs applicable generally to other peer employees of
               the Company and its affiliated  companies,  but  in no event
               shall  such plans, practices, policies and programs  provide
               the Participant  with incentive opportunities (measured with
               respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities,
               to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable),
               savings opportunities  and retirement benefit opportunities,
               in each case, less favorable  than  the  most  favorable  of
               those  provided  by the Company and its affiliated companies
               for the Participant  under any agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs  as  in  effect at any time during the
               120-day period immediately preceding  the  Change of Control
               or,  if  more  favorable to the Participant, those  provided
               generally at any  time  after the Change of Control to other
               peer employees of the Company and its affiliated companies.

                    (f)  Welfare Benefit Plans.  The Participant and/or the
               Participant's family, as  the case may be, shall be eligible
               for participation in and shall  receive  all  benefits under
               welfare  benefit  plans,  practices,  policies and  programs
               provided  by  the  Company  and  its  affiliated   companies
               (including,   without   limitation,  medical,  prescription,
               dental, disability, employee  life,  group  life, accidental
               death and travel accident insurance plans and  programs)  to
               the  extent  applicable generally to other peer employees of
               the Company and  its  affiliated  companies, but in no event
               shall such plans, practices, policies  and  programs provide
               the Participant with benefits, in each case,  less favorable
               than the most favorable of any agreements, plans, practices,
               policies and programs in effect for the Participant  at  any
               time  during  the  120-day  period immediately preceding the
               Change of Control or, if more  favorable to the Participant,
               those provided generally at any  time  after  the  Change of
               Control  to  other  peer  employees  of  the Company and its
               affiliated companies.

                    (g)  Vacation.  The Participant shall  be  entitled  to
               paid   vacation   in  accordance  with  the  most  favorable
               agreements, plans,  policies,  programs and practices of the
               Company and its affiliated companies  as  in  effect for the
               Participant   at   any   time   during  the  120-day  period
               immediately preceding the Change  of  Control  or,  if  more
               favorable  to the Participant, as in effect generally at any
               time thereafter  with respect to other peer employees of the
               Company and its affiliated companies.

               2.3  Obligations upon Termination after a Change of Control.

                    (a)  Termination  by  Company  for  Reasons  other than
               Death,  Disability  or  Cause  or  by  Participant  for Good
               Reason.   If,  after  a  Change  of  Control  and during the
               Employment  Term,  the  Company terminates the Participant's
               employment other than for Cause, death or Disability, or the
               Participant terminates employment for Good Reason,
<PAGE>
                         (i)  the Company shall pay to the Participant in a
                    lump  sum  in  cash within  30  days  of  the  date  of
                    termination an amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i) the
                    amount  of  Base  Salary  in  effect  at  the  date  of
                    termination,  plus  (ii)  the greater of (x) the annual
                    Bonus paid or to be paid to  the  Participant  for  the
                    last  fiscal year or (y) the target Bonus for which the
                    Participant  is  eligible  for  the  12-month period in
                    which the date of termination occurs;

                         (ii) for a period of twelve (12)  months following
                    the    date   of   termination   of   employment   (the
                    "Continuation   Period"),  the  Company  shall  at  its
                    expense continue  on  behalf of the Participant and his
                    dependents  and  beneficiaries   the   life  insurance,
                    disability,   medical,   dental   and   hospitalization
                    benefits provided (x) to the Participant  at  any  time
                    during the 90-day period prior to the Change in Control
                    or  at  any  time  thereafter or (y) to other similarly
                    situated executives  who  continue in the employ of the
                    Company during the Continuation  Period.  The  coverage
                    and benefits (including deductibles and costs) provided
                    in  this  Section  2.3(a)(ii)  during  the Continuation
                    Period  shall  be no less favorable to the  Participant
                    and his dependents  and  beneficiaries,  than  the most
                    favorable of such coverages and benefits during  any of
                    the  periods  referred  to in clauses (x) or (y) above.
                    The Company's obligation  hereunder with respect to the
                    foregoing benefits shall be  limited to the extent that
                    the Participant obtains any such benefits pursuant to a
                    subsequent employer's benefit  plans, in which case the
                    Company may reduce the coverage  of  any benefits it is
                    required to provide the Participant hereunder  as  long
                    as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined
                    benefit  plans  is no less favorable to the Participant
                    than the coverages and benefits required to be provided
                    hereunder.  The coverage during the Continuation Period
                    will run concurrently  with the coverage provided under
                    the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act; and

                         (iii)the  Participant   shall  immediately  become
                    fully   (100%)  vested  in  his  benefit   under   each
                    supplemental  or  excess retirement plan of the Company
                    in which the Participant  was a participant, including,
                    but  not  limited  to  the  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.
                    Supplemental Pension Plan and  the Avondale Industries,
                    Inc. Executive Excess Retirement Plan.

                    (b)  Death.  If, after a Change  of  Control and during
               the Employment Term, the Participant's status as an employee
               is  terminated by reason of the Participant's  death,  there
               shall  be  no  further  obligation  under  this  Plan to the
               Participant's   legal   representatives  (other  than  those
               already  accrued  to  the  Participant),   other   than  the
               obligation  to  make  any  payments due pursuant to employee
               benefit plans maintained by  the  Company  or its affiliated
               companies.

                    (c)  Disability.   If,  after a Change of  Control  and
<PAGE>
               during  the  Employment  Term, Participant's  status  as  an
               employee   is   terminated  by   reason   of   Participant's
               Disability, there  shall be no further obligation under this
               Plan to the Participant (other than those already accrued to
               the Participant), other  than  the  obligation  to  make any
               payments  due  pursuant to employee benefit plans maintained
               by the Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (d)  Cause.   If,  after a Change of Control and during
               the Employment Term, the Participant's status as an employee
               is terminated by the Company  for  Cause,  there shall be no
               further obligation under this Plan to the Participant  other
               than  for obligations imposed by law and obligations imposed
               pursuant  to  any  employee  benefit  plan maintained by the
               Company or its affiliated companies.

                    (e)  Voluntary  Termination.   If, after  a  Change  of
               Control  and  during  the Employment Term,  the  Participant
               voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company other
               than for Good Reason, there  shall  be no further obligation
               under   this  Plan  to  the  Participant  other   than   for
               obligations  imposed by law and obligations imposed pursuant
               to any employee  benefit  plan  maintained by the Company or
               its affiliated companies.

               2.4  Accrued  Obligations and Other  Benefits.   It  is  the
          intent of this Plan  that  upon termination of employment for any
          reason the Participant be entitled  to  receive  promptly, and in
          addition  to  any other benefits specifically provided,  (a)  the
          Participant's Base  Salary through the date of termination to the
          extent not theretofore paid, (b) any accrued vacation pay, to the
          extent  not theretofore  paid,  and  (c)  any  other  amounts  or
          benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Participant
          is entitled  to  receive under any plan, program, policy practice
          or agreement of the Company.

               2.5  Stock Options.   The foregoing benefits are intended to
          be in addition to the value  of  any  options  to  acquire Common
          Stock  of the Company the exercisability of which is  accelerated
          pursuant  to  the  terms  of any stock option, incentive or other
          similar plan heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Company.

               2.6  Protection of Benefits.   To  the  extent  permitted by
          applicable  law, the Company shall take all reasonable  steps  to
          ensure that the  Participant  is  not,  by  reason of a Change of
          Control,  deprived  of  the economic value (including  any  value
          attributable to the Change  of  Control  transaction)  of (a) any
          options to acquire Common Stock of the Company or (b) any  Common
          Stock of the Company beneficially owned by the Participant.

               2.7  Legal Fees.  The Company agrees to pay as incurred,  to
          the  full  extent  permitted  by law and to the extent that legal
          fees and expenses are not recoverable under the provisions of the
          Employee Retirement Income Security  Act  of 1974, all legal fees
          and  expenses  which the Participant may reasonably  incur  as  a
          result of any contest  (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the
          Company,  the  Participant   or   others   of   the  validity  or
          enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Plan
          (including  as  a result of any contest by the Participant  about
          the amount or timing of any payment pursuant to this Plan.)

<PAGE>
               2.8  Set-Off;  Mitigation.   After  a Change of Control, the
          Company's and its Affiliates' obligations  to  make  the payments
          provided   for   in  this  Plan  and  otherwise  to  perform  its
          obligations hereunder  shall  not  be  affected  by  any set-off,
          counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
          which  the  Company  or  its  Affiliates  may  have  against  the
          Participant  or others; except that to the extent the Participant
          accepts other  employment in connection with which he is provided
          health insurance  benefits, the Company shall only be required to
          provide health insurance  benefits  to  the  extent  the benefits
          provided  by  the Participant's employer are less favorable  than
          the benefits to  which  he would otherwise be entitled hereunder.
          It  is  the intent of this  Plan  that  in  no  event  shall  the
          Participant  be  obligated  to  seek other employment or take any
          other action by way of mitigation  of  the amounts payable to the
          Participant under any of the provisions of this Plan.

               2.9  Outplacement  Assistance.   Upon   any  termination  of
          employment  of the Participant other than for Cause  following  a
          Change of Control  and  during  the  Employment Term, the Company
          shall  provide to the Participant outplacement  assistance  by  a
          reputable  firm  specializing  in  such  services  for the period
          beginning  with the termination of employment and ending  at  the
          end of the Employment Term.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               3.1  Successors.  (a)The Company shall require any successor
          to or assignee  of  (whether  direct  or  indirect,  by purchase,
          merger, consolidation or otherwise) all or substantially  all  of
          the  assets  or  businesses of the Company (i) to assume uncondi-
          tionally and expressly  this Plan and (ii) to agree to perform or
          to cause to be performed  all  of the obligations under this Plan
          in the same manner and to the same  extent  as  would  have  been
          required of the Company had no assignment or succession occurred,
          such   assumption  to  be  set  forth  in  a  writing  reasonably
          satisfactory to the Participant.

                    (b)   The  Company shall also require all entities that
          control or that after  the  transaction will control (directly or
          indirectly) the Company or any  such  successor  or  assignee  to
          agree  to cause to be performed all of the obligations under this
          Plan, such  agreement  to  be  set  forth in a writing reasonably
          satisfactory to the Participant.

               3.2  Funding.   The Plan is funded  solely  through  general
          assets  of  the Company  that  employs  the  Participant  and  no
          employee contributions are taken nor are any funds held in trust.

               3.3  Plan  Amendment  or  Termination.  The Company reserves
          the right to amend or terminate this Plan at any time and without
          advance notice.  An amendment shall  be made in writing, executed
          by  an  officer of the Company, as authorized  by  the  Company's
          Board of  Directors.   The  Board  of  Directors may delegate its
          authority under this Section 3.3 to the Compensation Committee of
          the Board of Directors.  No benefits will be paid to anyone whose
          employment is terminated after the Plan  is terminated or amended
          to exclude that Participant.
<PAGE>
               3.4  Applicable Laws.  The Plan shall  be  governed  by  the
          laws  of  the  State  of Louisiana to the extent not preempted by
          ERISA.

               3.5  Administration   of   the  Plan.   The  Plan  shall  be
          administered   by   Avondale   Industries,    Inc.   (the   "Plan
          Administrator").  The Plan Administrator's address is: 5100 River
          Road, New Orleans, LA 70150.  The Plan Administrator  shall  have
          the   exclusive   right  to  interpret  the  Plan  and  all  such
          interpretation shall  be  binding  on  all affected parties.  The
          Avondale Industries, Inc. Severance Pay  Plan Document is a legal
          document that controls the operation of the Plan.  Its provisions
          cover all situations relating to benefits  and its provision will
          be final authority.

               3.6  Company's Reservation of Rights.   A Participant serves
          at the pleasure of the Board and the Company has the right at any
          time to terminate the Participant's status as  an employee of the
          Company,  or  to  change  or  diminish  his  status  during   the
          Employment  Term,  subject  to  the  rights of the Participant to
          claim the benefits conferred by the Plan.

               3.7  Type of Plan.  This Plan is  intended to be a severance
          welfare  benefit  plan  under  the  Employee   Retirement  Income
          Security  Act  of  1974  ("ERISA").   In no event shall  benefits
          payable  to  any  Participant under this Plan  exceed  twice  the
          Participant's  "Annual   Compensation"   (as   defined  in  ERISA
          regulation S2510.3-2(b)(2)) during the year immediately preceding
          the year of termination.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                 CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS

               4.1  Claims Procedure.  Claims for benefits  may  be made to
          the  Plan  Administrator  at the above address.  Payments of  the
          amounts provided in this Plan  shall  ordinarily  be made without
          the   need   for   demand  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company.
          Nevertheless, a Participant  who  claims entitlement to a benefit
          can file a written claim for benefits with the Plan Administrator
          within 90 days after the Participant's  employment is terminated.
          The Plan Administrator shall accept or reject the claim within 30
          days  of  its  receipt.   If  the  claim  is  denied,   the  Plan
          Administrator  shall  give  the  reason  for  denial in a written
          notice calculated to be understood by the claimant,  referring to
          the  Plan  provisions that provide the basis for the denial.   If
          any additional  information  or  material is necessary to perfect
          the claim, the Plan Administrator  shall identify these items and
          explain why such additional material  is  necessary.  If the Plan
          Administrator  neither accepts nor rejects the  claim  within  30
          days, the claim shall be deemed to be denied.

               4.2  Claim Denial and Appeal.  Upon denial of the claim, the
          claimant may file  a  written  request  for  review of the denied
          claim  to the Plan Administrator within 60 days  of  the  denial.
          The claimant  shall  have  the  opportunity  to be represented by
          counsel and may request to be heard at a hearing.   The  claimant
          shall have the opportunity to review the pertinent documents  and
          the  opportunity  to  submit written reasons opposing the denial.
          The decision upon the appeal  will  be  made  within  60  days of
<PAGE>
          receipt  of  the  requested  review  unless special circumstances
          (such as a need to hold a hearing) require  an  extension of time
          for processing, in which case a decision will be  made as soon as
          possible, but no later than 120 days after receipt  of  a request
          for  review.   If  such extension of time for review is required,
          because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension
          will be furnished to  the  claimant  prior to the commencement of
          the extension.  If the appeal is denied,  the  denial shall be in
          writing.

                                      ARTICLE V
                                     ERISA RIGHTS

               On Labor Day of 1974 a new law was enacted  to  protect  the
          interests  of  workers  in pension and welfare benefits connected
          with  their  jobs.   Its title  is  "Employee  Retirement  Income
          Security Act of 1974" but it is often referred to by its initials
          - ERISA.  Some of the  benefits  provided  by  the  Plan  may  be
          subject to ERISA.  Therefore, each Participant under the Plan has
          certain rights and protection under ERISA.

               ERISA  provides that all Plan Participants shall be entitled
          to:

                    i.   Examine,    without    charge,    at    the   Plan
                         Administrator's  office  and  at  other  specified
                         locations, such as work sites, all Plan documents,
                         including  any  Plan  documents filed by the  Plan
                         Administrator with the U.S. Department of Labor.

                    ii.  Obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan
                         information  upon  written  request  to  the  Plan
                         Administrator.  The  Plan Administrator may make a
                         reasonable charge for the copies.

          In  addition to creating rights for Participants,  ERISA  imposes
          duties  upon  the people who are responsible for the operation of
          the Plan.  The  people who operate the Plan, called "fiduciaries"
          of the Plan, have  a  duty to do so prudently and in the interest
          of the Plan Participants.   No  one, including the Company or any
          other  person,  may  terminate  a  Participant's   employment  or
          otherwise  discriminate  against  a  Participant  in any  way  to
          prevent  the  Participant  from  obtaining  a welfare benefit  or
          exercising  his  or her rights under ERISA.  If  a  claim  for  a
          benefit is denied  in whole or in part, the claimant must receive
          a written explanation  of  the reason for the denial.  A claimant
          has  the  right  to  have  the  Plan   Administrator  review  and
          reconsider the claim.  Under ERISA, there are steps a Participant
          can  take  to  enforce  the  above rights.  For  instance,  if  a
          Participant   requests   certain   materials    from   the   Plan
          Administrator and does not receive them within 30 days, he or she
          may file suit in a federal court.   In such a case, the court may
          require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials  and  pay
          the  Participant  up to $100 a day until the Participant receives
          the materials, unless  the  materials  were  not  sent because of
          reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.  If a claim
          for  benefits  is  denied  or  ignored, in whole or in part,  the
          claimant may file suit in a state or federal court.  If it should
<PAGE>
          happen that a Participant is discriminated  against for asserting
          his or her rights, he or she may seek assistance  from  the  U.S.
          Department  of  Labor,  or may file suit in a federal court.  The
          court will decide who should  pay court costs and legal fees.  If
          the Participant is successful,  the  court  may  order the person
          sued to pay these costs and fees.  If the Participant  loses, the
          court may order the Participant to pay these costs and fees,  for
          example,  if  it  finds  that  the  claim  is  frivolous.   If  a
          Participant  has  any  questions about the Plan, he or she should
          contact the Director of Human Resources at the above address.  If
          a Participant has any questions about this paragraph or about his
          or her rights under ERISA,  he  or she should contact the nearest
          Area Office of the U.S. Labor-Management Services Administration,
          Department of Labor.

               This Plan was executed in New Orleans, Louisiana, this 1st
                                                         							      ---
          day of March, 1996.
	                -----

          WITNESSES:                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

       	  /s/ ROBIN L. DEMPSEY		        BY: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
       	  --------------------		            ---------------------
		                                      Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
					                                         -----------------
                                        Title: VP & CFO
                                   					       --------


COR\39607.2


        May 10, 1996

        Avondale Industries, Inc.
        Post Office Box 50280
        New Orleans, Louisiana  70150

        We have made a review,  in  accordance  with standards established by
        the  American  Institute  of  Certified Public  Accountants,  of  the
        unaudited interim financial information  of Avondale Industries, Inc.
        and subsidiaries for the periods ended March  31,  1996  and 1995, as
        indicated  in  our  report  dated  May  10, 1996; because we did  not
        perform an audit, we expressed no opinion on that information.

        We are aware that our report referred to  above, which is included in
        your Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended  March 31,
        1996  is incorporated by reference in Registration Statement No.  33-
        31984 on Forms S-8 and S-3.

        We also  are  aware  that the aforementioned report, pursuant to Rule
        436(c) under the Securities  Act of 1933, is not considered a part of
        the Registration Statement prepared  or certified by an accountant or
        a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of
        Sections 7 and 11 of that Act.



        /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM AVONDALE
INDUSTRIES, INC.'S QUARTERLY REPORT FILED ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                          64,366
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   75,227
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     14,339
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               177,888
<PP&E>                                         254,762
<DEPRECIATION>                               (124,130)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 321,418
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           94,895
<BONDS>                                         58,205
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        15,927
<OTHER-SE>                                     139,867
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   321,418
<SALES>                                        156,496
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               156,496
<CGS>                                          139,210
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  139,210
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,386
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  7,436
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,700
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              4,736
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     4,736
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.33
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.33
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission